SEC Info  
    Home      Search      My Interests      Help      Sign In      Please Sign In

Charge Enterprises, Inc. – ‘424B3’ on 9/6/22

On:  Tuesday, 9/6/22, at 4:46pm ET   ·   Accession #:  1654954-22-12194   ·   File #:  333-267047

Previous ‘424B3’:  ‘424B3’ on 12/17/21   ·   Next & Latest:  ‘424B3’ on 12/28/22

Find Words in Filings emoji
 
  in    Show  and   Hints

  As Of               Filer                 Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size             Issuer                      Filing Agent

 9/06/22  Charge Enterprises, Inc.          424B3                  1:4.2M                                   Blueprint/FA

Prospectus – New Facts or Events   —   Rule 424(b)(3)

Filing Table of Contents

Document/Exhibit                   Description                      Pages   Size 

 1: 424B3       Prospectus - New Facts or Events                    HTML   4.25M 


Document Table of Contents

Page (sequential)   (alphabetic) Top
 
11st Page  –  Filing Submission
"Table of Contents
"About This Prospectus
"Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements
"Prospectus Summary
"Risk Factors
"Dividend Policy
"Market for Our Common Stock
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
"Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information
"Business
"Management
"Executive Compensation
"Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
"Selling Stockholders
"Plan of Distribution
"Description of Securities
"Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
"Legal Matters
"Experts
"Where You Can Find More Information
"Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
"Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021
"Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021
"Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the three and six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021
"Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the three and six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021
"Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021
"Notes to audited Consolidated Financial Statements
"Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
"Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
"Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020
"Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020
"Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020
"Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
"Report of the Independent Accountant
"Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019
"Consolidated Statements of Operations for the periods ended September 30, 2020 and 2019
"Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the periods ended September 30, 2020 and 2019
"Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholder's Equity (Deficit) for the periods ended September 30, 2020 and 2019
"Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the periods ended September 30, 2020 and 2019
"Notes to the Financial Statements
"Report of Independent Registered Public Accountancy Firm
"Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018
"Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
"Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
"Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholder's Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
"Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years December 31, 2019 and 2018
"Balance Sheet
"Statement of Income
"Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
"Statement of Cash Flows
"Notes to Financial Statements
"Independent Auditor's Report
"Balance Sheet For the Years Ended December 31, 2019
"Statement of Income For the Years Ended December 31, 2019
"Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity For the Years Ended December 31, 2019
"Statement of Cash Flows For the Years Ended December 31, 2019
"Balance Sheet For the Years Ended December 31, 2018
"Statement of Income For the Years Ended December 31, 2018
"Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity For the Years Ended December 31, 2018
"Statement of Cash Flows For the Years Ended December 31, 2018

This is an HTML Document rendered as filed.  [ Alternative Formats ]



 C: 

Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)

Registration No. 333-267047

 

PROSPECTUS

 

28,697,543 Shares 

 

CHARGE ENTERPRISES, INC.

 

Common Stock

 

This prospectus relates to the disposition from time to time by the selling stockholders named in this prospectus (the “Selling Stockholders”) of Charge Enterprises, Inc. (“Charge,” “we,” “our” or “us”) of up to 28,697,543 shares (the “Shares”) of our common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (our “Common Stock”), which includes up to 8,630,803 shares of our Common Stock, up to 13,840,370 shares of our Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants (the “Warrants”) and up to 6,226,370 shares of our Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of our Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”) which are held by the Selling Stockholders identified in this prospectus, including their transferees, pledgees or donees or their respective successors. The Shares issued or issuable by us to the Selling Stockholders were sold in five separate private placement transactions that were completed on May 8, 2020, May 19, 2021, December 17, 2021, February 25, 2022 and April 26, 2022. The Series C Preferred Stock and Warrants are subject to a blocker provision (the "Blocker"), which restricts the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock and exercise of the Warrants if, as a result of such conversion or exercise, the holder, together with its affiliates and any other person whose beneficial ownership of Common Stock would be aggregated with the holder's for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), would beneficially own in excess of 9.99% of our then issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock (including the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion and/or exercise).

 

We are not selling any Common Stock under this prospectus and will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the Shares by the Selling Stockholders. We will, however, receive the net proceeds of any Warrants exercised for cash which, if such Warrants are exercised in full, would be approximately $37.8 million. For a description of the transactions pursuant to which this resale registration statement relates, please see “Prospectus Summary – The Offering.”

 

The Selling Stockholders will sell their Shares at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of the sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices, including, without limitation, in one or more transactions that may take place by ordinary brokerage transactions, privately-negotiated transactions or through sales to one or more underwriters or broker-dealers for resale.

 

Our Common Stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “CRGE.” The closing price for our Common Stock on August 29, 2022, as reported by the Nasdaq Global Market was $2.77 per share.  

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as the term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and our filings made under the Exchange Act. Prior to our acquisitions of both PTGi International Carrier Services Inc. and GetCharged, Inc. in October 2020, we were a “shell company” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

 

Investing in our Common Stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described under the heading “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18 of this prospectus before making a decision to purchase our securities.

 

NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

 

The date of this prospectus is September 1, 2022

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

 

3

 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

4

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

5

 

RISK FACTORS

 

17

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

37

 

MARKET FOR OUR COMMON STOCK

 

37

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

 

59

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

37

 

BUSINESS

 

62

 

MANAGEMENT

 

69

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

76

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

84

 

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 

87

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

89

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

 

90

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

94

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

96

 

EXPERTS

 

96

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

97

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

98

 

 

 
2

Table of Contents

  

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

 

In this prospectus, the terms “Charge,” “we,” “our” or “us,” refer to Charge Enterprises, Inc. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, unless stated or the context implies otherwise. The use of the term “partner” or “partnering” in this prospectus does not mean or imply a formal legal partnership and is not meant in any way to alter the terms of our relationship with any third parties.

 

Neither we, nor any of our officers, directors, agents or representatives or underwriters, make any representation to you about the legality of an investment in our Common Stock. You should not interpret the contents of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus to be legal, business, investment or tax advice. You should consult with your own advisors for that type of advice and consult with them about the legal, tax, business, financial and other issues that you should consider before investing in our Common Stock.

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any amended prospectus that we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We and the underwriter have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information.

 

The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date hereof, regardless of the time of its delivery or any sale of shares of our Common Stock.

 

 
3

Table of Contents

 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements contain information about our expectations, beliefs or intentions regarding our product development and commercialization efforts, business, financial condition, results of operations, strategies or prospects, and other similar matters. These forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations and assumptions about future events, which are inherently subject to uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. These statements may be identified by words such as “expects,” “plans,” “projects,” “will,” “may,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “should,” “intends,” “estimates,” and other words of similar meaning.

 

These statements relate to future events or our future operational or financial performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed under the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, in any related prospectus supplement and in any related free writing prospectus.

 

Any forward-looking statement in this prospectus, in any related prospectus supplement and in any related free writing prospectus reflects our current view with respect to future events and is subject to these and other risks, uncertainties and assumptions relating to our business, results of operations, industry and future growth. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. No forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance. You should read this prospectus, any related prospectus supplement and any related free writing prospectus and the documents that we reference herein and therein and have filed as exhibits hereto and thereto completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from any future results expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements for any reason, even if new information becomes available in the future.

 

This prospectus, any related prospectus supplement and any related free writing prospectus also contain or may contain estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry, our business and the markets for our products, including data regarding the estimated size of those markets and their projected growth rates. We obtained the industry and market data in this prospectus from our own research as well as from industry and general publications, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. This data involves a number of assumptions and limitations and contains projections and estimates of the future performance of the industries in which we operate that are subject to a high degree of uncertainty, including those discussed in “Risk Factors.” We caution you not to give undue weight to such projections, assumptions and estimates. Further, industry and general publications, studies and surveys generally state that they have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe that these publications, studies and surveys are reliable, we have not independently verified the data contained in them. In addition, while we believe that the results and estimates from our internal research are reliable, such results and estimates have not been verified by any independent source.

 

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements as predictions of future results. Our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

 
4

Table of Contents

  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Overview

 

We are a portfolio of global businesses with a vision to build the electrification and telecommunications infrastructure that will address and service requirements for electric vehicle (“EV”) charging (“EVC”) and wireless network infrastructure (“WNI”) which includes broadband, tower, distributed antennae systems (“DAS”), small cell, and electrical infrastructure.  We operate in two segments:

 

 

·

Telecommunications which provides connection of voice calls and data to global carriers, and

 

·

Infrastructure which builds physical wireless network elements, provides electrical construction services, and designs and installs EV charging stations and infrastructure.

 

Strategy

 

Our strategy is to maintain the solid business within Telecommunication and to drive growth within Infrastructure by leveraging our operating subsidiaries and developing strategic relationships. Within Infrastructure, we provide seamless solutions for the physical elements of wireless networks and installation, monitoring and maintenance of EV charging stations. Infrastructure’s goal is to implement end-to-end solutions for customers that are custom designed to enhance connectivity, productivity, reduce the cost of operations, decrease greenhouse emissions, and improve the efficiency of commercial operations for our customers and their consumers.

 

We believe the rise of new developing technologies in both the wireless network and EVC industries offers us a unique growth opportunity. Our strategy focuses on continued development and organic growth as well as targeted acquisitions and strategic alliances. We intend to do this through the following:

 

Leveraging existing private and public sector relationships to organically grow WNI and EVC installations: Within the WNI and EVC space, we have built solid relationships with automotive dealerships, commercial fleets, major carriers, general, electrical and sub-contractors, private industry and governmental organizations allowing us to grow the number of projects and revenues. As an agnostic hardware and software player in the WNI and EVC market, we tailor installations to the requirements of each industry segment, creating customized charging solutions and affording us a significant competitive advantage over competitors. In the future, we plan to target businesses such as parking structures, apartment and office complexes, gas stations, shopping centers, big box retail and hotel chains.

 

Expand reach and capacity across North America through organic growth and strategic M&A:  We continue to leverage our relationships within multiple verticals, original equipment manufacturers (“OEM”), commercial fleets, vendors, real estate, insurance and warranty, wireless and electric infrastructure to target acquisitions that expand scale and installation capacity, capabilities, channel distribution, and geographic reach within infrastructure implementation for WNI and EVC.  In May 2021, we acquired Nextridge, Inc., a New York corporation (“Nextridge”) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Advanced Network Solutions (collectively referred to as “ANS”), which has contributed to growth and strategic business opportunities.  ANS is highly experienced in the installation of physical wireless network elements including broadband, tower, DAS, small cells and will directly contribute to our goals of growing our footprint within this space.   In December 2021, we acquired B W Electrical Services, LLC (“BW”), a New Jersey limited liability company, which has added to our electrical construction expertise and access to the unionized labor market.  BW’s deep experience and unionized workforce will help position us for growth that we see coming in the years ahead within the infrastructure space.

 

 
5

Table of Contents

 

Expand technology-enabled solutions: We continue to research and develop mobile application opportunities and tech enabled services designed to expand a seamless offering that assists employees, contractors and customers with a fluid experience throughout EVC and WNI. This suite of technology will complement and add to our existing proprietary software and apps that will support our custom infrastructure solutions to move and connect people.

 

Telecommunications

 

Telecommunications, through our operating subsidiary PTGi International Carrier Services, Inc. (“PTGi”), provides connection of both voice and data to Carriers and Mobile Network Operators (“MNO’s”) globally for over two decades and we have and will continue to selectively add profitable products and services, such as SMS text, to this long-established business. Telecommunications has contractual relationships with service providers in over 19 foreign countries primarily within Asia, Europe, the Middle East, Africa and North America. We provide customers with internet-protocol-based and time-division multiplexing (“TDM”) access for the transport of long-distance voice and data minutes.

 

We operate a global telecommunications network consisting of domestic switching and related peripheral equipment, carrier-grade routers and switches for internet and circuit-based services. To ensure high-quality communications services, our network employs digital switching and fiber optic technologies, incorporates the use of voice-over-internet protocols, SS7/C7 signaling and is supported by comprehensive network monitoring and technical support services.

 

Infrastructure

 

Infrastructure has two areas of focus, including:

 

 

·

Building physical wireless network elements including broadband, cell tower, small cell, and in-building applications, and

 

·

Seamless EVC solutions including design, engineering, vendor specification, construction, installation and maintenance of EV chargers

 

Services for these areas include design and engineering, equipment specification and sourcing, installation, data & software solutions, and service and maintenance.

 

Infrastructure Products

 

Products and Services of Infrastructure include:

 

 

·

Cell tower construction and modification services,

 

·

Wireless enterprise solutions,

 

·

Network monitoring and maintenance,

 

·

Distributed Antennae Systems (“DAS”) engineering design, installation and remote monitoring,

 

·

Primary and secondary systems implementation for Direct Current (“DC”) and Uninterruptable Power Supply (“UPS”), and

 

·

Seamless EVC solutions including design, on-site electrical analysis, engineering, vendor specification, construction, installation and maintenance of EV chargers

 

 
6

Table of Contents

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

 

We qualify as an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012 (“JOBS Act”). As an emerging growth company, we take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" disclosure in this prospectus;

 

 

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (“Sarbanes-Oxley”);

 

 

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

 

 

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

 

We may use these provisions until December 31, 2026. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period.

 

The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. To the extent that we continue to qualify as a “smaller reporting company,” as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, after we cease to qualify as an emerging growth company, certain of the exemptions available to us as an emerging growth company may continue to be available to us as a smaller reporting company, including (i) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes Oxley Act, (ii) scaled executive compensation disclosures, and (iii) the requirement to provide only two years of audited financial statements, instead of three years. As of June 30, 2022, our public float exceeded $250 million and therefore we will no longer qualify as a smaller reporting company under the rules of the SEC commencing with our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ending March 31, 2023

 

Risk Factors Summary

 

An investment in our common shares involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks summarized below. The risks are more fully discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus.

 

 

·

Risks relating to our strategy, such as those associated with our ability to deploy capital effectively, execute our business strategy, compete in highly competitive markets, develop our new products and services, execute and integrate future acquisitions and strategic investments, and protect our intellectual property.

 

·

Risks relating to our operations, such as those associated with our limited operating history, effects of the global COVID-19 pandemic and other global geopolitical changes, attracting and retaining experienced personnel, changes in technology and customer requirements, ability to manage growth and confront cybersecurity challenges.

 

·

Risks relating to Telecommunications (one of our reportable operating segments), such as those associated with competing with larger competitors, our suppliers’ financial strength and ability to deliver equipment and services, performance of our Telecommunications’ infrastructure, domestic and international competition, our ability to operate a cost-effective network, regulations, and adequacy of insurance coverage.

 

·

Risks relating to Infrastructure (one of our reportable operating segments), such as those associated with success of our existing products and services and innovation of new products and services, stability of external suppliers, consumers’ acceptance of  WNI and EVC, manufacturers’ pace and ultimate production of EVs and EV chargers, deployment of physical wireless network elements and EV charging equipment, cybercrimes, effectiveness of our mobile applications, adjustments to broadband systems and EVC technology advances, intense competition, government regulations, including environmental regulations, cost and availability of insurance, and union relationships.

 

 
7

Table of Contents

 

 

·

Risks relating to our liquidity, including those associated with our ability to service our indebtedness, generate sufficient cash flow from operations, obtain additional funding on market terms to continue our current level of operations and growth, and forecast our cash needs.

 

·

Risks relating to compliance and regulation, including those associated with our ability to develop and maintain an effective system of internal controls, management’s ability to significantly influence matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, our ability to comply with current and future regulations.

 

·

Risks relating to our notes, including those associated with our granting a senior lien on our assets to secure repayment of such notes.

 

·

Risks relating to this offering and investing in our Common Stock, including those associated with the limited public market for our common stock, the dilutive effect of our outstanding warrants and preferred stock on our common stockholders, our ability to maintain listing of our Common Stock on Nasdaq, government and FINRA rules to limit a stockholder’s ability to buy and sell our common stock, securities or industry analysts not following or negatively reporting on us, restrictions on third party seeking to acquire us, our dividend policy, restrictions on the exclusive forum for stockholders’ actions, the cost and our time devoted to being a public company, and our status as an “emerging growth company”.

 

Corporate Information

 

We were incorporated in the state of Nevada on May 8, 2003 under the name “E-Education Network, Inc.” On August 10, 2005 we changed our name to “GoIP Global, Inc.” On December 27, 2017, we redomiciled from Nevada to Colorado. On October 1, 2020, we converted from a Colorado corporation to a Delaware corporation and in connection with such conversion changed our name to “Transworld Holdings, Inc.” As of January 26, 2021, our name has been further changed to “Charge Enterprises, Inc.”

 

On April 30, 2020, we entered into an agreement to acquire 100% of the outstanding equity interests of Transworld Enterprises pursuant to a Share Exchange Agreement, by and among us, Transworld Enterprises and the shareholders of Transworld Enterprises. The transactions contemplated by the Share Exchange Agreement closed on May 8, 2020. In accordance with the Share Exchange Agreement, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of Transworld Enterprises in exchange for 1,000,000 shares of each of our Series D and Series F Preferred Stock. The Series D Preferred Stock was convertible into 80% of our issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock upon consummation of a reverse stock split and voted on an as-converted basis. The Series F Preferred Stock is convertible into 80% of our issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock at any time at the option of the holder and votes on an as-converted basis.

 

On July 13, 2020, our Board of Directors approved, subject to shareholder approval, (i) a Plan of Conversion, pursuant to which we would convert from a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Colorado to a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, and such approval includes the adoption of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws under the laws of the State of Delaware, and a change in our name from “GoIP Global, Inc.” to “Transworld Holdings, Inc.”, each of which became effective concurrently with the effectiveness of the conversion and (ii) a reverse stock split of our outstanding common stock in a ratio of one-for-five hundred (1:500), which became effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the conversion. On October 1, 2020, we filed articles of amendment with the Colorado Secretary of State to effectuate the Reverse Stock Split. Immediately thereafter, we completed the conversion by filing our new Certificate of Incorporation with the State of Delaware.

 

On September 25, 2020, we entered into a stock acquisition agreement with the shareholders of GetCharged pursuant to which we agreed to acquire 100% of the outstanding voting securities of GetCharged in exchange for 60,000,000 shares of our common stock. The closing of the GetCharged acquisition occurred on October 12, 2020.

 

On October 2, 2020, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with the shareholders of PTGi pursuant to which we agreed to acquire 100% of the outstanding voting securities of PTGi in consideration for $892,000. The closing of the PTGi acquisition occurred on October 31, 2020.

 

 
8

Table of Contents

 

Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Charge Infrastructure Holding, Inc. (formerly known as Charge Infrastructure, Inc.), entered into a securities purchase agreement, dated May 7, 2021, with the shareholders of Nextridge, Inc., a New York corporation (“Nextridge”) pursuant to which we agreed to purchase all the issued and outstanding shares of Nextridge for an aggregate purchase price of $19,798,324. $6,850,000 of the aggregate purchase price payable to the shareholders of Nextridge was paid through the issuance of 2,395,105 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock”). The acquisition closed on May 21, 2021. Nextridge operates its business through its wholly owned subsidiary, ANS Advanced Network Services LLC, a New York, limited liability company (“ANS”).

 

On December 22, 2021, Charge Infrastructure Holdings, Inc. entered into a Unit Purchase Agreement to acquire all of the membership interests of B W Electrical Services LLC (“BW”), a New Jersey limited liability company. BW, founded in 2006 and headquartered in New Jersey, is an electrical contracting services firm specializing in commercial projects with a focus on ground-up construction. On December 27, 2021, we completed the acquisition and paid the sellers an aggregate cash amount of $13,500,000 plus 1,285,714 shares of our common stock. A portion of the cash consideration was placed in escrow to satisfy certain obligations of the sellers as described in the Unit Purchase Agreement.

 

On January 14, 2022, Charge Infrastructure Holdings, Inc. entered into, and simultaneously closed, an Agreement and Plan of Merger acquiring all of the membership interests of EV Group Holdings LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (“EV Depot”) through a reverse triangular merger with Mergeco, Inc., a Delaware corporation, a newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary of Charge Infrastructure Holdings, Inc. The sellers received consideration of $1,250,000 plus 5,201,863 shares of our common stock. EV Depot, headquartered in New Jersey, is a group of companies focused on real estate solutions for commercial and fleet operators requiring parking, maintenance and EV charging depot resources.

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 125 Park Avenue, 25th Floor, New York, NY 10017 and our telephone number is (212) 921-2100. We maintain a website at www.charge.enterprises. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not, and should not be considered, part of, or incorporated by reference into, this prospectus and you should not consider any information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus in deciding whether to purchase our securities.

 

 
9

Table of Contents

 

THE OFFERING

 

This prospectus relates to the disposition from time to time of up to 28,697,543 shares (the “Shares”) of our common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (our “Common Stock”), which includes up to 8,630,803 shares of our Common Stock, up to 13,840,370 shares of our Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants (the “Warrants”) and up to 6,226,370 shares of our Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of our Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”) which are held by the Selling Stockholders. The Shares issued or issuable by us to the Selling Stockholders were sold in five separate private placement transactions that were completed on May 8, 2020, May 19, 2021, December 17, 2021, February 25, 2022 and April 26, 2022.

 

Common stock offered by the Selling Stockholders

 

Up to 28,697,543 shares of our Common Stock held by or that may be issued to certain of the Selling Stockholders, which includes up to 8,630,803 shares of our Common Stock, up to 13,840,370 shares of our Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding Warrants and up to 6,226,370 shares of our Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of our Series C Preferred Stock.

 

 

 

Common Stock outstanding before Offering:

 

206,157,652

 

 

 

Shares of Common Stock to be outstanding after this offering (assuming all shares of Common Stock are issued upon conversion and/or exercise)

 

226,224,392

 

 

 

Use of Proceeds

 

All of the Shares sold pursuant to this prospectus will be offered and sold by the Selling Stockholders. We will not receive any proceeds from such sales. We would, however, receive proceeds upon the exercise of the Warrants held by the Selling Stockholders which, if such Warrants are exercised in full, would be approximately $37.8 million. Proceeds, if any, received from the exercise of such Warrants will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes. No assurances can be given that any of such Warrants will be exercised. See Use of Proceeds.”

 

 

 

Offering Price

 

The Selling Stockholders may sell the Shares at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of the sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices, including, without limitation, in one or more transactions that may take place by ordinary brokerage transactions, privately negotiated transactions or through sales to one or more underwriters or broker dealers for resale. See Plan of Distribution.”

 

 

 

Risk Factors

 

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk and could result in a loss of your entire investment. Prior to making an investment decision, you should carefully consider all of the information in this prospectus and, in particular, you should evaluate the risk factors set forth under the caption “Risk Factors”.

 

 

 

Nasdaq Global Market Trading Symbol

 

“CRGE”

 

The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding is 206,157,652 as of August 1, 2022 and excludes the following:

 

 

·

49,590,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options having a weighted average exercise price of $1.69 per share;

 

·

7,699,554 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants having an exercise price of $0.50 per share, 4,100,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants having an exercise price of $2.00 per share, 4,240,370 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants having an exercise price of $4.00 per share and 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants having an exercise price of $8.50 per share;

 

·

6,226,370 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of our outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock; and

 

·

29,425,556 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of our outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

 

 
10

Table of Contents

 

The Shares which may be offered and sold by the Selling Stockholders under this prospectus were issued and/or are issuable upon conversion and/or exercise of the Series C Preferred Stock and/or Warrants issued in connection with the following transactions: 

 

May 2020 Financing

 

On May 8, 2020, we entered into a securities purchase agreement with certain funds affiliated with Arena Investors LP (the “May 2020 Investors”) pursuant to which we issued certain convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $3,000,000 (the “May 2020 Notes”). In connection with the issuance of the May 2020 Notes, we issued to some of the Selling Stockholders warrants to purchase an aggregate of 7,600,000 shares of Common Stock (collectively, the “May 2020 Warrants”) and 7.5 shares of series G convertible preferred stock (the “Series G Preferred Stock”). The Series G Preferred Stock issued to the May 2020 Investors had no voting rights and converted into shares of our common stock upon consummation of the reverse stock split that was consummated on October 6, 2020. On June 30, 2022, the May 2020 Investors agreed to convert the May 2020 Notes into shares of our Series D Convertible Preferred Stock.

 

Each May 2020 Warrant is exercisable for a period of three years from the date of issuance at an initial exercise price of $0.50 per share, subject to certain beneficial ownership limitations (with a maximum ownership limit of 9.99%). The exercise price of the May 2020 Warrants is subject to customary adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like. The May 2020 Investors may exercise the May 2020 Warrants on a cashless basis if the shares of common stock underlying the May 2020 Warrants are not then registered pursuant to an effective registration statement. In the event the Selling Shareholders exercise the Warrants on a cashless basis, then we will not receive any proceeds. On June 30, 2022, the Company entered into an amendment to each of the May 2020 Warrants, pursuant to which the Company agreed to allow each holder of such warrants the option to require the Company to issue to such holder, upon exercise, in lieu of issuing Common Stock, such number of shares of a to-be-issued class of our preferred stock, which shall be convertible into the same number of shares of Common Stock as would have been issued upon exercise of such warrants. The preferred stock will be of like tenor as our Series D Preferred Stock, except such newly issued preferred stock shall not pay any dividends (the “New Preferred Stock”). On June 30, 2022, the Company entered into a Registration Rights Agreement in connection with the potential issuance of New Preferred Stock (the “Registration Rights Agreement - New Preferred Stock”). The Registration Rights Agreement - New Preferred Stock granted the holders of New Preferred Stock demand rights to require the Company to file up to two demand registration statements for the offer and resale of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the New Preferred Stock no later than 90 days after the date of such demand.

 

A Registration Rights Agreement was executed in connection with the issuance of the May 2020 Warrants and certain shares of Common Stock issued to the May 2020 Investors and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is being filed to fulfill our obligations under such agreement. If we fail to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement until all of such shares of Common Stock have been sold or are otherwise able to be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, without any volume or manner of sale restrictions, then the Company will be obligated to pay to the May 2020 Investors upon the occurrence of any such failure event and on each monthly anniversary thereafter until  such event is cured,  liquidated damages in an amount in cash equal to their pro rata portion of $50,000, provided such amount shall increase by $25,000 on every thirty (30) day anniversary, in addition to any other rights the May 2020 Investors may have under such Registration Rights Agreement or applicable law.

 

May 2021 Financing

 

On May 19, 2021, we entered into a securities purchase agreement with certain funds affiliated with Arena Investors LP (the “May 2021 Investors”) pursuant to which we issued (i) an aggregate principal amount of $5,610,000 of original issue discount senior secured convertible promissory notes due May 19, 2024 (the “May 2021 Convertible Notes”), and (ii) an aggregate principal amount of $11,032,609 of original issue discount senior secured non-convertible promissory notes due November 19, 2022 (the “May 2021 Non-Convertible Notes” and together with the May 2021 Convertible Notes, the “May 2021 Notes”). On November 26, 2021, the May 2021 Investors agreed to extend the maturity date of the May 2021 Non-Convertible Notes to November 19, 2023. On June 30, 2022, the May 2021 Investors agreed to convert the May 2021 Convertible Notes into shares of our Series D Convertible Preferred Stock.

 

 
11

Table of Contents

 

In connection with the issuance of the May 2021 Notes, we issued to the May 2021 Investors warrants to purchase 1,870,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.00 per share (the “May 2021 Warrants”). Each May 2021 Warrant is exercisable for a period of three years from the date of issuance at an initial exercise price of $4.00 per share, subject to certain beneficial ownership limitations (with a maximum ownership limit of 9.99%). The exercise price of the May 2021 Warrants is subject to customary adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like. The May 2021 Investors may exercise the May 2021 Warrants on a cashless basis if the shares of Common Stock underlying the May 2021 Warrants are not then registered pursuant to an effective registration statement. In the event the May 2021 Investors exercise the May 2021 Warrants on a cashless basis, then we will not receive any proceeds. On June 30, 2022, the Company entered into an amendment to the May 2021 Warrants pursuant to which the Company agreed to allow each holder of such warrants the option to require the Company to issue to such holder, upon exercise, in lieu of issuing Common Stock, such number of shares of New Preferred Stock as shall be convertible into the same number of shares of Common Stock as would have been issued upon exercise of such warrants. On June 30, 2022, the Company entered into the Registration Rights Agreement - New Preferred Stock which granted the holders of New Preferred Stock demand rights to require the Company to file up to two demand registration statements for the offer and resale of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the New Preferred Stock no later than 90 days after the date of such demand.

 

The May 2021 Non-Convertible Notes accrue interest at a rate of 7.5% per annum, subject to increase to 20% per annum upon and during the occurrence of an event of default and are to be redeemed at 107.5% of face value on the maturity date. The May 2021 Non-Convertible Notes rank senior to all of our current and future indebtedness and are secured by substantially all of our assets. In addition, some of our subsidiaries entered into a subsidiary guaranty agreement and guaranteed the obligations owned to the investors under the May 2021 Non-Convertible Notes.

 

A Registration Rights Agreement was executed in connection with the issuance of the May 2021 Warrants and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is being filed to fulfill our obligations under such agreement. If we fail to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement until all of such shares of Common Stock have been sold or are otherwise able to be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, without any volume or manner of sale restrictions, then we will be obligated to pay to the May 2021 Investors, upon the occurrence of any such failure event and on each monthly anniversary thereafter until the event is cured, liquidated damages in an amount in cash equal to their pro rata portion of $75,000 per month until such events are satisfied, in addition to any other rights the May 2021 Investors may have under such Registration Rights Agreement or applicable law. The May 2021 Investors have agreed to waive any penalties that would be due and payable through August 24, 2022.

 

December 2021 Financing

 

On December 17, 2021, we entered into a securities purchase agreement with certain funds affiliated with Arena Investors LP (the “December 2021 Investors”) pursuant to which we issued (i) original issue discount, senior secured, non-convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $14,814,814 (the “December 2021 Notes”) and (ii) $7,407,407 aggregate stated value of our Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Series C Preferred Stock”), or an aggregate of 2,370,370 shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

 

 
12

Table of Contents

 

In connection with the issuance of the December 2021 Notes, we issued to the December 2021 Investors warrants to purchase 2,370,370 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.00 per share (the “December 2021 Warrants”). Each December 2021 Warrant is exercisable for a period of two years from the date of issuance at an initial exercise price of $4.00 per share, subject to certain beneficial ownership limitations (with a maximum ownership limit of 9.99%). The exercise price is also subject to adjustment due to certain events, including stock dividends, stock splits and in connection with the issuance by us of Common Stock or Common Stock equivalents at an effective price per share lower than the exercise price then in effect. The December 2021 Investors may exercise the December 2021 Warrants on a cashless basis if the shares of Common Stock underlying the December 2021 Warrants are not then registered pursuant to an effective registration statement. In the event the December 2021 Investors exercise the December 2021 Warrants on a cashless basis, then we will not receive any proceeds. On June 30, 2022, the Company entered into an amendment to the December 2021 Warrants pursuant to which the Company agreed to allow each holder of such warrants the option to require the Company to issue to such holder, upon exercise, in lieu of issuing Common Stock, such number of shares of New Preferred Stock as shall be convertible into the same number of shares of Common Stock as would have been issued upon exercise of such warrants. On June 30, 2022, the Company entered into the Registration Rights Agreement - New Preferred Stock which granted the holders of New Preferred Stock demand rights to require the Company to file up to two demand registration statements for the offer and resale of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the New Preferred Stock no later than 90 days after the date of such demand. The December 2021 Notes accrue interest at a rate of 7.5% per annum, subject to increase to 20% per annum upon and during the occurrence of an event of default and are to be redeemed at 107.5% of face value on the maturity date.

 

The December 2021 Notes rank pari passu with the notes issued to the investors in the Company’s May 2021 private placements and senior to all of our current and future indebtedness and are secured by substantially all of our assets. In addition, some of our subsidiaries entered into a subsidiary guaranty agreement and guaranteed the obligations owed to the December 2021 Investors under the December 2021 Notes.

 

Except as otherwise provided in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Certificate of Designation or as otherwise required by law, holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights, however, we shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of all the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock (a) alter or change adversely the powers, preferences or rights given to the Series C Preferred Stock or alter or amend the Certificate of Designation, (b) amend our Certificate of Incorporation or other charter documents in any manner that materially adversely affects any rights of any holder, or (c) enter into any agreement with respect to any of the foregoing. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, holders of the Series C Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive a liquidation distribution (the “Liquidation Preference”), equal to $3.125 per share (the “Stated Value”), plus all accrued but unpaid dividends. The Liquidation Preference is senior in liquidation rights to the holders of our Common Stock. Holders of our Series C Preferred Stock will receive a monthly dividend at a fixed annual rate of 6.00% of the Liquidation Preference, or $0.1875 per share of Series C Preferred Stock per year, payable, at our option, in cash or in shares of our Common Stock valued at the conversion price (as described herein).

 

Each share of Series C Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into such number of shares of our Common Stock equal to the Stated Value divided by the conversion price of $3.125 per share. Therefore, each share of Series C Preferred Stock is convertible into one share of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in the Certificate of Designation). The holder may convert Series C Preferred Stock at any time after the shares issuable upon conversion satisfy the holding period under Rule 144. The holder is prohibited from converting the Series C Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock if, as a result of such conversion, the holder, together with its affiliates, would own more than 9.99% of the total number of shares of our Common Stock then issued and outstanding.

 

If the closing price of our Common Stock exceeds $3.125 (subject to adjustment), we may, on ten trading days’ notice, cause each holder to convert all or part of such holder’s Series C Preferred Stock plus all accrued but unpaid dividends. On ten trading days’ notice to the holders, we may redeem the Series C Preferred Stock in whole or, from time to time, in part at our option, at the sum of $3.125 per share of Series C Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment), plus accrued but unpaid dividends. Holders may elect to convert the Series C Preferred Stock during such notice period.

 

On December 17, 2024, we shall, subject to ten days’ prior notice from a holder, convert all of the then outstanding Series C Preferred Stock into our Common Stock, or at our option redeem such Series C Preferred Stock for cash, in the aggregate redemption amount of $3.125 per share of Series C Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment), plus accrued but unpaid dividends, plus additional cash consideration in order for the holder to achieve a 20% IRR. If we elect to convert the Series C Preferred Stock, the conversion price is based on the lower of the conversion price then in effect or the volume weighted average price of our Common Stock for the prior 44-day trading period.

 

 
13

Table of Contents

 

The terms of the Series C Preferred Stock were amended and restated as described under “February 2022 Financing” described below. In connection with the February 2022 Financing described below, the December 2021 Investors were granted the right to participate in any offer and sale we conduct of our Common Stock, including securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or debt securities on or before February 25, 2025. Such investors shall be entitled to participate in their pro rata portion of up to 25% in any such future financing on the same terms, conditions and price provided for in such financing.

 

A Registration Rights Agreement was executed in connection with the issuance of the December 2021 Notes and Series C Preferred Stock and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part of and is being filed to fulfill our obligations under such agreement. If we fail to have the registration statement filed within six months of the closing date of the December 2021 private placement, or if we fail to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement until all of such shares of common stock have been sold or are otherwise able to be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, without any volume or manner of sale restrictions, then we will be obligated to pay to the December 2021 Investors, upon the occurrence of any such failure event and on each monthly anniversary thereafter until the event is cured, liquidated damages an amount in cash equal to their pro rata portion of $75,000 per month until such events are satisfied, in addition to any other rights the December 2021 Investors may have under such Registration Rights Agreement. The December 2021 Investors agreed to waive any penalties that would be due and payable through August 24, 2022

 

February 2022 Financing

 

On February 25, 2022, we entered into a securities purchase agreement with an investment vehicle controlled by a subsidiary of Island Capital Group LLC (the “February 2022 Investor”) pursuant to which we issued $12,050,000 aggregate stated value of our Series C Preferred Stock, or an aggregate of 3,856,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

 

On February 25, 2022, we filed an Amended and Restated Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series C Preferred Stock (the “Amended COD”) to, among other things, increase the number of authorized shares of Series C Preferred Stock to 6,226,370 shares.  The other terms of the Series C Preferred stock are substantially the same as those issued in the December 2021 Financing, except:

 

 

·

The Amended COD modified the original Certificate of Designation so that, in the event the closing price of the Common Stock exceeds $6.25, subject to adjustment, for at least five consecutive trading days, we may, within ten trading days’ notice, cause each holder to convert all or part of such holder’s Series C Preferred Stock plus all accrued but unpaid dividends for shares of common stock. However, we may not affect such forced conversion unless there is an effective Securities Act registration statement covering the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or such Common Stock is eligible for resale under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

 

 

 

·

The Amended COD modified the original Certificate of Designation so that on the third anniversary of the issuance of Series C Preferred Stock to a holder, we shall, subject to ten days’ prior notice from such holder, convert all of such holder’s Series C Preferred Stock into our Common Stock, or at our option redeem such Series C Preferred Stock for cash, in the aggregate redemption amount of $3.125 per share of Series C Preferred Stock, subject to adjustment, plus accrued but unpaid dividends, plus additional cash consideration in order for the holder to achieve a 20% IRR (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Designation) (the “Three Year Redemption Amount”). Furthermore, any such holder who has not so elected to have its Series C Preferred Stock redeemed or converted on such third anniversary may, at any time thereafter, elect to cause us to redeem or convert, at our option, for the Post-Three Year Redemption Amount (as defined in the Amended COD). If we elect to convert the Series C Preferred Stock to Common Stock, the conversion price is based on the lower of the conversion price then in effect or the volume weighted average price of our Common Stock for the prior 44-day trading period, provided, however, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion may not exceed $3.125 per share of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding divided by $1.00.

 

We also granted to the February 2022 Investor the right to participate until February 25, 2025 in any offer and sale we conduct of our Common Stock, including securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or debt securities. The February 2022 Investor (when aggregated with its affiliates) shall have the right to participate in up to 25% of any such future financing on the same terms, conditions and price provided for in such financing.

 

 
14

Table of Contents

 

A Registration Rights Agreement was executed in connection with the issuance of the Series C Preferred Stock to the February 2022 Investors and the common stock and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is being filed to fulfill our obligations under such agreement. If we fail to have the registration statement filed within six months of the closing date,  or if we fail to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement until all of such shares of Common Stock have been sold or are otherwise able to be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, without any volume or manner of sale restrictions, then we will be obligated to pay to the February 2022 Investor, as liquidated damages, upon the occurrence of any such event and on each monthly anniversary thereafter until the event is cured, an amount in cash equal to their pro rata portion of $75,000 per month until such events are satisfied.

 

April 2022 Financing

 

On April 20, 2022, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with an investment vehicle controlled by a subsidiary of Island Capital Group LLC (the “April 2022 Investor”), pursuant to which we agreed to issue and sell 1,428,575 shares of Common Stock and common stock purchase warrants (the “April 2022 Warrants”) to purchase 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock. The transactions contemplated with the April 2022 Investor closed on April 26, 2022.

 

We also granted to the April 2022 Investor the right to participate until February 25, 2025 in any offer and sale we conduct of our Common Stock, including securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or debt securities. The April 2022 Investor (when aggregated with its affiliates) shall have the right to participate in up to 25% of any such future financing on the same terms, conditions and price provided for in such financing.

 

Each April 2022 Warrant is exercisable for a period of three years from the date of issuance at an initial exercise price of $8.50 per share, subject to certain beneficial ownership limitations (with a maximum ownership limit of 9.99%). The exercise price of the April 2022 Warrants is subject to customary adjustments provisions for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like. The April 2022 Investors may exercise the April 2022 Warrants on a cashless basis. In the event the Selling Shareholders exercise the April 2022 Warrants on a cashless basis, then we will not receive any proceeds.

 

A Registration Rights Agreement was executed in connection with the issuance of the shares of Common Stock and April 2022 Warrants to the April 2022 Investor and the common stock and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is being filed to fulfill our obligations under such agreement. If we fail to have the registration statement filed within six months of the closing date,  or if we fail to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement until all of such shares of Common Stock have been sold or are otherwise able to be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, without any volume or manner of sale restrictions, then we will be obligated to pay to the April 2022 Investor, as liquidated damages, upon the occurrence of any such event and on each monthly anniversary thereafter until the event is cured, an amount in cash equal to their pro rata portion of $75,000 per month until such events are satisfied.

 

 
15

Table of Contents

 

Summary Financial Data

 

The following table sets forth our selected financial data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. We have derived the statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2022 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results of operations presented below may not be reflective of our financial position, results of operations and cash flows had we operated as a combined company during all periods presented given the change to our business as a result of the acquisition of GetCharged, PTGi, ANS, BW and EV Depot on October 12, 2020, October 31, 2020, May 21, 2021, December 27, 2021 and January 14, 2022, respectively. The following summary financial data should be read with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and related notes and other information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

 

Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

Years Ended

December 31,

($)

 

 

Six Months Ended

June 30,

(unaudited)

($)

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Revenue

 

 

477,018,163

 

 

 

84,726,026

 

 

 

344,018,502

 

 

 

240,710,692

 

Operating Income/(Loss)

 

 

(38,284,465 )

 

 

(4,750,019 )

 

 

(25,252,350 )

 

 

(17,068,095 )

Total other expenses

 

 

(18,676,373

 

 

 

(30,330,726 )

 

 

(9,119,424 )

 

 

2,211,180

 

Net Income/(Loss)

 

 

(51,668,971 )

 

 

(34,642,641 )

 

 

(32,782,154 )

 

 

(11,664,083 )

Deemed dividend

 

 

(7,407,407 )

 

 

--

 

 

 

(36,697,317 )

 

 

--

 

Preferred dividends

 

 

--

 

 

 

--

 

 

 

(619,813 )

 

 

--

 

Net loss available to common stockholders

 

 

(59,076,378 )

 

 

(34,642,641 )

 

 

(70,099,284 )

 

 

(11,664,083 )

Basic and diluted loss per share

 

 

(0.38 )

 

 

(1.92 )

 

 

(0.37 )

 

 

(0.08 )

Weighted average of shares outstanding

 

 

156,365,477

 

 

 

18,049,003

 

 

 

190,965,948

 

 

 

149,463,702

 

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

2022

(unaudited)

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$ 18,238,264

 

 

 

11,629,303

 

 

 

46,581,305

 

Working capital (1)

 

 

18,867,911

 

 

 

2,948,711

 

 

 

(8,339,376 )

Total assets

 

 

143,609,512

 

 

 

99,407,319

 

 

 

207,308,039

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

89,068,054

 

 

 

76,806,279

 

 

 

157,875,743

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

 

15,467,107

 

 

 

20,653,095

 

 

 

7,235,122

 

____________ 

(1) Working capital is defined as total current assets minus total current liabilities

 

 
16

Table of Contents

  

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. This prospectus contains the risks applicable to an investment in our securities. Prior to making a decision about investing in our securities, you should carefully consider the specific factors discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. The risks and uncertainties we have described are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also affect our operations. The occurrence of any of these known or unknown risks might cause you to lose all or part of your investment in the offered securities.

 

Risks Related to Strategy

 

If we are not able to deploy capital effectively and on acceptable terms, we may not be able to execute our business strategy.

 

Our strategy includes effectively deploying capital by acquiring interests in new companies. We may not be able to identify attractive acquisition candidates that fit our strategy. Even if we are able to identify acquisition candidates, we may not be able to acquire interests in those companies due to an inability to reach mutually acceptable financial or other terms with those companies or due to competition from other potential acquirers that may have greater resources, brand name recognition, industry contacts or flexibility of structure than we do. The recent turmoil in the global economy has caused significant declines and fluctuations in the valuations of publicly traded companies and privately-held companies. Uncertainty regarding the extent to which valuations of companies that fit our acquisition strategy will continue to fluctuate may affect our ability to accurately value potential acquisition candidates. Additionally, ongoing weak economic conditions may make it more difficult for us to obtain capital needed to deploy to new and existing partner companies. If we are unable to effectively deploy capital to partner companies on acceptable terms, we may not be able to execute on our strategy, and our business may be adversely impacted.

 

The nature of our business is speculative and dependent on a number of variables beyond our control that cannot be reliably ascertained in advance.

 

The revenues and profits of an enterprise like ours are generally dependent upon many variables. Our customer appeal depends upon factors which cannot be reliably ascertained in advance and over which we have no control, such as unpredictable customer and media reviews, industry analyst commentaries, and comparisons to competitive products. As with any relatively new business enterprise operating in a specialized and intensely competitive market, we are subject to many business risks which include, but are not limited to, unforeseen marketing difficulties, excessive research and development expenses, unforeseen negative publicity, competition, product liability issues, manufacturing and logistical difficulties, and lack of operating experience. Many of the risks may be unforeseeable or beyond our control. There can be no assurance that we will successfully implement our business plan in a timely or effective manner, that we will be able to generate sufficient interest in our products, or that we will be able to market and sell enough products and services to generate sufficient revenues to continue as a going concern.

 

Our markets are highly competitive, and our failure to compete successfully would limit our ability to sell our products and services, attract and retain customers and grow our business.

 

Our markets are highly competitive, and we expect that both direct and indirect competition will increase in the future. Within each of our markets, we encounter direct competition from various larger U.S. and non-U.S. competitors. The adoption of new technology likely will intensify the competition for our products. Due to the rapidly evolving markets in which we compete, additional competitors with significant market presence and financial resources may enter those markets, thereby further intensifying competition, adversely affecting our sales, and adversely affecting our business and prospects.

 

 
17

Table of Contents

 

 

We may not be successful in developing our new products and services.

 

The market for our products and services is characterized by rapid technological change, changing customer needs, frequent new product introductions and evolving industry standards. These market characteristics are exacerbated by the emerging nature of this market and the fact that many companies are expected to continually introduce new and innovative products and services. Our success will depend partially on our ability to introduce new products, services and technologies continually and on a timely basis and to continue to improve the performance, features and reliability of our products and services in response to both evolving demands of prospective customers and competitive products. There can be no assurance that any of our new or proposed products or services will maintain the limited market acceptance that we have to date established. Our failure to design, develop, test, market and introduce new and enhanced products, technologies and services successfully so as to achieve market acceptance could have a material adverse effect upon our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

There can be no assurance that we will not experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful development, introduction or marketing of new or enhanced products and services, or that our new products and services will adequately satisfy the requirements of prospective customers and achieve significant acceptance by those customers. Because of certain market characteristics, including technological change, changing customer needs, frequent new product and service introductions and evolving industry standards, the continued introduction of new products and services is critical. Delays in the introduction of new products and services may result in customer dissatisfaction and may delay or cause a loss of revenue. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in developing new products or services or improving existing products and services that respond to technological changes or evolving industry standards.

 

In addition, new or enhanced products and services introduced by us may contain undetected errors that require significant design modifications. This could result in a loss of customer confidence which could adversely affect the use of our products, which in turn, could have a material adverse effect upon our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

Because we face significant competition for acquisition and business opportunities, including from numerous companies with a business plan similar to ours, it may be difficult for us to fully execute our business strategy. Additionally, our subsidiaries also operate in highly competitive industries, limiting their ability to gain or maintain their positions in their respective industries.

 

We expect to encounter intense competition for acquisition and business opportunities from both strategic investors and other entities having a business objective similar to ours, such as private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), blank check companies, and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the type of businesses that we may acquire. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources, or more local industry knowledge, or greater access to capital, than we do, and our financial resources may be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. These factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully completing future acquisitions and investments.

 

In addition, while we believe that there are numerous target businesses that we could potentially acquire or invest in, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. We may need to obtain additional financing in order to consummate future acquisitions and investment opportunities and cannot assure you that any additional financing will be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all, or that the terms of our existing financing arrangements will not limit our ability to do so. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing acquisition and investment opportunities.

 

Future acquisitions or business opportunities could involve unknown risks that could harm our business and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are a holding company that owns interests in a number of different businesses. We have in the past, and intend in the future, to acquire businesses or make investments, directly or indirectly through our subsidiaries, that involve unknown risks, some of which will be particular to the industry in which the investment or acquisition targets operate, including risks in industries with which we are not familiar or experienced. There can be no assurance our due diligence investigations will identify every matter that could have a material adverse effect on us or the entities that we may acquire. We may be unable to adequately address the financial, legal and operational risks raised by such investments or acquisitions, especially if we are unfamiliar with the relevant industry, which can lead to significant losses on material investments. The realization of any unknown risks could expose us to unanticipated costs and liabilities and prevent or limit us from realizing the projected benefits of the investments or acquisitions, which could adversely affect our financial condition and liquidity. In addition, our financial condition, results of operations and the ability to service our debt may be adversely impacted depending on the specific risks applicable to any business we invest in or acquire and our ability to address those risks.

 

 
18

Table of Contents

 

 

Our ability to compete could be jeopardized and our business seriously compromised if we are unable to protect ourselves from third-party challenges or infringement of the proprietary aspects of the wireless location products and technology we develop.

 

Our products utilize a variety of proprietary rights that are critical to our competitive position. Because the technology and intellectual property associated with our products are evolving and rapidly changing, our current intellectual property rights may not adequately protect us in the future. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and contractual restrictions to protect the intellectual property utilized in our products. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain and use our products or technology. In addition, monitoring unauthorized use of our products is difficult and we cannot be certain the steps we have taken will prevent unauthorized use of our technology. Also, it is possible that no additional patents or trademarks will be issued from our currently pending or future patent or trademark applications. Because legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability, and scope of protection of patent and intellectual property rights are uncertain and still evolving, the future viability or value of our intellectual property rights is uncertain. Moreover, effective patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available in some countries in which we distribute or anticipate distributing our products. Furthermore, our competitors may independently develop similar technologies that limit the value of our intellectual property, design or patents. In addition, third parties may at some point claim certain aspects of our business infringe their intellectual property rights. While we are not currently subject to nor aware of any such claim, any future claim (with or without merit) could result in one or more of the following:

 

 

·

significant litigation costs;

 

·

diversion of resources, including the attention of management;

 

·

our agreement to pay certain royalty and/or licensing fees;

 

·

cause us to redesign those products that use such technology; or

 

·

cessation of our rights to use, market, or distribute such technology.

 

Any of these developments could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. In the future, we may also need to file lawsuits to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Whether successful or unsuccessful, such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources. Such costs and diversion could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Future acquisitions or strategic investments may not be successful and may harm our operating results.

 

Future acquisitions or strategic investments could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results because of:

 

 

·

The assumption of unknown liabilities, including employee obligations. Although we normally conduct extensive legal and accounting due diligence in connection with our acquisitions, there are many liabilities that cannot be discovered, and which liabilities could be material.

 

·

We may become subject to significant expenses related to bringing the financial, accounting and internal control procedures of the acquired business into compliance with U.S. GAAP financial accounting standards and the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.

 

·

Our operating results could be impaired as a result of restructuring or impairment charges related to amortization expenses associated with intangible assets.

 

·

We could experience significant difficulties in successfully integrating any acquired operations, technologies, customers’ products and businesses with our existing operations.

 

·

Future acquisitions could divert substantial capital and our management’s attention.

 

·

We may not be able to hire the key employees necessary to manage or staff the acquired enterprise operations.

 

 
19

Table of Contents

 

Subsequent to consummation of any acquisition, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our stock price.

 

Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business with which we acquire, we cannot assure you that this examination will uncover all material risks that may be presented by a particular target business, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies the principal risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. As a result, from time to time we may be forced to write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing.

 

Risks Related to Operations

 

Our limited operating history may make it difficult for you to evaluate the success of our business to date and to assess our future viability.

 

The relatively short operating history makes it difficult to assess our future performance with certainty. You should consider our business and prospects in light of the risks and difficulties we may encounter due to our limited operating history. Any predictions about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history.

 

In addition, as a young business, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known and unknown factors. Furthermore, some of these factors may be outside our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact our business.

 

Our limited operating experience could make our operations inefficient or ineffective.

 

We are an early-stage company with only a limited operating history upon which to base an evaluation of our current business and future prospects and how we will respond to competitive, financial or technological challenges. We only recently acquired or commenced each of the businesses that comprise our two lines of business and have limited experience with these activities and the revenue and income potential of our business is unproven. In addition, we have limited insight into trends that may emerge and affect our business, and therefore only minimal experience responding to such trends. We may make errors in predicting and reacting to relevant business trends and we will be subject to the risks, uncertainties and difficulties frequently encountered by early-stage companies in evolving markets. We may not be able to successfully address any or all of these risks and uncertainties. Failure to adequately do so could cause our business, results of operations and financial condition to suffer or fail.

 

 
20

Table of Contents

 

 

Widespread health developments, including the recent global COVID-19 pandemic, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our business has been, and may continue to be, impacted by the fear of exposure to or actual effects of the COVID-19 pandemic in countries where we operate or our customers are located, such as recommendations or mandates from governmental authorities to close businesses, limit travel, avoid large gatherings or to self-quarantine, as well as temporary closures or decreased operations of the facilities of our customers, distributors or suppliers. These impacts include, but are not limited to:

 

 

·

Significant reductions in demand or significant volatility in demand for one or more of our products, which may be caused by, among other things: the temporary inability of consumers to purchase our products due to illness, quarantine or other restrictions, store or restaurant closures, or financial hardship, shifts in demand away from one or more of our higher priced products to lower priced products, or stockpiling or similar activity, reduced options for marketing and promotion of products or other restrictions in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic; if prolonged, such impacts can further increase the difficulty of operating our business, including accurately planning and forecasting;

 

·

Inability to meet our consumers’ and customers’ needs and achieve costs targets due to disruptions in our manufacturing and supply arrangements caused by the loss or disruption of essential manufacturing and supply elements such as raw materials or purchased finished goods, logistics, reduction or loss of workforce due to the insufficiency or failure of our safety protocols, or other manufacturing and supply capability;

 

·

Failure of third parties on which we rely, including our suppliers, distributors, contract manufacturers, contractors, commercial banks and external business partners, to meet their obligations to us or to timely meet those obligations, or significant disruptions in their ability to do so, which may be caused by their own financial or operational difficulties; or

 

·

Significant changes in the conditions in markets in which we manufacture, sell or distribute our products, including quarantines, governmental or regulatory actions, closures or other restrictions that limit or close our operating and manufacturing facilities, restrict our employees’ ability to perform necessary business functions, restrict or prevent consumers from having access to our products, or otherwise prevent our distributors, partners, suppliers, or customers from sufficiently staffing operations, including operations necessary for the production, distribution, sale, and support of our products.

 

All of these impacts could place limitations on our ability to execute on our business plan and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our success is dependent on having experienced personnel to operate our business divisions.

 

Our success depends substantially on the experience of certain key officers and personnel. Although all of them have substantial experience in relevant areas, there can be no assurance that their prior experience will be beneficial to us. Moreover, our future success depends in part on our ability to retain and attract highly skilled and qualified technical and creative consultants. Competition for such individuals is intense and the availability of such skilled people is limited in some cases. The loss of services of any of our officers or other key consultants could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. The loss of any of our key personnel or our inability to attract and retain key employees in the future could have a material adverse effect on our operations and business plans.

 

We depend on our key personnel to manage our business effectively in a rapidly changing market. If we are unable to retain our key employees, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

 

Our future success depends to a significant degree on the skills, efforts and continued services of our executive officers and other key engineering, manufacturing, operations, sales, marketing and support personnel. If we were to lose the services of one or more of our key executive officers or other key engineering, manufacturing, operations, sales, marketing and support personnel, we may not be able to grow our business as we expect, and our ability to compete could be harmed, adversely affecting our business and prospects.

 

 
21

Table of Contents

 

 

Rapid technological change in our market and/or changes in customer requirements could cause our products to become obsolete or require us to redesign our products, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

The market for our products is characterized by rapid technological change, frequent new product introductions and enhancements, uncertain product life cycles, changing customer demands and evolving industry standards, any of which can render existing products obsolete. We believe that our future success will depend in large part on our ability to develop new and effective products in a timely manner and on a cost-effective basis. As a result of the complexities inherent in our products, major new products and product enhancements can require long development and testing periods, which may result in significant delays in the general availability of new releases or significant problems in the implementation of new releases. In addition, if we or our competitors announce or introduce new products our current or future customers may defer or cancel purchases of our products, which could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Our failure to develop successfully, on a timely and cost-effective basis, new products or new product enhancements that respond to technological change, evolving industry standards or customer requirements would have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Failure to manage growth effectively could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

The success of our future operating activities will depend upon our ability to expand our support system to meet the demands of our growing business. Any failure by our management to effectively anticipate, implement, and manage changes required to sustain our growth would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully operate acquired businesses, become profitable in the future, or effectively manage any other change.

 

Cybersecurity matters including those related to malware, viruses, hacking, phishing attacks and spamming could harm our business and results of operations.

 

Malware, viruses, physical or electronic break-ins and similar disruptions could lead to interruption and delays in our services and operations and loss, misuse or theft of data. Malware, viruses, computer hacking and phishing attacks have become more prevalent and may occur on our systems in the future.

 

Any attempts by hackers to disrupt our website or systems, if successful, could harm our business, be expensive to remedy and damage our reputation or brand. Our network security business disruption insurance may not be sufficient to cover significant expenses and losses related to direct attacks on our website or internal systems. Efforts to prevent hackers from entering our computer systems may be expensive to implement and may limit the functionality of our services. Though it is difficult to determine what, if any, harm may directly result from any specific interruption or attack, any failure to maintain performance, reliability, security and availability of our products and services and technical infrastructure may harm our reputation, brand and our ability to attract customers. Any significant disruption to our website or internal computer systems could result in a loss of customers and could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

We have previously experienced, and may in the future experience, service disruptions, outages and other performance problems due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, third-party service providers, human or software errors and capacity constraints. If our mobile application is unavailable when customers attempt to access it or it does not load as quickly as they expect, customers may seek other services.

 

Our platforms function on software that is highly technical and complex and may now or in the future contain undetected errors, bugs, or vulnerabilities. Some errors in our software code may only be discovered after the code has been deployed. Any errors, bugs, or vulnerabilities discovered in our code after deployment, inability to identify the cause or causes of performance problems within an acceptable period of time or difficultly maintaining and improving the performance of our platform, particularly during peak usage times, could result in damage to our reputation or brand, loss of revenues, or liability for damages, any of which could adversely affect our business and financial results.

 

We expect to continue to make significant investments to maintain and improve the availability of our platform and to enable rapid releases of new features and products. To the extent that we do not effectively address capacity constraints, upgrade our systems as needed and continually develop our technology and network architecture to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business and operating results may be harmed.

 

We have disaster recovery programs to transition our operating platforms and data to a failover location in the event of a catastrophe, however, there are several factors ranging from human error to data corruption that could materially lengthen the time our platform is partially or fully unavailable to our user base as a result of the transition. If our platform is unavailable for a significant period of time as a result of such a transition, especially during peak periods, we could suffer damage to our reputation or brand, or loss of revenues any of which could adversely affect our business and financial results.

 

 
22

Table of Contents

 

 

Increased geopolitical unrest and other events outside of our control could adversely affect the global economy or specific international, regional and domestic markets, which may cause our revenue and earnings to decline.

 

Geopolitical risks, including those arising from trade tension and/or the imposition of trade tariffs, European fragmentation, unrest and terrorist activity, as well as acts of civil or international hostility, are increasing. Similarly, other events outside of our control, including natural disasters, pandemics (such as the COVID-19 pandemic) or health crises may arise from time to time and be accompanied by governmental actions that may increase international tension. Any such events, and responses thereto, may cause significant volatility and declines in the global markets, disruptions to commerce (including to economic activity, travel and supply chains), loss of life and property damage, and may adversely affect the global economy or capital markets, as well our products, clients, vendors and employees, which may cause our revenue and earnings to decline. Our exposure to geopolitical risks may be heightened to the extent such risks arise in countries in which we currently operate or are seeking to expand its presence.

 

Risks Related to Telecommunications

 

Telecommunications is substantially smaller than some of our major competitors, whose marketing and pricing decisions, and relative size advantage could adversely affect our ability to attract and to retain customers. These major competitors are likely to continue to cause significant pricing pressures that could adversely affect our net revenues, results of operations and financial condition.

 

The carrier services telecommunications industry is significantly influenced by the marketing and pricing decisions of the larger business participants. The rapid development of new technologies, services and products has eliminated many of the traditional distinctions among wireless, cable, internet, local and long-distance communication services. We face many competitors in this market, including telephone companies, cable companies, wireless service providers, satellite providers, application and device providers. We face competition for voice trading services from telecommunication services providers’ traditional processes and new companies. Once telecommunication services providers have established business relationships with competitors to us, it could be extremely difficult to convince them to utilize our services. These competitors may be able to develop services or processes that are superior to our services or processes, or that achieve greater industry acceptance.

 

Many of our competitors are significantly larger than us and have substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources, larger networks, a broader portfolio of service offerings, greater control over network and transmission lines, stronger name recognition and customer loyalty and long-standing relationships with our target customers. As a result, our ability to attract and retain customers may be adversely affected. Many of our competitors enjoy economies of scale that result in low-cost structures for transmission and related costs that could cause significant pricing pressures within the industry.

 

Our ability to compete effectively will depend on, among other things, our network quality, capacity and coverage, the pricing of our products and services, the quality of our customer service, our development of new and enhanced products and services, the reach and quality of our sales and distribution channels and our capital resources. It will also depend on how successfully we anticipate and respond to various factors affecting our industry, including new technologies and business models, changes in consumer preferences and demand for existing services, demographic trends and economic conditions. While growth through acquisitions is a possible strategy for Telecommunications, there are no guarantees that any acquisitions will occur, nor are there any assurances that any acquisitions would improve the financial results of its business. If we are not able to respond successfully to these competitive challenges, we could experience reduced revenues.

 

 
23

Table of Contents

 

 

Our Telecommunication suppliers may not be able to obtain credit insurance, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

We make purchases from suppliers, who may rely on the ability to obtain credit insurance in determining whether or not to extend short-term credit in the form of accounts receivables.  To the extent that these suppliers are unable to obtain such insurance they may be unwilling to extend credit.

 

Any failure of Telecommunications’ physical infrastructure, including undetected defects in technology, could lead to significant costs and disruptions that could reduce its revenue and harm its business reputation and financial results.

 

We depend on providing customers with highly reliable service and must protect our infrastructure and any collocated equipment from numerous factors, including human error, physical or electronic security breaches, fire and natural disasters, water damage, power loss, terrorism, sabotage and vandalism.

 

Problems at one or more of our exchange delivery points, whether or not within our control, could result in service interruptions or significant equipment damage. Any loss of services, equipment damage or inability to terminate voice calls or supply internet capacity could reduce the confidence of the members and customers and could consequently impair our ability to obtain and retain customers, which would adversely affect both our ability to generate revenues and our operating results.

 

Telecommunications’ positioning in the marketplace and intense domestic and international competition in these services places a significant strain on our resources, which if not managed effectively could result in operational inefficiencies and other difficulties.

 

To manage market positioning effectively, we must continue to implement and improve operational and financial systems and controls, invest in critical network infrastructure to expand coverage and capacity, maintain or improve service quality levels, purchase and utilize other transmission facilities, evolve support and billing systems and train and manage our employee base. If we inaccurately forecast the movement of traffic onto our network, we could have insufficient or excessive transmission facilities and disproportionate fixed expenses. As we proceed with the development of our business, operational difficulties could arise from additional demand placed on customer provisioning and support, billing and management information systems, product delivery and fulfillment, support, sales and marketing, administrative resources, network infrastructure, maintenance and upgrading. For instance, we may encounter delays or cost-overruns or suffer other adverse consequences in implementing new systems when required.

 

If Telecommunications is not able to operate a cost-effective network, we may not be able to operate our business successfully.

 

Our success depends on our ability to design, implement, operate, manage, maintain and upgrade a reliable and cost-effective network infrastructure. In addition, we rely on third-party equipment and service vendors manage our global network through which it provides its services. If we fail to generate traffic, experience technical or logistical impediments to the development of necessary aspects of our network or the migration of traffic and customers onto our network, or if we experience difficulties with third-party providers, we may not achieve desired economies of scale or otherwise be successful in our business.

 

Our Telecommunications network infrastructure has several hardware and software vulnerabilities and limitations.

 

Our telecommunications network is the source of most of our revenues and any damages to or loss of our equipment or any problem with or limitation of our network whether accidental or otherwise, including network, hardware and software failures may result in a reduction in the number of our customers or usage level by our customers, our inability to attract new customers or increased maintenance costs, all of which would have a negative impact on our results of operations. The development and operation of our network is subject to problems and technological risks, including:

 

 
24

Table of Contents

 

 

·

physical damage;

 

·

power surges or outages;

 

·

capacity limitations;

 

·

software defects as well as hardware and software obsolescence;

 

·

breaches of security, whether by computer virus, break-in or otherwise;

 

·

denial of access to our sites for failure to obtain required municipal or other regulatory approvals; and

 

·

other factors which may cause interruptions in service or reduced capacity for our customers.

 

Our operations also rely on a stable supply of utilities service. We cannot assure you that future supply instability will not impair our ability to procure required utility services in the future, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Changes in the regulatory framework under which Telecommunications operates could adversely affect our business prospects or results of operations.

 

Our domestic operations are subject to regulation by federal and state agencies, and our international operations are regulated by various foreign governments and international bodies. These regulatory regimes may restrict or impose conditions on our ability to operate in designated areas and to provide specified products or services. We are frequently required to maintain licenses for our operations and conduct our operations in accordance with prescribed standards. We are from time to time involved in regulatory and other governmental proceedings or inquiries related to the application of these requirements. It is impossible to predict with any certainty the outcome of pending federal and state regulatory proceedings relating to our operations, or the reviews by federal or state courts of regulatory rulings. Moreover, new laws or regulations or changes to the existing regulatory framework could affect how we manage our wireline and wireless networks, impose additional costs, impair revenue opportunities, and potentially impede our ability to provide services in a manner that would be attractive to us and our customers.

 

Service interruptions due to natural disasters or unanticipated problems with our network infrastructure could result in customer loss.

 

Natural disasters or unanticipated problems with our network infrastructure could cause interruptions in the services we provide. The failure of a switch and our back-up system would result in the interruption of service to the customers served by that switch until necessary repairs are completed or replacement equipment is installed. The successful operation of our network and its components is highly dependent upon our ability to maintain the network and its components in reliable enough working order to provide sufficient quality of service to attract and maintain customers. Any damage or failure that causes interruptions in our operations or lack of adequate maintenance of our network could result in the loss of customers and increased maintenance costs that would adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

 

We have backup data for our key information and data processing systems that could be used in the event of a catastrophe or a failure of our primary systems, and have established alternative communication networks where available. However, we cannot assure you that our business activities would not be materially disrupted if there were a partial or complete failure of any of these primary information technology systems or communication networks. Such failures could be caused by, among other things, software bugs, computer virus attacks or conversion errors due to system upgrading. In addition, any security breach caused by unauthorized access to information or systems, or intentional malfunctions or loss or corruption of data, software, hardware or other computer equipment, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our insurance coverage may not adequately cover losses resulting from the risks for which we are insured.

 

We maintain insurance policies for our network facilities and all of our corporate assets. This insurance coverage protects us in the event we suffer losses resulting from theft, fraud, natural disasters or other similar events or from business interruptions caused by such events. We cannot assure you, however, that such insurance will be sufficient or will adequately cover potential losses.

 

 
25

Table of Contents

 

 

We could be adversely affected if major suppliers fail to provide needed equipment and services on a timely or cost-efficient basis or are unwilling to provide us credit on favorable terms or at all.

 

We rely on a few strategic suppliers and vendors to provide us with equipment, materials and services that we need in order to expand and to operate our business. There are a limited number of suppliers with the capability of providing the network equipment and platforms that our operations and expansion plans require or the services that we require to maintain our extensive and geographically widespread networks. In addition, because the supply of network equipment and platforms requires detailed supply planning and this equipment is technologically complex, it would be difficult for us to replace the suppliers of this equipment. Suppliers of cables that we need to extend and maintain our networks may suffer capacity constraints or difficulties in obtaining the raw materials required to manufacture these cables.

 

We also depend on network installation and maintenance services providers, equipment suppliers, call centers, collection agencies and sales agents, for network infrastructure, and services to satisfy our operating needs. Many suppliers rely heavily on labor; therefore, any work stoppage or labor relations problems affecting our suppliers could adversely affect our operations. Suppliers may, among other things, extend delivery times, raise prices and limit supply due to their own shortages and business requirements. Similarly, interruptions in the supply of telecommunications equipment for networks could impede network development and expansion. If these suppliers fail to deliver products and services on a timely and cost-efficient basis that satisfies our demands or are unwilling to sell to us on favorable credit terms or at all, we could experience disruptions, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Risks related to Infrastructure

 

Our success is dependent on the continued deployment and popularity of our existing products and services, our continued innovation and successful launches of new products and services, and our customers’ funding. We may not be able to anticipate or make timely responses to changes in the preferences of consumers.

 

The success of our operations depends on our ability to introduce new or enhanced wireless network products, EV charging, storage, and service stations for all types of electric vehicles, and other new products. Consumer preferences differ across and within each of the regions in which we operate or plan to operate and may shift over time in response to changes in demographic and social trends, economic circumstances, and the marketing efforts of our competitors. There can be no assurance that our existing wireless network products, EV charging, storage, and service stations will continue to be favored by consumers or that we will be able to anticipate or respond to changes in consumer preferences in a timely manner. Our failure to anticipate, identify or react to these particular preferences could adversely affect our sales performance and our profitability. In addition, a portion of our customer base is within the public sector which relies on governmental funding, which could change depending on the environment, political party in power, and leadership.

 

We rely substantially on external suppliers for specific materials including radios, antennas, steel framing, wire, small to major electrical equipment, EV charging equipment, energy storage, and service.

 

We rely on suppliers to manufacture the raw materials and components that we use in our product installation. In some cases, there are a limited number of equipment specific suppliers which creates a reliance on these manufacturers and increases our risk of inability to deliver our product or service. We expect to continue to rely on external suppliers for a substantial percentage of our requirements in the future. We cannot assure that we will be able to maintain our existing relationships with these suppliers and continue to be able to source the raw materials, equipment and technology we use in our operations on a stable basis and at a reasonable price or at all. Thus, our business could be adversely affected if one or more of its suppliers is impacted by any interruption at a particular location. Some of our larger projects could have a duration of up to five years, therefore creating more risk for procuring the proper equipment and commodity type materials throughout the life of the job to completion.

 

 
26

Table of Contents

 

 

Our growth is highly dependent upon the adoption and use by consumers of the WNI and EVs as well as the products and services we provide.

 

The market for our products within Infrastructure is relatively new, rapidly evolving, characterized by rapidly changing technologies, price competition, additional competitors, evolving government regulation and industry standards, long development cycles for certain equipment manufacturers, and changing consumer demands and behaviors. Factors that influence the purchase and use of our products include:

 

 

·

perceptions about quality and safety of broadband frequencies, charging, storage, and service stations;

 

·

limited range and access to standardized charging stations;

 

·

environmental consciousness of wireless technology and EVC consumers;

 

·

inability or unwillingness for OEMs to produce EVs and equipment manufacturers to produce EV charging stations, in general or at the pace currently expected; and

 

·

availability of eligible tax and other government related incentives with respect to broadband services and EVC products.

 

The influence of any of the factors described above may negatively impact the widespread consumer adoption of our products which would materially adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

 

Our ability to deploy and install our and other organizations’ physical wireless network elements and EV charging equipment is dependent on outside government regulation which can be subject to change at any time.

 

Our ability to deploy and install physical wireless network elements and EV charging units is dependent on the outside government regulation such as transportation ordinances by municipalities, FTC (Federal Trade Commission) and other relevant government laws and regulations. The laws and regulations concerning the deployment of our products and services may be subject to change and if they do then our products and services may no longer be in the best interest of our company. At such point, we may no longer want to sell these products and services and therefore investments in our company may be affected.

 

Growing our customer base depends upon the effective operation of our mobile applications with mobile operating systems, networks and standards that we do not control.

 

We are dependent on the interoperability of our mobile applications with popular mobile operating systems that we do not control, such as Google’s Android and iOS, and any changes in such systems that degrade our products’ functionality or give preferential treatment to competitive products could adversely affect the usage of our applications on mobile devices. Additionally, in order to deliver high quality mobile products, it is important that our products work well with a range of mobile technologies, systems, networks and standards that we do not control. We may not be successful in developing relationships with key participants in the mobile industry or in developing products that operate effectively with these technologies, systems, networks or standards.

 

If we are unable to keep up with advances in designing, deploying and testing broadband systems and EVC technology, we may suffer a decline in our competitive position.

 

The WNI and EVC industries are experiencing rapid technological change. If we are unable to keep up with changes in technology, our competitive position may deteriorate which would materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition. As technologies change, we plan to upgrade or adapt our networks, charging stations and software in order to continue to provide our services with the latest technology. However, due to our limited cash resources, our efforts to do so may be limited. As a result, we may be unable to grow, maintain and enhance our products and services. Any failure of our products and services to compete effectively with competitors will harm our business, operating results and prospects.

 

 
27

Table of Contents

 

 

We are in an intensely competitive industry and there can be no assurance that we will be able to compete with our competitors who may have greater resources.

 

We face strong competition from competitors in WNI and EVC services industries, including competitors who could duplicate our models for delivery. Many of these competitors may have substantially greater financial, marketing and development resources and other capabilities than us. In addition, there are very few barriers to entry into the market for our services. There can be no assurance, therefore, that any of our current and future competitors, many of whom may have far greater resources, will not independently develop services that are substantially equivalent or superior to our services. Therefore, an investment in our business is very risky and speculative due to the competitive environment in which we may operate.

 

Our competitors may be able to provide customers with different or greater capabilities or benefits than we can provide in areas such as technical qualifications, past contract performance, geographic presence and price. Furthermore, many of our competitors may be able to utilize substantially greater resources and economies of scale to develop competing products and technologies, divert sales away from us by winning broader contracts or hire away our employees by offering more lucrative compensation packages. In the event that the market for our products and services expands, we expect that competition will intensify as additional competitors enter the market and current competitors expand their product lines. In order to secure contracts successfully when competing with larger, well-financed companies, we may be forced to agree to contractual terms that provide for lower aggregate payments to us over the life of the contract, which could adversely affect our margins. Our failure to compete effectively with respect to any of these or other factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition or operating results.

 

Changes to federal, state or international laws or regulations applicable to our company could adversely affect our business.

 

Our business is subject to a variety of federal, state and international laws and regulations, including those with respect to government incentives promoting fuel efficiency and alternate forms of energy, electric vehicles and others. These laws and regulations, and the interpretation or application of these laws and regulations, could change. Any reduction, elimination or discriminatory application of government subsidies and economic incentives because of policy changes, fiscal tightening or other reasons may result in diminished revenues from government sources and diminished demand for our products. In addition, new laws or regulations affecting our business could be enacted. These laws and regulations are frequently costly to comply with and may divert a significant portion of management’s attention. If we fail to comply with these applicable laws or regulations, we could be subject to significant liabilities which could adversely affect our business.

 

There are many federal, state and international laws that may affect our business, including measures to regulate charging systems, electric vehicles, and others. If we fail to comply with these applicable laws or regulations, we could be subject to significant liabilities which could adversely affect our business.

 

There are a number of environmental and transportation related matters under review and discussion with respect to government regulations which may affect the business we intend to enter, harm our customers, and pose challenges to our vendors and suppliers, thereby adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, incentives from governments or utilities may not materialize or may be reduced, which could reduce demand for EVs and slow the growth of EVC infrastructure.

 

The cost and availability of insurance carriers willing to insure high risk activities associated with the deployment of radio and antenna equipment of communications tower infrastructure could be limited.

 

Our WNI business requires our employees to climb towers and perform various activities that could be deemed dangerous. We are dependent on the availability of reasonably priced insurance to conduct these activities and remain in business, which are contingent on maintaining certain safety performance metrics that are driven by governmental and customer standards. In addition, many of our government contracts require bonding which are negotiated with insurance companies and are subject to financial stability requirements.

 

 
28

Table of Contents

 

Existing and future environmental, health and safety regulations as well as criteria established by tower and wireless carriers could result in increased compliance costs or loss of work.

 

Environmental, health and safety laws and regulations can be complex and may be subject to change. The nature and extent of these changes may have material effects on our business. Specifically, within the WNI space, our customers have strict safety regulations that all vendors must adhere to which can be costly and impede our growth and profitability or preclude us from bidding and winning new contracts if not in compliance.

 

Availability of qualified IBEW Union Labor and our ability to negotiate an acceptable collective bargaining agreement may affect our ability to complete contracts within established budgets and schedules.

 

One of our operating subsidiaries relies entirely on labor provided through a collective bargaining agreement. Renegotiations of the agreement or disagreements with the union on important issues may lead to a strike, work slowdown, or other job actions that could disrupt our services. If our competitors are not unionized, we could lose customers to such competitors.

 

Risks Related to Liquidity

 

We are a holding company and our only material assets are its cash in hand, equity interests in its operating subsidiaries and our other investments. As a result, our principal source of revenue and cash flow is distributions from its subsidiaries.

 

As a holding company, our assets are its cash and cash equivalents, the equity interests in its subsidiaries and other investments. Our principal source of revenue comes from Telecommunications and Infrastructure. Thus, our ability to manage our operations and finance future acquisitions is dependent on the ability of its subsidiaries to generate sufficient net income and cash flows to make upstream cash distributions to us. Our subsidiaries are separate legal entities, and although they may be wholly-owned or controlled by us, they have no obligation to make any funds available to us, whether in the form of loans, dividends, distributions or otherwise. The ability of our subsidiaries to distribute cash will remain subject to, among other things, availability of sufficient funds and applicable state laws and regulatory restrictions. Claims of creditors of our subsidiaries generally will have priority as to the assets of such subsidiaries over our claims and claims of our creditors and stockholders. To the extent the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute dividends or other payments to us could be limited in any way, our ability to grow, pursue business opportunities or make acquisitions that could be beneficial to our businesses, or otherwise fund and conduct our business could be materially limited.

 

To service our indebtedness and other obligations, we will require a significant amount of cash.

 

Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control and any failure to service our outstanding indebtedness could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness and to fund working capital needs and planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or if future borrowings are not available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us and our subsidiaries to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before the maturity thereof, sell assets, reduce or delay capital investments or seek to raise additional capital, any of which could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

In addition, we may not be able to effect any of these actions, if necessary, on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Our ability to restructure or refinance our indebtedness will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. The terms of existing or future debt instruments or preferred stock may limit or prevent us from taking any of these actions. In addition, any failure to make scheduled payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness or dividend payments on our outstanding shares of preferred stock would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness or otherwise raise capital on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service and other obligations, or to refinance or restructure our obligations on commercially reasonable terms or at all, would have an adverse effect, which could be material, on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

 
29

Table of Contents

 

 

We have experienced significant historical, and may experience significant future, operating losses and net losses, which may hinder our ability to meet working capital requirements or service our indebtedness, and we cannot assure you that we will generate sufficient cash flow from operations to meet such requirements or service our indebtedness.

 

We cannot assure you that we will recognize net income in future periods. If we cannot generate net income or sufficient operating profitability, we may not be able to meet our working capital requirements or service our indebtedness. Our ability to generate sufficient cash for our operations will depend upon, among other things, the future financial and operating performance of our operating business, which will be affected by prevailing economic and related industry conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.

 

We cannot assure you that our business will generate cash flow from operations in an amount sufficient to fund our liquidity needs. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets and/or seek additional capital or financings. Our ability to obtain future financings will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any financings could be at high interest rates and may require us to comply with covenants in addition to, or more restrictive than, covenants in our current financing documents, which could further restrict our business operations. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our obligations. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions for fair market value or at all. Furthermore, any proceeds that we could realize from any such disposition may not be adequate to meet our obligations.

 

We will need additional funding in the near future to continue our current level of operations and growth.

 

As of the six months ended June 30, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021 we have an accumulated deficit of $175.2 million and $111.4 million, respectively, and a net loss available to common stockholders of $70.1 million and $51.7 million, respectively. Revenues generated from our current operations are not sufficient to pay on-going operating expenses. Prior to our acquisitions during 2020 and 2021, our working capital needs since our acquisition of Transworld Enterprises, Inc., our wholly owned subsidiary, have been primarily funded by sales of our securities. We may continue to obtain additional funding from the sale of our securities or from strategic transactions in order to fund our current level of operations. Aside from continuing these transactions, we have not identified the sources for additional financing that we may require, and we do not have commitments from third parties to continue to provide this financing. Being a small-cap stock, certain investors may be unwilling to invest in our securities. There is no assurance that sufficient funding through a financing will be available to us at acceptable terms or at all. Historically, we have raised capital through the issuance of convertible debt securities or straight equity securities. However, given the risks associated with our business, the risks associated with our Common Stock, the worldwide financial uncertainty that has affected the capital markets, and our status as a small, unknown public company, we expect in the near future, we will have a great deal of difficulty raising capital through traditional financing sources. Therefore, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to raise capital, or if we are able to raise capital, that such capital will be in the amounts needed. Our failure to raise capital, when needed, and in sufficient amounts, will severely impact our ability to continue to develop our business as planned. In addition, if we are unable to obtain funding as, and when needed, we may have to further reduce and/or cease our future operations. Any additional funding that we obtain in an equity or convertible debt financing is likely to reduce the percentage ownership of the company held by our existing security holders.

 

 
30

Table of Contents

 

 

Our current sources of funding are limited, and any additional funding that we may obtain may be on unfavorable terms and may significantly dilute our existing shareholders.

 

We believe our acquisitions of PTGi, ANS, BW and EV Depot will increase our profitability and contribute toward funding operating expenses, but we can provide no assurance of this. As a result, if operations are not sufficient to fund our operations going forward, we will have to obtain additional public or private equity financings or debt financings in order to continue our operations. Any additional funding that we obtain in a financing is likely to reduce the percentage ownership of our existing holders. The amount of this dilution may be substantial based on our current stock price and could increase if the trading price of our Common Stock declines at the time of any financing from its current levels. To the extent we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities, our stockholders will experience further dilution. If we raise funds through debt financings, we may become subject to restrictive covenants. We may also attempt to raise funds through corporate collaboration and licensing arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional funds through such means, we may be required to relinquish some rights to our technologies or products, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. There can be no assurance that financing will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain the needed additional funding, we will have to reduce or even totally discontinue our operations, which would have a significant negative impact on our stockholders and could result in a total loss of their investment in our stock.

 

Funding, especially on terms acceptable to us, may not be available to meet our future capital needs because of the state of the credit and capital markets. Global market and economic conditions have been, and continue to be, disruptive and volatile. The cost of raising money in the debt and equity capital markets for smaller companies like ours has increased substantially while the availability of funds from those markets has diminished significantly. Also, low valuations and decreased appetite for equity investments, among other factors, may make the equity markets difficult to access on acceptable terms or unavailable altogether.

 

If adequate funds are not available, we may be required to delay, scale-back or eliminate our product enhancement and new product development programs. There can be no assurance that additional financing will be available on acceptable terms or at all, if and when required.

 

Our business is highly dependent on a number of factors with variability which can limit our forecasting ability.

 

We are currently developing various sources of revenues based on market conditions and the type of products that we are marketing. As such, the amount of revenues we receive from the sale and use of our products will fluctuate and depend upon our customers’ willingness to buy our products. As with any developing enterprise operating in a specialized and intensely competitive market, we are subject to many business risks which include, but are not limited to, unforeseen negative publicity, competition, product liability and lack of operating experience. Many of the risks may be unforeseeable or beyond our control. There can be no assurance that we will successfully implement our business plan in a timely manner, or generate sufficient interest in our products or services, or that we will be able to market and sell enough products and services to generate sufficient revenues to continue as a going concern.

 

Our expense levels in the future will be based, in large part, on our expectations regarding future revenue, and as a result net income/loss for any quarterly period in which material orders are delayed could vary significantly. In addition, our costs and expenses may vary from period to period because of a variety of factors, including our research and development costs, our introduction of new products and services, cost increases from third-party service providers or product manufacturers, production interruptions, changes in marketing and sales expenditures, and competitive pricing pressures.

 

Risks Related to Compliance and Regulation 

 

Our executive officers and directors have the ability to significantly influence matters submitted to our stockholders for approval.

 

As of August 1, 2022, our executive officers and directors, in the aggregate, beneficially own shares representing approximately 22.11% of our Common Stock. Beneficial ownership includes shares over which an individual or entity has investment or voting power and includes shares that could be issued upon the exercise of options and warrants within 60 days after the date of determination. On matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, holders of our Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share. If our executive officers and directors choose to act together, they would have significant influence over all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. For example, these individuals, if they chose to act together, would have significant influence on the election of directors and approval of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. This concentration of voting power could delay or prevent an acquisition of our company on terms that other stockholders may desire.

 

 
31

Table of Contents

 

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, investments and results of operations.

 

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments, including in particular, reporting and other requirements under the Exchange Act. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could result in fines, injunctive relief or similar remedies which could be costly to us or limit our ability to complete an initial business combination or operate the post-combination company successfully.

 

If we fail to develop and maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, our current and potential stockholders could lose confidence in our financial reports, which could harm our business and the trading price of our Common Stock.

 

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires us to evaluate and report on our internal controls over financial reporting and, depending on our future growth, may require our independent registered public accounting firm to annually attest to our evaluation, as well as issue their own opinion on our internal controls over financial reporting. The process of implementing and maintaining proper internal controls and complying with Section 404 is expensive and time consuming. We cannot be certain that the measures we will undertake will ensure that we will maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future. Furthermore, if we are able to rapidly grow our business, the internal controls that we will need will become more complex, and significantly more resources will be required to ensure our internal controls remain effective. Failure to implement required controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. If we or our auditors discover a material weakness in our internal controls, the disclosure of that fact, even if the weakness is quickly remedied, could diminish investors’ confidence in our financial statements and harm our stock price. In addition, non-compliance with Section 404 could subject us to a variety of administrative sanctions, including the suspension of trading, ineligibility for continued listing on Nasdaq and the inability of registered broker-dealers to make a market in our Common Stock, which may reduce our stock price.

 

Risks Related to the Notes

 

Our obligations to the holders of our non-convertible notes payable are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our assets, so if we default on those obligations, the noteholders could foreclose on our assets.

 

Our obligations under the non-convertible notes are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our assets. As a result, if we default in our obligations under the non-convertible notes, the holders of the notes, acting through their appointed agent, could foreclose on their security interests and liquidate some or all of these assets, which would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations and could require us to curtail or cease operations.

 

The terms of our security agreement and other debt documents restrict our current and future operations, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and to manage our operations.

 

Our security agreement and other debt documents issued under the private placement contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to, among other things:

 

 

·

incur additional debt;

 

·

pay dividends and make other restricted payments;

 

·

create liens; or

 

·

sell our collateral, other than inventory in the ordinary course of business.

 

 
32

Table of Contents

 

If the holders of our non-convertible notes accelerate our indebtedness, our assets would not be sufficient to repay this indebtedness in full and the creditor would be permitted to exercise broad secured creditor remedies.

 

Risks Related to this Offering and Our Common Stock

 

There has been a limited public market for our Common Stock, and we do not know whether one will develop to provide investors adequate liquidity. Furthermore, the trading price for our Common Stock, should an active trading market develop, may be volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in per-share price.

 

Our Common Stock is listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the trading symbol “CRGE.”. Prior to April 12, 2022, our Common Stock was quoted on the OTC Pink under the trading symbol “CRGE”. Historically, there has been a limited public market for our Common Stock. We cannot assure investors that an active trading market for our Common Stock will develop or be sustained on the Nasdaq Global Market. The liquidity of any market for the shares of our Common Stock will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

 

·

the number of stockholders;

 

·

our operating performance and financial condition;

 

·

the market for similar securities;

 

·

the extent of coverage of us by securities or industry analysts; and

 

·

the interest of securities dealers in making a market in the shares of our Common Stock.

 

Even if an active trading market develops, the market price for our Common Stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the price of our Common Stock could decline significantly if our future operating results fail to meet or exceed the expectations of market analysts and investors and actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly operating results could negatively affect our share price.

 

The volatility of the price of our Common Stock may also be impacted by the risks discussed under this “Risk Factors” section, in addition to other factors, including:

 

 

·

developments in the financial markets and worldwide or regional economies;

 

·

announcements of innovations or new products or services by us or our competitors;

 

·

announcements by the government relating to regulations that govern our industry;

 

·

significant sales of our Common Stock or other securities in the open market;

 

·

variations in interest rates;

 

·

changes in the market valuations of other comparable companies; and

 

·

changes in accounting principles.

 

Our outstanding warrants and Preferred Stock may affect the market price and liquidity of our Common Stock.

 

As of August 1, 2022, we had approximately 206,157,652 shares of Common Stock and warrants for the purchase up to approximately an additional 18,039,924 shares of Common Stock outstanding.  All of these warrants are exercisable as of the date of this filing (subject to certain beneficial ownership limitations) as follows: 7,699,554 warrants at an exercise price of $0.50 per share, 4,100,000 warrants at an exercise price of $2.00 per share, 4,240,370 warrants at an exercise price of $4.00 per share and 2,000,000 warrants at an exercise price of $8.50 per share.  We also have 6,226,370 shares of our Series C Preferred Stock outstanding, which is convertible into 6,226,370 shares of Common Stock, and 1,177,023 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock outstanding, which is convertible into 29,425,556 shares of Common Stock.  As described more fully below, holders of our Preferred Stock and/or warrants may elect to receive a substantial number of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock and/or exercise of the warrants.  The amount of Common Stock reserved for issuance may have an adverse impact on our ability to raise capital and may affect the price and liquidity of our Common Stock in the public market.  In addition, the issuance of these shares of Common Stock will have a dilutive effect on current stockholders’ ownership.

 

 
33

Table of Contents

 

 

There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of the Nasdaq Global Market. Our failure to meet the continued listing requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market could result in a de-listing of our Common Stock.

 

We cannot assure you that we will be able to comply with the other standards that we are required to meet in order to maintain a listing of our Common Stock on the Nasdaq Global Market. If after listing, we fail to satisfy the continued listing requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market, such as the corporate governance requirements or the minimum stockholder’s equity requirement, the Nasdaq Global Market may take steps to de-list our common stock. Such a de-listing would likely have a negative effect on the price of our Common Stock and would impair our shareholders’ ability to sell or purchase our Common Stock when they wish to do so. In the event of a de-listing, we would take actions to restore our compliance with the Nasdaq Global Market’s listing requirements, but we can provide no assurance that any action taken by us would result in our Common Stock becoming listed again, or that any such action would stabilize the market price or improve the liquidity of our Common Stock.

 

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) sales practice requirements may also limit a stockholder’s ability to buy and sell our common stock, which could depress the price of our common stock.

 

FINRA has adopted rules that require a broker-dealer to have reasonable grounds for believing that the investment is suitable for that customer before recommending an investment to a customer. Prior to recommending low-priced securities to their non-institutional customers, broker-dealers must make reasonable efforts to obtain information about the customer’s financial status, tax status, investment objectives and other information. Under interpretations of these rules, FINRA believes that there is a high probability that speculative low-priced securities will not be suitable for at least some customers. Thus, the FINRA requirements make it more difficult for broker-dealers to recommend that their customers buy our Common Stock, which may limit their ability to buy and sell our shares of Common Stock, have an adverse effect on the market for our shares of Common Stock, and thereby depress our price per share of Common Stock.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our Common Stock may be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have, and may never obtain, research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no or few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price for our Common Stock may be negatively affected. In the event that we receive securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding us, our business model, our intellectual property or our stock performance, or if our operating results fail to meet the expectations of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

 

Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and Delaware law make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us and make a takeover more difficult to complete, even if such a transaction were in stockholders’ interest.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and the Delaware General Corporation Law contain certain provisions that may have the effect of making it more difficult or delaying attempts by others to obtain control of our company, even when these attempts may be in the best interests of our stockholders. We also are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits us from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner and prohibits the voting of shares held by persons acquiring certain numbers of shares without obtaining requisite approval. The statutes and our certificate of incorporation have the effect of making it more difficult to effect a change in control of our company.

 

 
34

Table of Contents

 

We do not currently or for the foreseeable future intend to pay dividends on our common stock.

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock.  Except as may be required by our Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, and Series D Preferred Stock, we currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.  As a result, any return on your investment in our Common Stock will be limited to the appreciation in the price of our Common Stock, if any.

 

Our bylaws designate certain courts as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.

 

Our bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) will be the exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company; (ii) any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee, or agent of ours to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; and (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine (the “Delaware Forum Provision”). In addition, our bylaws provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our Common Stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the Delaware Forum Provision.

 

The Delaware Forum Provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

 

We recognize that the Delaware Forum Provision in our bylaws may impose additional litigation costs on stockholders in pursuing any such claims, particularly if the stockholders do not reside in or near the State of Delaware. Additionally, the Delaware Forum Provision may limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a forum that they find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees even though an action, if successful, might benefit our stockholders. The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the United States District Court may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments may be more or less favorable to us than our stockholders. If the enforceability of our forum selection provisions were to be challenged, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such challenge. While we currently have no basis to expect any such challenge would be successful, if a court were to find our forum selection provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of these specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with having to litigate in other jurisdictions, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our employees, management and board of directors.

 

Financial reporting obligations of being a public company in the United States are expensive and time-consuming, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance matters.

 

Being a public company, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The obligations of being a public company in the United States require significant expenditures and will place significant demands on our management and other personnel, including costs resulting from public company reporting obligations under the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations regarding corporate governance practices, including those under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), and the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market or, if any, other stock exchange on which our securities are listed or quoted. These rules require the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and procedures, internal control over financial reporting and changes in corporate governance practices, among many other complex rules that are often difficult to implement, monitor and maintain compliance with. Moreover, despite recent reforms made possible by the JOBS Act, the reporting requirements, rules, and regulations will make some activities more time-consuming and costly, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” In addition, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain coverage. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to ensure that we comply with all of these requirements and to keep pace with new regulations, otherwise we may fall out of compliance and risk becoming subject to litigation or being delisted, among other potential problems.

 

 
35

Table of Contents

 

We are an “emerging growth company” and as a result of our reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our Common Stock may be less attractive to investors.

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest to occur of (i) December 31, 2026, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. We cannot predict whether investors will find our Common Stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Common Stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Common Stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

We will no longer qualify as a “smaller reporting company” and commencing with our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ending March 31, 2023, we can no longer take advantage of reduced disclosure requirements applicable to smaller reporting companies.

 

We were able to take advantage of reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to smaller reporting companies. However, as of June 30, 2022, our public float exceeded $250 million and therefore we will no longer qualify as a smaller reporting company under the rules of the SEC commencing with our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ending March 31, 2023. As a smaller reporting company, we were able to take advantage of reduced disclosure requirements, such as simplified executive compensation disclosures and reduced financial statement disclosure requirements in our SEC filings.

 

However, we remain an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest to occur of (i) December 31, 2026, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. We cannot predict whether investors will find our Common Stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Common Stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Common Stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

 
36

Table of Contents

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

The Selling Stockholders will receive all of the proceeds from the sale of the Shares offered by them pursuant to this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the Shares by the Selling Stockholders; however, we would receive proceeds upon such Selling Stockholders’ cash exercise of Warrants. If the Selling Stockholders’ fully exercise the Warrants, proceeds would be approximately $37.8 million. We can give no assurances that any Warrants will be exercised or when an exercise may occur.

 

We intend to use any proceeds from the Selling Stockholders’ exercise of the Warrants for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may use a portion of any proceeds we might receive for acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies, or other assets. However, we have no commitments to use any proceeds we might receive from this offering for any such acquisitions or investments at this time.

 

MARKET FOR OUR COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY

 

Market Information

 

Our Common Stock has been listed on the Nasdaq Global Market since April 12, 2022. Our Common Stock was quoted on the Pink Open Market from January 27, 2021 to April 11, 2022. Our Common Stock is currently quoted under the trading symbol “CRGE”.

 

Stockholders

 

As of August 1, 2022, there were 1,053 stockholders of record, which total does not include stockholders who hold their shares in “street name.” The transfer agent for our common stock is Manhattan Transfer Registrar Company, whose address is 3B Sheep Pasture Road, Port Jefferson, New York 11777.

 

Dividends

 

We have paid dividends as required by our Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock. We have not paid any dividends on our Common Stock to date. We do not anticipate that we will pay dividends in the foreseeable future but rather intend to use any future earnings for the development and expansion of our business. Any future payment of cash dividends on our Common Stock will be dependent upon (i) the amount of funds legally available, (ii) our earnings, if any, (iii) our financial condition, (iv) anticipated capital requirements, and (v) all other factors as our board of directors may find relevant at the time.

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” You should review the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

 

Overview

 

The Company consists of a portfolio of global businesses with a vision to build the electrification and telecommunications infrastructure that will address and service requirements for Electrical Vehicle (“EV) Charging (“EVC”) and Wireless Network Infrastructure (“WNI”) which includes broadband, tower, distributed antennae systems (“DAS”), small cell, and electrical infrastructure.

 

The Company operates in two segments: Telecommunications and Infrastructure. Financial information about each business segment is contained in Part I, Item 1, “Note 14- Reportable segments” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 
37

Table of Contents

 

Telecommunications

 

Telecommunications provides routing of voice, data and Short Message Services (SMS) to Carriers and MNO’s globally and operates through our wholly owned subsidiary PTGI International Carrier Services, Inc. (“PTGI”). Telecommunications has contractual relationships with service providers in over 19 foreign countries primarily within Asia, Europe, the Middle East, Africa and North America. The Company provides customers with internet-protocol-based and time-division multiplexing (“TDM”) access for the transport of long-distance voice and data minutes.

 

The Company operates a global telecommunications network consisting of domestic switching and related peripheral equipment, carrier-grade routers and switches for internet and circuit-based services. To ensure high-quality communications services, our network employs digital switching and fiber optic technologies, incorporates the use of voice-over-internet protocols, SS7/C7 signaling and is supported by comprehensive network monitoring and technical support services.

 

Infrastructure

 

Infrastructure has two areas of focus, including:

 

 

·

Building physical wireless network elements including broadband, cell tower, small cell, and in-building applications.

 

 

 

 

·

Seamless EVC solutions including design, engineering, vendor specification, construction, installation and maintenance of EV chargers and infrastructure.

 

Products and Services of Infrastructure include:

 

 

·

Cell tower construction and modification services,

 

 

 

 

·

Wireless enterprise solutions,

 

 

 

 

·

Network monitoring and maintenance,

 

 

 

 

·

DAS RF engineering design, installation, and remote monitoring,

 

 

 

 

·

Direct Current and Uninterruptable Power Supply primary and secondary systems implementation, and

 

 

 

 

·

Seamless EVC solutions including design, on-site electrical analysis, engineering, vendor specification, construction, installation, and maintenance of EV chargers

 

Consolidated Results of Operations for Charge Enterprises, Inc. for the three and six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021

 

Comparability to Past Periods

 

Due to acquisitions made over the course of 2020, 2021 and 2022, we are presenting both reported and proforma results for consolidated operations and our segments. Results of acquisitions are included in reported results from the date of acquisition closure. Within Infrastructure, the Company acquired Nextridge, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Advanced Network Solutions (collectively “ANS”) on May 21, 2021, B W Electrical Services LLC (“BW”) on December 27, 2021 and EV Group Holdings LLC (“EV Depot”) on January 14, 2022.

 

 
38

Table of Contents

 

 

Our proforma presentation assumes a full twelve month period for all our operations, including acquisitions, for both 2020 and 2021. Our proforma presentation assumes a full three and six- month period for all our operations, including acquisitions, for both 2021 and 2022. Management believes that presenting pro forma results is important to understand our financial performance, providing better analysis of trends in our underlying businesses as it allows for comparability to prior period results. The unaudited pro forma results of operations are not intended to represent or be indicative of the consolidated results of operations or financial condition of our company that would have been reported had the acquisitions been completed as of their respective dates and should not be construed as representative of the future consolidated results of operations or financial condition of the combined entity.

 

Consolidated Results of Operations

 

 ($ In thousands)

 

As Reported

 

 

As Reported

 

 

 

Three months ended June 30,

 

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

(Decrease)

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

(Decrease)

 

Revenues

 

$ 181,041

 

 

$ 129,577

 

 

$ 51,464

 

 

$ 344,018

 

 

$ 240,711

 

 

$ 103,307

 

Cost of Goods Sold

 

 

173,760

 

 

 

127,426

 

 

 

46,334

 

 

 

330,267

 

 

 

236,986

 

 

 

93,281

 

Gross Margin

 

 

7,281

 

 

 

2,151

 

 

 

5,130

 

 

 

13,751

 

 

 

3,725

 

 

 

10,026

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

9,761

 

 

 

9,230

 

 

 

531

 

 

 

20,504

 

 

 

13,794

 

 

 

6,710

 

General and administrative

 

 

3,908

 

 

 

2,141

 

 

 

1,767

 

 

 

6,905

 

 

 

3,396

 

 

 

3,509

 

Salaries and related benefits

 

 

4,127

 

 

 

1,791

 

 

 

2,336

 

 

 

8,370

 

 

 

2,623

 

 

 

5,747

 

Professional fees

 

 

848

 

 

 

586

 

 

 

262

 

 

 

1,913

 

 

 

832

 

 

 

1,081

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

1,103

 

 

 

98

 

 

 

1,005

 

 

 

1,312

 

 

 

148

 

 

 

1,164

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

(12,466 )

 

 

(11,695 )

 

 

(771 )

 

 

(25,253 )

 

 

(17,068 )

 

 

(8,185 )

Other operating (income) expense

 

 

7,188

 

 

 

401

 

 

 

6,787

 

 

 

9,119

 

 

 

(2,211 )

 

 

11,330

 

Income tax expense / (benefit)

 

 

(12 )

 

 

(2,011 )

 

 

1,999

 

 

 

(1,590 )

 

 

(3,193 )

 

 

1,603

 

Net income (loss)

 

$ (19,642 )

 

$ (10,085 )

 

$ (9,557 )

 

$ (32,782 )

 

$ (11,664 )

 

$ (21,118 )

 

 
39

Table of Contents

 

Comparison of the Reported results for three and six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021

 

Revenues

 

Revenues increased $51.5 million in the three month period and $103.3 million in the six month period, compared to 2021, representing growth of 40% and 43%, respectively. The increase in net revenue in both periods was driven by the acquisitions of ANS, BW, and EV Depot, and an increase in wholesale traffic volumes within Telecommunications.

 

Cost of Goods Sold

 

Cost of goods sold increased $46.3 million in the three month period and $93.3 million in the six month period compared to 2021. The increase in cost of goods sold was directly related to the increase in customer revenue. Overall margin percentage increased in both periods driven by the acquisitions of ANS, BW and EV Depot, partially offset by a decline in Telecommunications margin.

 

Stock Based Compensation

 

Stock based compensation increased $0.5 million in the three month period and $6.7 million in the six month period compared to 2021. The increase in both periods was due to new option grants to members of the Board, newly hired employees, and employees that joined our company as part of an acquisition.

 

General and Administrative

 

General and administrative expense increased $1.8 million in the three month and $3.5 million in the six month period compared to 2021. The increase in both periods was attributable to higher consulting, investor relations, and marketing expense related to growing our business, costs associated with our uplist to the Nasdaq, and the acquisitions of ANS, BW and EV Depot.

 

Salaries and Benefits

 

Salaries and benefits increased $2.3 million in the three month period and $5.7 million in the six month period compared to 2021. The increase was principally attributable to investments in personnel associated with growth and the acquisitions of ANS, BW and EV Depot.

 

Professional Services

 

Professional services fees increased $0.3 million in the three month period and $1.1 million in the six month periods compared to 2021. The increase was primarily due to higher legal and accounting fees related to acquisitions, our uplist to the Nasdaq and expenses related to regulatory requirements.

 

Depreciation and Amortization

 

Depreciation and amortization increased $1.0 million in the three month period and $1.2 million in the six month period compared to 2021. The increase in both periods was primarily driven by intangible amortization of ANS customer relationships, which included a true-up in the second quarter of 2022 related to final purchase accounting.

 

Other Operating (Income) Expense, Net

 

Other operating (income) expense, net increased $6.8 million in the three month period and $11.3 million in the six month period compared to 2021. The increase was driven by debt amortization costs associated with acquisitions over the past 12 months and the exchange of convertible notes in the second quarter of 2022, along with higher interest expense, and investment income of $0.9 million and $4.3 million in the three and six month periods in 2021, respectively.

 

 
40

Table of Contents

 

Income Tax Benefit

 

The Company generated a lower income tax benefit in the three and six month period, compared to 2021, primarily due to higher non-deductible expenses in the current quarter.

 

($ In thousands)

 

Proforma 

 

 

Proforma

 

 

 

Three months ended June 30,

 

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

(Decrease)

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

(Decrease)

 

Revenues

 

$ 181,041

 

 

$ 142,617

 

 

$ 38,424

 

 

$ 344,249

 

 

$ 268,168

 

 

$ 76,081

 

Cost of Goods Sold

 

 

173,760

 

 

 

136,988

 

 

 

36,772

 

 

 

330,354

 

 

 

257,517

 

 

 

72,837

 

Gross Margin

 

 

7,281

 

 

 

5,629

 

 

 

1,652

 

 

 

13,895

 

 

 

10,651

 

 

 

3,244

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

9,761

 

 

 

9,230

 

 

 

531

 

 

 

20,504

 

 

 

13,794

 

 

 

6,710

 

General and administrative

 

 

3,908

 

 

 

2,907

 

 

 

1,001

 

 

 

6,953

 

 

 

4,988

 

 

 

1,965

 

Salaries and related benefits

 

 

4,127

 

 

 

4,591

 

 

 

(464 )

 

 

8,383

 

 

 

7,226

 

 

 

1,157

 

Professional fees

 

 

848

 

 

 

678

 

 

 

170

 

 

 

1,913

 

 

 

989

 

 

 

924

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

1,103

 

 

 

196

 

 

 

907

 

 

 

1,312

 

 

 

382

 

 

 

930

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

(12,466 )

 

 

(11,973 )

 

 

(493 )

 

 

(25,170 )

 

 

(16,728 )

 

 

(8,442 )

Other operating (income) expense

 

 

7,188

 

 

 

(1,678 )

 

 

8,866

 

 

 

9,129

 

 

 

(4,294 )

 

 

13,423

 

Income tax expense / (benefit)

 

 

(12 )

 

 

(1,879 )

 

 

1,867

 

 

 

(1,590 )

 

 

(3,061 )

 

 

1,471

 

Net income (loss)

 

$ (19,642 )

 

$ (8,416 )

 

$ (11,226 )

 

$ (32,709 )

 

$ (9,373 )

 

$ (23,336 )

 

Comparison of the Pro Forma results for three and six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021

 

Revenues

 

Revenues increased $38.4 million in the three month period and $76.1 million in the six month period compared to 2021, representing growth of 27% and 28%, respectively. The increase in both periods was driven by an increase in wholesale traffic volumes within Telecommunications, along with increased volume of wireless network and EV charging installations, higher electrical construction volume, and additional EV Depot locations within Infrastructure.

 

 
41

Table of Contents

 

Cost of Goods Sold

 

Cost of goods sold increased $36.8 million in the three month period and $72.8 million in the six month period compared to 2021. The increase in cost of goods sold in both periods was directly related to the increase in customer revenue within both Telecommunications and Infrastructure. Overall margin percentage was higher in the three month period due to faster revenue growth in the Infrastructure segment. Overall margin percentage was flat in the six month period as higher revenue growth and an increase in margin in Infrastructure was offset by a decline in margin in Telecommunications.

 

Stock Based Compensation

 

Stock based compensation increased $0.5 million in the three month period and $6.7 million in the six month period compared to 2021. The increase in both periods was due to new option grants to members of the Board, newly hired employees, and employees that joined our company as part of an acquisition.

 

General and Administrative

 

General and administrative expense increased $1.0 million for the three month period and $2.0 million for the six month period compared to 2021. The increase in both periods was attributable to higher consulting, investor relations, and marketing expense related to growing the business and costs associated with our uplist to the Nasdaq.

 

Salaries and Benefits

 

Salaries and benefits decreased $0.5 million for the three month period and increased $1.2 million in the six month period compared to 2021. The decrease in the three month period was the result of a one-time incentive payment in Infrastructure in 2021. The increase in the six month period was principally attributable to investments in personnel associated with growth.

 

Professional Services

 

Professional services fees increased $0.2 million in the three month period and $0.9 million in the six month period compared to 2021.   Higher costs related to regulatory requirements drove the increase in the three month period.  Higher legal and accounting fees related to acquisitions, costs associated with the uplist to the Nasdaq, and costs related to regulatory requirements drove the increase in the six month period.

 

Other Operating (Income) Expense, Net

 

Other operating (income) expense, net increased $8.9 million in the three month period and $13.4 million in the six month period compared to 2021 The increase was driven by debt amortization costs associated with acquisitions over the past 12 months and the exchange of convertible notes in the second quarter of 2022, higher interest expense, and investment income of $0.9 million and $4.3 million in the three and six month periods in 2021, respectively.

 

Income Tax Benefit

 

The Company generated a lower income tax benefit in the three and six month period, compared to 2021, primarily due to higher non-deductible expenses in the current quarter.

 

 
42

Table of Contents

 

Financial Results by Segment

 

Telecommunications

 

 

 

As Reported and Proforma

 

($ in thousands)

 

Three months ended June 30,

 

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

(Decrease)

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

(Decrease)

 

Revenues

 

$ 155,607

 

 

$ 125,960

 

 

$ 29,647

 

 

$ 298,966

 

 

$ 237,087

 

 

$ 61,879

 

Cost of Goods Sold

 

 

154,520

 

 

 

124,463

 

 

 

30,057

 

 

 

296,451

 

 

 

234,020

 

 

 

62,431

 

Gross Margin

 

 

1,087

 

 

 

1,497

 

 

 

(410 )

 

 

2,515

 

 

 

3,067

 

 

 

(552 )

Stock based compensation

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

General and administrative

 

 

495

 

 

 

451

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

1,009

 

 

 

787

 

 

 

222

 

Salaries and related benefits

 

 

179

 

 

 

411

 

 

 

(232 )

 

 

498

 

 

 

887

 

 

 

(389 )

Professional fees

 

 

10

 

 

 

(1 )

 

 

11

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

19

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

42

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

(8 )

 

 

86

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

(14 )

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

361

 

 

 

586

 

 

 

(225 )

 

 

887

 

 

 

1,277

 

 

 

(390 )

Other operating (income) expense

 

 

(201 )

 

 

68

 

 

 

(269 )

 

 

(73 )

 

 

541

 

 

 

(614 )

Income tax expense / (benefit)

 

 

(68 )

 

 

(52 )

 

 

(16 )

 

 

(252 )

 

 

(175 )

 

 

(77 )

Net income (loss)

 

$ 630

 

 

$ 570

 

 

$ 60

 

 

$ 1,212

 

 

$ 911

 

 

$ 301

 

 

Comparison of the Reported and Pro Forma results for three and six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021

 

Revenues

 

Revenues increased $29.6 million in the three month period and $61.9 million in the six month period compared to 2021, representing growth of 24% and 26%, respectively. The increase in both periods was driven by changes in our customer mix and overall increase in wholesale traffic volumes compared to 2021 driven by higher voice demand as a result of geo-political unrest in various regions. The rapid development of new technologies, services and products has eliminated many of the traditional distinctions among wireless, cable, internet, local and long distance communication services. While revenues increased in the three and six month periods, the Company continues to expect downward pressure on revenues over time due to the pace of technology development, emergence of new products, and intense competition.

 

Cost of Goods Sold

 

Cost of goods sold increased $30.1 million in the three month period and $62.4 million in the six month period compared to 2021. The increase was driven by the increase in customer revenue. Gross margin percentage in this business decreased year over year due to customer mix.

 

 
43

Table of Contents

 

 

General and Administrative

 

General and administrative expense was flat in the three month period and increased $0.2 million in the six month period compared to 2021. The increase in the six month period was due to changes in classification of certain resources between general and administrative and salaries and benefits.

 

Salaries and Benefits

 

Salaries and benefits decreased $0.2 million in the three month period and $0.4 million in the six month period compared to 2021. The decrease in both periods was due to certain changes in classification between salaries and benefits and general and administrative and allocations to Non-operating Corporate segment.

 

Infrastructure

 

 

 

As Reported

 

 

As Reported

 

($ in thousands)

 

Three months ended June 30,

 

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

(Decrease)

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

(Decrease)

 

Revenues

 

$ 25,434

 

 

$ 3,617

 

 

$ 21,817

 

 

$ 45,052

 

 

$ 3,624

 

 

$ 41,428

 

Cost of Goods Sold

 

 

19,240

 

 

 

2,963

 

 

 

16,277

 

 

 

33,816

 

 

 

2,966

 

 

 

30,850

 

Gross Margin

 

 

6,194

 

 

 

654

 

 

 

5,540

 

 

 

11,236

 

 

 

658

 

 

 

10,578

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

General and administrative

 

 

1,148

 

 

 

513

 

 

 

635

 

 

 

2,208

 

 

 

898

 

 

 

1,310

 

Salaries and related benefits

 

 

2,248

 

 

 

350

 

 

 

1,898

 

 

 

4,368

 

 

 

433

 

 

 

3,935

 

Professional fees

 

 

81

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

141

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

122

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

1,061

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

1,013

 

 

 

1,226

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

1,178

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

1,656

 

 

 

(271 )

 

 

1,927

 

 

 

3,293

 

 

 

(740 )

 

 

4,033

 

Other operating (income) expense

 

 

365

 

 

 

(33 )

 

 

398

 

 

 

814

 

 

 

(29 )

 

 

843

 

Income tax expense / (benefit)

 

 

(15 )

 

 

(45 )

 

 

30

 

 

 

(105 )

 

 

(45 )

 

 

(60 )

Net income (loss)

 

$ 1,306

 

 

$ (193 )

 

$ 1,499

 

 

$ 2,584

 

 

$ (666 )

 

$ 3,250

 

 

Comparison of the Reported results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021

 

Revenues

 

Revenues increased $21.8 million in the three month period and $41.4 million in the six month period compared to 2021. The increase in both periods was driven by the acquisitions of ANS, BW, and EV Depot.

 

Cost of Goods Sold

 

Cost of goods sold increased $16.3 million in the three month period and $30.9 million in the six month period, compared to 2021, directly correlated with the change in revenues.

 

 
44

Table of Contents

 

General and Administrative

 

General and administrative expense increased $0.6 million in the three month period and to $1.3 million in the six month period compared to 2021. The increase in both periods was driven primarily by the acquisitions of ANS, BW, and EV Depot.

 

Salary and Benefits

 

Salary and benefits increased $1.9 million in the three month period and $3.9 million in the six month period compared to 2021. The increase in both periods was driven by the acquisitions of ANS, BW, and EV Depot.and new headcount to support the EV charging business.

 

Other Operating (Income) Expense, Net

 

Other operating (income) expense increased $0.4 million in the three month period and $0.8 million in the sixth month period due to unrealized loss on marketable securities held in the operating segment.

 

 

 

Proforma

 

 

Proforma

 

($ in thousands)

 

Three months ended June 30,

 

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

(Decrease)

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

(Decrease)

 

Revenues

 

$ 25,434

 

 

$ 16,657

 

 

$ 8,777

 

 

$ 45,283

 

 

$ 31,081

 

 

$ 14,202

 

Cost of Goods Sold

 

 

19,240

 

 

 

12,525

 

 

 

6,715

 

 

 

33,903

 

 

 

23,497

 

 

 

10,406

 

Gross Margin

 

 

6,194

 

 

 

4,132

 

 

 

2,062

 

 

 

11,380

 

 

 

7,584

 

 

 

3,796

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

General and administrative

 

 

1,148

 

 

 

1,279

 

 

 

(131 )

 

 

2,256

 

 

 

2,490

 

 

 

(234 )

Salaries and related benefits

 

 

2,248

 

 

 

3,150

 

 

 

(902 )

 

 

4,381

 

 

 

5,036

 

 

 

(655 )

Professional fees

 

 

81

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

(25 )

 

 

141

 

 

 

176

 

 

 

(35 )

Depreciation expense

 

 

1,061

 

 

 

146

 

 

 

915

 

 

 

1,226

 

 

 

282

 

 

 

944

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

1,656

 

 

 

(549 )

 

 

2,205

 

 

 

3,376

 

 

 

(400 )

 

 

3,776

 

Other operating (income) expense

 

 

365

 

 

 

(2,112 )

 

 

2,477

 

 

 

823

 

 

 

(2,112 )

 

 

2,935

 

Income tax expense / (benefit)

 

 

(15 )

 

 

87

 

 

 

(102 )

 

 

(105 )

 

 

87

 

 

 

(192 )

Net income (loss)

 

$ 1,306

 

 

$ 1,476

 

 

$ (170 )

 

$ 2,658

 

 

$ 1,625

 

 

$ 1,033

 

 

 
45

Table of Contents

 

Comparison of the Pro Forma results for three and six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021

 

Revenues

 

Revenues increased $8.8 million in the three month period and $14.2 million in the six month period compared to 2021, representing growth of 53% and 46%, respectively. The increase in both periods was driven by higher wireless network and EV charging installations, an increase in electrical contracting services, including the leveraging of subsidiaries to win projects across geographies, as well as additional EV Depot locations.

 

Cost of Goods Sold

 

Cost of goods sold increased $6.7 million in the three month period and $10.4 million in the six month period directly correlated with the change in revenues. The margin percentage decreased in the three month period and increased in the six month period. The change in margin percentage in both periods is due to mix and nature of customers during the respective periods.

 

General and Administrative

 

General and administrative expense decreased $0.1 million in the three month period and $0.2 million in the six month period compared to 2021. The decrease in both periods was driven by lower consulting spend, partially offset by other investments to support the growth of the segment.

 

Salary and Benefits

 

Salary and benefits decreased $0.9 million in the three month period and $0.7 million in the six month period compared to 2021. The decrease in both periods was driven by a one-time incentive payment in 2021, offset by increased hiring to support the growth of the business.

 

Other Operating (Income) Expense, Net

 

Other operating (income) expense increased $2.5 million in the three month period and $2.9 million in the six month period compared to 2021. The increase in both periods was driven by the gain upon forgiveness on the Paycheck Protection Program loan for BW recognized in the second quarter of 2021, and unrealized losses on marketable securities held in the operating segment in 2022.

 

Non-operating Corporate Segment

 

 

 

As Reported and Proforma

 

($ in thousands)

 

Three months ended June 30,

 

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

(Decrease)

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

(Decrease)

 

Revenues

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

Cost of Goods Sold

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Gross Margin

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

9,761

 

 

 

9,230

 

 

 

531

 

 

 

20,504

 

 

 

13,794

 

 

 

6,710

 

General and administrative

 

 

2,265

 

 

 

1,177

 

 

 

1,088

 

 

 

3,688

 

 

 

1,711

 

 

 

1,977

 

Salaries and related benefits

 

 

1,700

 

 

 

1,030

 

 

 

670

 

 

 

3,504

 

 

 

1,303

 

 

 

2,201

 

Professional fees

 

 

757

 

 

 

573

 

 

 

184

 

 

 

1,737

 

 

 

797

 

 

 

940

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

(14,483 )

 

 

(12,010 )

 

 

(2,473 )

 

 

(29,433 )

 

 

(17,605 )

 

 

(11,828 )

Other operating (income) expense

 

 

7,024

 

 

 

366

 

 

 

6,658

 

 

 

8,379

 

 

 

(2,723 )

 

 

11,102

 

Income tax expense / (benefit)

 

 

71

 

 

 

(1,914 )

 

 

1,985

 

 

 

(1,233 )

 

 

(2,973 )

 

 

1,740

 

Net income (loss)

 

$ (21,578 )

 

$ (10,462 )

 

$ (11,116 )

 

$ (36,579 )

 

$ (11,909 )

 

$ (24,670 )

 

 
46

Table of Contents

 

Comparison of the Reported and Pro Forma results for three and six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021

 

Stock Based Compensation

 

Stock based compensation increased $0.5 million in the three month period and $6.7 million in the six month period compared to 2021. The increase in both periods was due to new option grants to members of the Board, newly hired employees, and employees that joined our company as part of an acquisition.

 

General and Administrative

 

General and administrative expenses increased $1.1 million in the three month period and $2.0 million in the six month period compared to 2021. The increase in both periods was driven by higher consulting, investor relations, and marketing related to growing the business, and costs associated with the uplist to the Nasdaq.

 

Salaries and Benefits

 

Salaries and benefits increased $0.7 million in the three month period and $2.2 million in the six month period compared to 2021. The increase in both periods is driven by investments in personnel associated with the Company’s growth and certain allocations from Telecommunications.

 

Professional Services

 

Professional services fees increased $0.2 million in the three month period and $0.9 million in the six month period compared to 2021. Higher costs related to regulatory requirements drove the increase in the three month period. Higher legal and accounting fees related to acquisitions, costs associated with the uplist to the Nasdaq, and costs related to regulatory requirements drove the increase in the six month period.

 

Other Operating (Income) Expense

 

Other operating expenses increased $6.7 million in the three month period and $11.1 million in the six month period compared to 2021. The increase was driven by debt amortization cost associated with acquisitions over the past 12 months and the exchange of convertible notes in the second quarter of 2022, higher interest expense, and investment income of $0.9 million and $4.3 million in the three and six month periods in 2021, respectively.

 

 
47

Table of Contents

 

Consolidated Results of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

($ in thousands)

 

As Reported

 

 

Proforma

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31

 

 

Years Ended December 31

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Change

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Change

 

Net revenue

 

$ 477,018

 

 

$ 84,726

 

 

$ 392,292

 

 

$ 516,302

 

 

$ 606,985

 

 

$ (90,682 )

Cost of revenues

 

 

465,504

 

 

 

83,554

 

 

 

381,949

 

 

 

495,333

 

 

 

584,400

 

 

 

(89,067 )

Stock based compensation

 

 

30,623

 

 

 

2,326

 

 

 

28,297

 

 

 

30,623

 

 

 

2,326

 

 

 

28,297

 

General and administrative

 

 

7,995

 

 

 

2,021

 

 

 

5,974

 

 

 

10,146

 

 

 

6,715

 

 

 

3,431

 

Professional fees

 

 

1,846

 

 

 

805

 

 

 

1,041

 

 

 

2,037

 

 

 

1,591

 

 

 

446

 

Salaries and related benefits

 

 

8,806

 

 

 

687

 

 

 

8,119

 

 

 

14,786

 

 

 

13,958

 

 

 

827

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

(37,755 )

 

 

(4,667 )

 

 

(33,088 )

 

 

(36,622 )

 

 

(2,007 )

 

 

(34,615 )

Other operating (income) expense

 

 

19,205

 

 

 

30,413

 

 

 

(11,208 )

 

 

17,275

 

 

 

29,091

 

 

 

(11,816 )

Income tax expense / (benefit)

 

 

(5,292 )

 

 

(438 )

 

 

(4,854 )

 

 

(4,908 )

 

 

(1,094 )

 

 

(3,814 )

Net income (loss)

 

$ (51,669 )

 

$ (34,643 )

 

$ (17,026 )

 

$ (48,989 )

 

$ (30,004 )

 

$ (18,985 )

 

Comparison of the Pro Forma results for years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

Revenues

 

Net revenue decreased $90.6 million to $516.3 million. The decrease in revenue was primarily due to changes in our customer mix and fluctuations in wholesale traffic volumes within Telecommunications.

 

Cost of goods sold

 

Costs of goods sold decreased $89.1 million to $495.3 million. The decrease in cost of goods sold is directly related to the decrease in customer revenue within Telecommunications. Overall margins are flat in each segment, however, Infrastructure, which has a higher gross margin, is growing while Telecommunications is declining, which has a lower gross margin.

 

Stock based compensation

 

Stock based compensation increased $28.3 million to $30.6 million due to options granted in 2021 to newly hired employees as we build our management team and operations as well as to employees that joined our company as part of acquisitions.

 

General and administrative

 

General and administrative expenses increased $3.4 million to $10.1 million driven by $0.7 million of acquisition related costs in 2021 and higher consulting, investor relations, marketing and software expense related to growing our business and preparing to be a public company.

 

Professional services

 

Professional services fees increased $0.5 million to $2.0 million driven by higher legal and accounting fees related to acquisitions and public company preparation.

 

 
48

Table of Contents

 

Salaries and benefits

 

Salaries and benefits increased $0.8 million to $14.8 million driven by investments in personnel associated with our company’s growth.

 

Other operating (income) expense

 

Other operating expenses decreased $11.8 million to $17.3 million driven by stock issuance costs of $13.4 million in 2020 and investment income of $3.3 million in 2021, offset by higher impairments in 2021 of $4.4 million. Investment income was earned in 2021 as part of our liquidity management program.

 

Income tax benefit

 

We generated a larger income tax benefit in 2021 due to higher losses specifically within the Non-operating corporate segment related to salaries and benefits, stock compensation and interest expenses.

 

Segment Results of Operations

 

Telecommunications

 

($ in thousands)

 

As Reported

 

 

Proforma

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31

 

 

Years Ended December 31

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Change

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Change

 

Net revenue

 

$ 452,767

 

 

$ 84,723

 

 

$ 368,044

 

 

$ 452,767

 

 

$ 545,501

 

 

$ (92,735 )

Cost of revenues

 

 

447,157

 

 

 

83,554

 

 

 

363,603

 

 

 

447,157

 

 

 

538,019

 

 

 

(90,863 )

Stock based compensation

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

General and administrative

 

 

1,884

 

 

 

345

 

 

 

1,538

 

 

 

1,884

 

 

 

1,012

 

 

 

872

 

Professional fees

 

 

39

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

544

 

 

 

(505 )

Salaries and related benefits

 

 

1,811

 

 

 

464

 

 

 

1,347

 

 

 

1,811

 

 

 

4,824

 

 

 

(3,013 )

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

1,876

 

 

 

357

 

 

 

1,519

 

 

 

1,876

 

 

 

1,103

 

 

 

774

 

Other operating (income) expense

 

 

(497 )

 

 

(314 )

 

 

(183 )

 

 

(497 )

 

 

(2,376 )

 

 

1,879

 

Income tax expense / (benefit)

 

 

(903 )

 

 

195

 

 

 

(1,098 )

 

 

(903 )

 

 

195

 

 

 

(1,098 )

Net income (loss)

 

$ 3,276

 

 

$ 477

 

 

$ 2,799

 

 

$ 3,276

 

 

$ 3,284

 

 

$ (8 )

 

Comparison of the Pro Forma results for years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

Net revenue

 

Net revenue decreased $92.7 million to $452.8 million driven by changes in our customer mix and overall declines in wholesale traffic volumes. The rapid development of new technologies, services and products has eliminated many of the traditional distinctions among wireless, cable, internet, local and long distance communication services. We have and will experience downward pressure on revenues due to the pace of technology development, emergence of new products, and intense competition.

 

Cost of revenue

 

Cost of revenue decreased $90.9 million to $447.2 million driven by the change in customer revenue. Gross margin percentage in this business remains relatively flat year over year.

 

 
49

Table of Contents

 

General and administrative

 

General and administrative increased $0.9 million to $1.9 million primarily due to changes in classification of certain resources between general and administrative and salaries and benefits.

 

Salaries and benefits

 

Salaries and benefits decreased $3.0 million to $1.8 million due to certain changes in classification between salaries and benefits and general and administrative and allocations to Non-operating Corporate in 2021.

 

Infrastructure

 

($ in thousands)

 

As Reported

 

 

Proforma

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31

 

 

Years Ended December 31

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Change

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Change

 

Net revenue

 

$ 24,251

 

 

$ 3

 

 

$ 24,248

 

 

$ 63,536

 

 

$ 61,483

 

 

$ 2,052

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

18,347

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

18,347

 

 

 

48,176

 

 

 

46,381

 

 

 

1,795

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

General and administrative

 

 

2,681

 

 

 

478

 

 

 

2,202

 

 

 

4,832

 

 

 

4,507

 

 

 

325

 

Professional fees

 

 

38

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

(2 )

 

 

229

 

 

 

285

 

 

 

(56 )

Salaries and related benefits

 

 

2,268

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

2,181

 

 

 

8,247

 

 

 

8,998

 

 

 

(750 )

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

918

 

 

 

(602 )

 

 

1,520

 

 

 

2,052

 

 

 

1,313

 

 

 

738

 

Other operating (income) expense

 

 

18,450

 

 

 

10,701

 

 

 

7,750

 

 

 

16,520

 

 

 

11,440

 

 

 

5,080

 

Income tax expense / (benefit)

 

 

127

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

127

 

 

 

511

 

 

 

(656 )

 

 

1,167

 

Net income (loss)

 

$ (17,660 )

 

$ (11,303 )

 

$ (6,357 )

 

$ (14,979 )

 

$ (9,471 )

 

$ (5,509 )

 

Comparison of the Pro Forma results for years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

Net revenue

 

Net revenue increased $2.1 million to $63.5 million primarily driven by higher volume in small cell, tower and outside building wireless business along with growth in the monitor and maintenance sector.

 

Cost of revenue

 

Cost of revenue increased $1.8 million to $48.2 million directly correlated with the change in revenues with slight variances due to mix and nature of jobs during the period.

 

General and administrative

 

General and administrative increased $0.3 million to $4.8 million which is in line with the level to support the business.

 

Salary and benefits

 

Salary and benefits decreased $0.8 million to $8.3 million driven by slightly higher costs in 2020 related to employee bonuses, collection and recruiting as well as lower costs in 2021 due to favorable resolution of certain employee related liabilities.

 

 
50

Table of Contents

 

Other operating (income) expense

 

Other operating (income) expense increased $5.1 million to $16.5 million due to the write downs of goodwill and fixed assets within the GetCharged business.

 

Non-operating Corporate Segment

 

($ in thousands)

 

As Reported

 

 

Proforma

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31

 

 

Years Ended December 31

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Change

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Change

 

Net revenue

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

30,623

 

 

 

2,326

 

 

 

28,297

 

 

 

30,623

 

 

 

2,326

 

 

 

28,297

 

General and administrative

 

 

3,431

 

 

 

1,197

 

 

 

2,234

 

 

 

3,431

 

 

 

1,197

 

 

 

2,234

 

Professional fees

 

 

1,769

 

 

 

763

 

 

 

1,006

 

 

 

1,769

 

 

 

763

 

 

 

1,006

 

Salaries and related benefits

 

 

4,727

 

 

 

137

 

 

 

4,590

 

 

 

4,727

 

 

 

137

 

 

 

4,590

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

(40,550 )

 

 

(4,423 )

 

 

(36,127 )

 

 

(40,550 )

 

 

(4,423 )

 

 

(36,127 )

Other operating (income) expense

 

 

1,252

 

 

 

20,027

 

 

 

(18,775 )

 

 

1,252

 

 

 

20,027

 

 

 

(18,775 )

Income tax expense / (benefit)

 

 

(4,516 )

 

 

(633 )

 

 

(3,883 )

 

 

(4,516 )

 

 

(633 )

 

 

(3,883 )

Net income (loss)

 

$ (37,286 )

 

$ (23,817 )

 

$ (13,469 )

 

$ (37,286 )

 

$ (23,817 )

 

$ (13,469 )

 

Comparison of the Pro Forma results for years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

Stock based compensation

 

Stock based compensation increased $28.3 million to $30.6 million due to options granted in 2021 to newly hired employees as we build our management team and operations as well as to employees that joined our company as part of acquisitions.

 

General and administrative

 

General and administrative expenses increased $2.2 million to $3.4 million driven by $0.7 million of acquisition related costs in 2021 and higher consulting, investor relations, marketing and software expense related to growing our business and preparing to be a public company.

 

Professional services

 

Professional services fees increased $1.0 million to $1.8 million driven by higher legal and accounting fees related to acquisitions and public company preparation.

 

Salaries and benefits

 

Salaries and benefits increased $4.6 million to $4.7 million driven by investments in personnel associated with the Company’s growth and certain allocations from Telecommunications beginning in 2021.

 

 
51

Table of Contents

 

Other operating (income) expense

 

Other operating expenses decreased $18.8 million to $1.3 million driven by stock issuance costs of $13.4 million in 2020 and investment income of $3.3 million in 2021. Investment income was earned in 2021 as part of our liquidity management program.

 

Consolidated Capital Resources and Liquidity

 

Our current operations have been focused primarily on business planning and raising capital. Our primary sources of liquidity are operating cash flows and private placement investment and debt. In order to finance acquisitions, we have issued and outstanding approximately $27.8 million aggregate principal amount of non-convertible promissory notes throughout 2020 and 2021.  We assess our liquidity in terms of our ability to generate cash to fund our short- and long-term cash requirements.  We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents and investments combined with operating cash flows  are sufficient to fund our cash requirements for the next 12 months. In the event that our plans change or our cash requirements are greater than we anticipate, we may need to access the capital markets to finance future cash requirements. However, there can be no assurance that such financing will be available to us should we need it or, if available, that the terms will be satisfactory to us and not dilutive to existing shareholders.

 

Funding

 

On April 20, 2022, we entered into a securities purchase agreement with an investment vehicle controlled by a subsidiary of Island Capital Group, LLC pursuant to which we issued 1,428,575 shares of Charge’s common stock and three-year warrants to purchase up to 2,000,000 shares of Charge’s common stock at $8.50 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $10,000,025.

 

On February 25, 2022, we entered into a securities purchase agreement with an investment vehicle controlled by a subsidiary of Island Capital Group LLC pursuant to which we issued 3,856,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock in an aggregate face value of $12,050,000 for an aggregate purchase price of $10,845,000.

 

On December 17, 2021, we entered into a securities purchase agreement with funds affiliated with Arena Investors LP pursuant to which we issued a note payable in an aggregate face value of $15.9 million for an aggregate purchase price of $13.3 million. The notes have a coupon of 7.5% and a 23-month term and matures on November 19, 2023. In addition, as part of the securities purchase agreement, we issued (i) 2,370,370 shares of Series C Preferred to the investors at an aggregate purchase price of $6.7 million and (ii) warrants to purchase up to 2,370,370 shares of Charge’s common stock at $4.00.

 

On May 19, 2021, we entered a securities purchase agreement with funds affiliated with Arena Investors LP pursuant to which we issued (i) convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount of $5.6 million for an aggregate purchase price of $5 million that are convertible at any time, at the holder’s option, into shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $3.00 per share and mature on May 19, 2024, and (ii) non-convertible notes payable in an aggregate face value (includes 7.5% premium and 10% original issue discount) of $11.9 million for an aggregate purchase price of $10 million, with a coupon of 8% and an 18-month term and mature on November 19, 2022. The non-convertible notes maturity date was extended to November 19, 2023. Both issuances are referred to as the “May 2021 Notes”. In connection with the issuance of the May 2021 Notes, we issued to the investors warrants to acquire 1,870,000 shares of Charge’s common stock. On June 30, 2022, we exchanged the convertible notes for Series D Preferred Stock. 

 

 
52

Table of Contents

 

Cash Flows

 

The following table summarizes our cash flow activity, as reported within the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, followed by a discussion of the major drivers impacting operating, investing, and financing cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2022:

 

In thousands

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cash provided by (used in):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$ 15,636,147

 

 

$ 1,281,000

 

Investing activities

 

 

(9,391,967 )

 

 

(16,606,638 )

Financing activities

 

 

22,195,631

 

 

 

14,227,593

 

Effect of foreign currency exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(96,770 )

 

 

(485,222 )

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

$ 28,343,041

 

 

$ (1,583,267 )

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

Net cash provided for the six months ended June 30, 2022 by operating activities primarily includes net loss adjusted for (i) non-cash items included in net income, such as depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, amortization of debt discount, impairments, and (ii) changes in the balances of operating assets and liabilities. The increase in cash provided by operating activities is primarily due to the negotiation of payment terms and timing of payables and receivables.

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

The decrease in net cash used by investing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2022 compared to the prior period, was primarily driven by the acquisition of ANS on May 21, 2021 partially offset by higher net purchases of marketable securities in the current period.

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

The increase in cash provided by financing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2022 is primarily due to higher cash proceeds in the current period from the issuance of $10.8 million of Series C Preferred Stock, the sale of $10 million of Common Stock and the exercise of warrants, compared to $15 million of proceeds from debt financing in 2021.

 

The following table summarizes our cash flow activity, as reported within the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, followed by a discussion of the major drivers impacting operating, investing and financing cash flows for the years ended December 31:

 

In thousands

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Total cash provided by (used in):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$ (2,908 )

 

$ (6,492 )

Investing activities

 

 

(24,967 )

 

 

8,746

 

Financing activities

 

 

34,918

 

 

 

9,375

 

Effect of foreign currency exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(435 )

 

 

-

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

$ 6,608

 

 

$ 11,629

 

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

Our cash flows from operating activities primarily include net income adjusted for (i) non-cash items included in net income, such as depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, amortization of debt discount, impairments, and (ii) changes in the balances of operating assets and liabilities, which can vary significantly in the normal course of business due to the amount and timing of payments.

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

The increase in net cash used by investing activities was primarily due to the acquisition of ANS and BW in 2021, both of which included a cash component of the total purchase price.

 

 
53

Table of Contents

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

The increase in cash provided by financing activities is primarily due to the issuance of notes payable and Series C Preferred Stock in 2021 related to business acquisitions.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, Charge did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

Critical Accounting Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with GAAP requires us to make judgments, assumptions, and estimates that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. “Note 2—Summary of significant accounting policies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus describes the significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. Our critical accounting estimates, identified in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus, are stock based compensation, revenue recognition, goodwill, and income taxes. Such accounting policies and estimates require significant judgments and assumptions to be used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements, and actual results could differ materially from the amounts reported.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in included in this prospectus for a detailed description of Recent Accounting Pronouncements.

 

The management discussion and analysis detailed below set forth a discussion of the historical financial statements of PTGi International Carrier Services, Inc and GetCharged, Inc prior to our acquisition of such entities in October 2020. Results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any other period. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected for any future period. You should read the following discussion and analyses together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Result of Operations for PTGi International Carrier Services, Inc.

 

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

 

Net Revenues

 

Revenue was $430,101,704 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and $506,972,842 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, a decrease of $76,871,138. The decrease in net revenue was primarily attributable to changes in our customer mix and fluctuations in wholesale traffic volumes, which can result in period-to-period variability in revenue.

 

Cost of Goods Sold

 

Costs of Goods Sold was $424,434,212 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and $498,461,018 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, a decrease of $74,026,806. The decrease in cost of goods sold is directly correlated to the fluctuations in wholesale traffic volumes.

 

Gross Margin

 

Gross Margin was $5,667,492 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and $8,511,824 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, a decrease of $2,844,332. The decrease in gross margin was primarily due to traffic volume decreases in the period and the contraction in margins driven by increased industry competition.

 

 
54

Table of Contents

 

Professional Fees

 

Professional Fees were $327,552 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and $744,781 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, a decrease of $417,229. Professional Fees consist primarily of fees paid to Legal, accounting and other professional firms. The decrease was primarily due to the reduction in costs related to merger and acquisitions activities.

 

General and Administrative Expenses

 

General and administrative expenses were $4,527,315 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and $5,683,005 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, a decrease of $1,155,690. The decrease was primarily a result of the reduction in business travel caused by the global COVID-19 pandemic.

 

Depreciation Expenses

 

Depreciation expenses were $251,212 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and $259,643 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, a decrease of $8,431. Depreciation expenses consist primarily of switching equipment and other network related fixed assets. The decrease was primarily a result of full depreciation of existing equipment.

 

Loss on goodwill impairment

 

Loss on goodwill impairment was $0 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and $1,376,718 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, a decrease of $1,376,718. The decrease was a result of full impairment of goodwill in 2019.

 

Other Income (Expense)

 

Other income (expense) was $2,072,220 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and $(13,079) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, an increase of 2,085,299. The increase was a result of a one-time cost concession agreed to with several vendors.

 

Contingent consideration (gain) loss

 

Contingent consideration gain or loss was $(30,514) for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and $332,586 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, a decrease of $363,100. Contingent consideration gain or loss consists primarily of change in the value of consideration payable for the November 2018 acquisition of Go2Tel.com, Inc. The increase was a result of remeasurement of consideration expected to be paid through the end of the contingency period.

 

Derivative FX gain (loss)

 

Derivative FX gain (loss) was $331,271 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and $(59,753) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, a decrease of $391,024. Derivative FX gain (loss) consists primarily of remeasurement of forward contracts. The decrease was a result of fluctuations in the currency markets for the Derivative contracts.

 

Net Income

 

As a result of the foregoing, net income was $2,381,382 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and $327,055 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

 

 
55

Table of Contents

 

Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

Net Revenues

 

Revenue was $696,119,986 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and $793,466,665 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $97,346,679. The decrease in net revenue was primarily due to changes in our customer mix and fluctuations in wholesale traffic volumes, which can result in period-to-period variability in revenues.

 

Cost of Goods Sold

 

Costs of Goods Sold was $684,877,653 for fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and $778,988,522 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $94,110,869. The decrease in cost of goods sold is directly correlated to the fluctuations in wholesale traffic volumes

 

Gross Margin

 

Gross Margin was $11,242,333 for fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and $14,478,143 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $3,235,810. The decrease in gross margin was primarily due to traffic volume decreases in the period and the contraction in margins driven by increased industry competition.

 

Professional Fees

 

Professional Fees were $1,017,247 for fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and $941,124 for fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $76,123. Professional Fees consist primarily of fees paid to legal, accounting and other professional firms. The increase was primarily due to increased year end public compliance costs.

 

General and Administrative Expenses

 

General and administrative expenses were $7,277,222 for fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and $8,520,763 for fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $1,243,541. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of professional fees, office expenses, travel and entertainment. The decrease was primarily a result of reduction in travel-related costs caused in part by the global COVID-19 pandemic.

 

Depreciation Expenses

 

Depreciation expenses were $345,215 for fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and $347,608 for fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $2,393. Depreciation expenses consist primarily of switching equipment and network related fixed assets. The decrease was primarily a result of fully depreciating fixed assets.

 

Loss on goodwill impairment

 

Loss on goodwill impairment was $(4,463,720) for fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and $0 for fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $4,463,720. The increase was a result of full goodwill impairment as of December 2019.

 

Contingent consideration (gain) loss

 

Other income (expense) was $377,446 for fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and $0 for fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $377,446. Contingent consideration gain or loss consists primarily of change in the value of consideration payable for the November 2018 acquisition of Go2Tel.com, Inc. The increase was a result of the contingent liability was entered into at the end of 2018, with an adjustment to actual occurring throughout 2019.

 

Net Income (loss)

 

As a result of the foregoing, net income was $(1,522,528) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and $4,586,524 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018.

 

 
56

Table of Contents

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

PTGi's primary source of cash is from operating revenues. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, net cash provided by operating activities was $36,020,383. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, PTGi paid dividends of $16,300,000 to its predecessor parent company. PTGi anticipates that cash flow from operations will continue to enable PTGi to meet its cash requirements for the next twelve months. Inflation has not had, nor is it expected to have, a material impact on the operations and financial condition of PTGi.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

As of December 31, 2019, PTGi did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

Result of Operations for GetCharged, Inc.

 

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

 

Revenues

 

Revenue was $60,483 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and $35 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, an increase $60,448. The increase in net revenue was primarily the result of the Company introducing charging stations into the market.

 

Costs of Goods Sold

 

There was no costs for goods sold for each of the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019.

 

Gross Profit

 

Gross profit was $60,483 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and $35 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, an increase $60,448. The increase in gross profit was primarily due to the Company introducing charging stations into the market.

 

Salaries and Related Benefits

 

Salaries and related benefits were $51,058 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and $0 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, an increase of $51,058. Salaries and related benefits consist primarily of employee wages. The increase was primarily a result of the Company hiring additional employees.

 

 
57

Table of Contents

 

Selling, Office and Administration

 

Selling Office and Administration expenses were $685,901 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and $1,009,051 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, a decrease of $325,150. Selling, office and administration expenses consist primarily of professional fees, office expenses, travel and entertainment, and fees paid for investor relations. The decrease was primarily a result of limitations on spending caused by the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

Interest Expense

 

Interest expense was $192,054 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and $56,560 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, an increase of $135,494. Interest income consists primarily of interest related to issuance of debt. The increase was a result of the Company’s issuance of debt to continue the development of business.

 

Net Loss

 

As a result of the foregoing, net loss was $868,530 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and $1,070,577 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

 

Comparison of the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

Revenues

 

Revenue was $6,819 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and $0 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $6,819. The increase in revenue was primarily due to the Company commencing operations.

 

Costs of Goods Sold

 

There was no costs for goods sold for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

Gross Profit

 

Gross profit was $6,819 for the for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and $0 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $6,819. The increase in gross profit was primarily due to the Company commencing operations in 2019.

 

Advertising

 

Advertising expenses were $5,000 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and $0 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $5,000. The increase was primarily due to the Company commencing operations in 2019.

 

Selling, Office and Administration

 

Selling Office and Administration expenses were $1,848,453 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and $13,500 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $1,834,953. Selling, office and administration expenses consist primarily of professional fees, office expenses, travel and entertainment, and fees paid for investor relations. The increase was primarily a result of the Company commencing operations in 2019.

 

Income (Loss) From Operations

 

The Company had income (loss) from operations of $(1,846,634) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and $0 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of 1,846,634. The decrease was primarily due to the Company commencing operations in 2019.

 

 
58

Table of Contents

 

Interest Expense

 

Interest expense was $117,257 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and $0 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $117,257. Interest income consists primarily of interest related to issuance of debt. The increase was a result of the Company commencing operations in 2019.

 

Net Loss

 

Net loss was $(868,530) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and $(13,500) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $855,030. The decrease was primarily a result of the Company commencing operations in 2019.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

GetCharged's primary source of cash has been from the issuance of convertible promissory notes. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued notes payable for $3,105,100, including promissory notes to management in the amount of approximately $600,000. These notes were converted to equity immediately prior to the Company’s acquisition of GetCharged. As of December 31, 2019, GetCharged had $331,066 in cash. Net cash used in operating activities was $(1,847,967) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. GetCharged will be required to raise additional capital within the next twelve months to complete the development and commercialization of its current product candidates, to fund the existing working capital deficit and to continue to fund operations.

 

GetCharged’s financial statements as of December 31, 2019 were prepared under the assumption that they will continue as a going concern. Their independent registered public accounting firm issued a report on their December 31, 2019 financial statements that included an explanatory paragraph expressing substantial doubt in GetCharged’s ability to continue as a going concern without additional capital becoming available. These financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

As of December 31, 2019, GetCharged did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations presents the unaudited condensed combined statement of operations of Charge Enterprises, Inc. (“Charge Enterprises”), PTGI International Carrier Services Inc. (“PTGI”), and GetCharged, Inc. (“GetCharged”) as of December 31, 2020 and accounts for the merger of Charge Enterprises, PTGI and GetCharged with Charge Enterprises, Inc. as the accounting acquirer giving effect to the transaction as if it had occurred as of December 31, 2020. On October 12, 2020, Charge Enterprises purchased 100% of the outstanding shares of GetCharged in exchange for $17,500,000 in common stock consideration. As a result of the Exchange Agreement, GetCharged became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Charge Enterprises. On October 31, 2020, Charge Enterprises acquired 100% of the outstanding voting securities of PTGI in consideration for $892,000 cash consideration.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations are based on the historical statements of Charge Enterprises, GetCharged, and PTGI and combine the results of operations giving effect to the transaction as if it occurred on January 1, 2020, and reflecting the pro forma adjustments expected to have a continuing impact on the combined results.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are for informational purposes only. They do not purport to indicate the results that would have actually been obtained had the acquisitions been completed on the assumed dates or for the periods presented, or that may be realized in the future. Furthermore, while the pro forma financial information reflects transaction costs incurred with the merger on December 31, 2020, the pro forma financial information does not reflect the impact of any reorganization or restructuring expenses or operating efficiencies resulting from the transaction. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements, including the notes thereto, are qualified in their entirety by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, the historical financial statements referred to above.

 

 
59

Table of Contents

 

CHARGE ENTERPRISES, INC. (F/NA/ TRANSWORLD HOLDINGS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020

 

 

 

Charge

Enterprises, Inc.

 

 

PTGI

International Carrier Services

 

 

Get

Charged, Inc.

 

 

Pro Forma

Adjustments

 

 

Pro Forma

Combined

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$ 84,726,026

 

 

$ 460,778,255

 

 

$ 60,483

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ 545,564,764

 

Cost of Goods Sold

 

 

83,554,341

 

 

 

454,465,072

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

538,019,413

 

Gross Margin

 

$ 1,171,685

 

 

$ 6,313,183

 

 

$ 60,483

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ 7,545,351

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock based compensation

 

$ 2,326,298

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ 2,326,298

 

General and administrative

 

 

2,020,493

 

 

 

666,386

 

 

 

695,901

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,382,780

 

Professional fees

 

 

804,836

 

 

 

541,223

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,346,059

 

Salaries and related benefits

 

 

687,415

 

 

 

4,360,258

 

 

 

51,058

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,098,731

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

82,662

 

 

 

251,213

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

333,875

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

5,921,704

 

 

 

5,819,080

 

 

 

746,959

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

12,487,743

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating income (loss)

 

 

(4,750,019 )

 

 

494,103

 

 

 

(686,476 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

(4,942,392 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expenses)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(391,781 )

 

 

(30,547 )

 

 

(192,054 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

(614,382 )

Interest expense, related party

 

 

(26,703 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(26,703 )

Amortization of debt discount

 

 

(2,667,733 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,667,733 )

Amortization of debt discount, related party

 

 

(28,032 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(28,032 )

Amortization of debt issue costs

 

 

(19,562 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(19,562 )

Change in fair value of derivative liabilities

 

 

(530,716 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(530,716 )

Foreign exchange adjustments

 

 

425,309

 

 

 

272,527

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

697,836

 

Loss on modification of debt

 

 

(98,825 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(98,825 )

Loss on impairment of goodwill

 

 

(13,757,907 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(13,757,907 )

Stock-Issuance Costs

 

 

(13,400,000 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(13,400,000 )

Other income

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,070,877

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,070,877

 

Gain on settlement of liabilities

 

 

115,514

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

115,514

 

Net income from investments

 

 

49,710

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

49,710

 

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(30,330,726 )

 

 

2,312,857

 

 

 

(192,054 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

(28,209,923 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(438,104 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(438,104 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$ (34,642,641 )

 

$ 2,806,960

 

 

$ (878,530 )

 

$ -

 

 

$ (32,714,211 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per share available to common stock\holders

 

$ (1.91 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$ (0.45 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding, basic and diluted

 

 

18,048,865

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

72,717,510

 

 

 
60

Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

On October 12, 2020, Charge Enterprises purchased 100% of the outstanding shares of GetCharged in exchange for $17,500,000 in common stock consideration. As a result of the Exchange Agreement, GetCharged became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Charge Enterprises.

 

On October 31, 2020, Charge Enterprises acquired 100% of the outstanding voting securities of PTGI in consideration for $892,000 cash consideration. 

 

The pro forma adjustments to the December 31, 2020 combined unaudited financial statements include the following:

 

a) To eliminate the Investment in PTGI (See Entry #1) and Investment in GetCharged (See Entry #2) accounts.

 

b) To eliminate the common stock of PTGI (See Entry #1) and common stock of GetCharged (See Entry #2).

 

c) To eliminate the additional paid-in capital account of PTGI (See Entry #1)

 

d) To eliminate the accumulated deficit of PTGI (See Entry #1) and accumulated deficit of GetCharged (See Entry #2).

 

The fair value of the assets and liabilities of PTGI and GetCharged were equal to their book values. As such there was no purchased differential. The following is the calculation of goodwill (gain on bargain purchase)

 

 

 

PTGI

 

 

Get Charged

 

Purchase price

 

$ 892,000

 

 

$ 28,200,000

 

Less: net book value of assets

 

 

342,871

 

 

 

873,139

 

Excess purchase price

 

 

549,129

 

 

 

27,326,861

 

Fair value adjustments

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

Excess purchase price after adjustments

 

 

549,129

 

 

 

27,326,861

 

Goodwill (gain on bargain purchase)

 

 

549,129

 

 

 

27,326,861

 

 

The initial goodwill calculated was $27,326,861. Since the consideration given was $10,700,000 in excess of the consideration promised by the agreement, the company immediately recorded a loss on goodwill impairment in the amount of $10,700,000. The remaining goodwill of $16,626,861 is recorded on the reporting unit’s books.

 

Entry #1 as follows:

 

 

Debit

 

 

 Credit

 

Investment in PTGI

 

 

 

 

 

892,000 (a)

Additional paid in capital

 

 

891,800

 

 

 (c)

 

Common stock

 

 

200

 

 

 (b)

 

 

Entry #2 as follows:

 

 

Debit

 

 

Credit

 

Investment in Get Charged

 

 

 

 

 

28,200,000

(a)

Additional Paid-In Capital

 

 

31,053,199

 

 

 - (c)

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,853,358

(d)

Common stock

 

 

159

 

 

 (b)

 

 

 
61

Table of Contents

 

BUSINESS

Overview

 

Charge Enterprises, Inc. (the “Company” or “Charge”) consists of a portfolio of global businesses with a vision to build the electrification and telecommunications infrastructure that will address and service requirements for EVC and WNI which includes broadband, tower, distributed antennae systems (“DAS”), small cell, and electrical infrastructure.  We operate in two segments: Telecommunications which provides connection of voice calls and data to global carriers and Infrastructure which builds physical wireless network elements, provides electrical construction services and designs and installs EV charging stations and infrastructure. 

 

Strategy

 

Our strategy is to maintain the solid business within Telecommunication and to drive growth within Infrastructure by leveraging our operating subsidiaries and developing strategic relationships. Within Infrastructure, we provide seamless solutions for the physical elements of wireless networks and installation, monitoring and maintenance of EV charging stations. Infrastructure’s goal is to implement end-to-end solutions for customers that are custom designed to enhance connectivity, productivity, reduce the cost of operations, decrease greenhouse emissions, and improve the efficiency of commercial operations for our customers and their consumers.

 

We believe the rise of new developing technologies in both the wireless network and EVC industries offers us a unique growth opportunity. Our strategy focuses on continued development and organic growth as well as targeted acquisitions and strategic alliances. We intend to do this through the following:

 

Leveraging existing private and public sector relationships to organically grow WNI and EVC installations: Within the WNI and EVC space, we have built solid relationships with automotive dealerships, commercial fleets, major carriers, general, electrical and sub-contractors, private industry and governmental organizations allowing us to grow the number of projects and revenues. As an agnostic hardware and software player in the WNI and EVC market, we tailor installations to the requirements of each industry segment, creating customized charging solutions and affording Charge a significant competitive advantage over competitors. In the future, we plan to target businesses such as parking structures, apartment and office complexes, gas stations, shopping centers, big box retail and hotel chains.

 

Expand reach and capacity across North America through organic growth and strategic M&A:  We continue to leverage our relationships within multiple verticals, original equipment manufacturers (“OEM”), commercial fleets, vendors, real estate, insurance and warranty, wireless and electric infrastructure to target acquisitions that expand scale and installation capacity, capabilities, channel distribution, and geographic reach within infrastructure implementation for WNI and EVC.  In May 2021, we acquired Nextridge, Inc., a New York corporation (“Nextridge”) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Advanced Network Solutions (collectively referred to as “ANS”), which has contributed to growth and strategic business opportunities.  ANS is highly experienced in the installation of physical wireless network elements including broadband, tower, DAS, small cells and will directly contribute to our goals of growing our footprint within this space.   In December 2021, we acquired B W Electrical Services, LLC (“BW”), a New Jersey limited liability company, which has added to our electrical construction expertise and access to the unionized labor market.  BW’s deep experience and unionized workforce will help position us for growth that we see coming in the years ahead within the infrastructure space.

 

Expand technology-enabled solutions: We continue to research and develop mobile application opportunities and tech enabled services designed to expand a seamless offering that assists employees, contractors and customers with a fluid experience throughout EVC and WNI. This suite of technology will complement and add to our existing proprietary software and apps that will support our custom infrastructure solutions to move and connect people.

 

 
62

Table of Contents

 

Telecommunications

 

Telecommunications, through our operating subsidiary PTGi International Carrier Services, Inc. (“PTGi”), provides connection of both voice and data to Carriers and Mobile Network Operators (“MNO’s”) globally for over two decades and we will selectively add profitable products and services, such as SMS text, to this long-established business. Telecommunications has contractual relationships with service providers in over 19 foreign countries primarily within Asia, Europe, the Middle East, Africa and North America. We provide customers with internet-protocol-based and time-division multiplexing (“TDM”) access for the transport of long-distance voice and data minutes.

 

We operate a global telecommunications network consisting of domestic switching and related peripheral equipment, carrier-grade routers and switches for internet and circuit-based services. To ensure high-quality communications services, our network employs digital switching and fiber optic technologies, incorporates the use of voice-over-internet protocols, SS7/C7 signaling and is supported by comprehensive network monitoring and technical support services.

 

Foreign Carrier Agreements

 

In select countries where competition with traditional post telegraph and telecommunications companies (“PTTs”) are limited, we have entered into foreign carrier agreements with other PTTs, or similar service providers to provide traffic into these countries and receive such countries’ traffic in return. We maintain relations with approximately 200 wholesale carriers, or similar providers, all of which are at will arrangements.

 

Network Management and Control

 

Telecommunications owns and operates network management systems in Ashburn, Virginia to monitor and control our switching systems, global data network, and other digital transmission equipment. Additional network monitoring, network management, and traffic management services are supported from our network management centers located in Guatemala City, Guatemala and Bucharest, Romania. The network management control centers provide 24/7 online service.

 

Competition

 

Long Distance: We face significant competition as we attempt to expand our business from other telecommunications carriers and resellers. We compete on the basis of price, service quality, financial strength, relationship and presence. Sales of wholesale long-distance voice minutes are generated by connecting one telecommunications operator to another and charging a fee to do so.

 

Over-the- top (“OTT”) Applications: OTT Applications, such as WhatsApp, Skype, and FaceTime, continue to impact our long distance business model. There can be no assurance that the current declines in the long distance business globally driven by these applications will not increase; or that our business will not be impacted by the increased consumer adoption of such applications globally.

 

Government Regulation

 

We are subject to varying degrees of regulation in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Local laws and regulations, and the interpretation of such laws and regulations, differ among those jurisdictions. There can be no assurance that future regulatory, judicial and legislative changes or activities will not have a material adverse effect on us, or domestic or international regulators or third parties will not raise material issues with regard to our regulatory compliance.

 

Regulation impacting the telecommunications industry continues to change rapidly in many jurisdictions. Privacy related laws and regulations, such as the EU’s GDPR, USA’s TRACED Act and associated caller identification authentication and fraudulent robocall mitigation rules, as well as privatization, deregulation, changes in regulation, consolidation, and technological change have had, and will continue to have, significant effects on the industry. Although we believe that deregulation with respect to portions of the telecommunications industry will continue and create opportunities for firms such as us, there can be no assurance that deregulation will continue, or if any regulatory changes implemented would benefit us.

 

 
63

Table of Contents

 

As of December 31, 2021, we have implemented the following regulatory framework in our operating services offered:

 

United States

 

In the United States, our Telecommunications division services are subject to the provisions of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the “Communications Act”), and other federal laws, rules, and orders of the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) regulations, and the applicable laws and regulations of the various states.

 

International Service Regulation

 

The FCC has jurisdiction over common carrier services linking points in the U.S. to points in other countries and we provide such services. Providers of such international common carrier services must obtain authority from the FCC under Section 214 of the Communications Act. We have obtained the authorizations required to use, on a facilities-based and resale basis, various transmission media for the provision of international switched services and international private line services on a non-dominant carrier basis. The FCC is considering a number of possible changes to its rules governing international common carriers. We cannot predict how the FCC will resolve those issues or how its decisions will affect our international business. FCC rules permit non-dominant carriers such as ourselves to offer some services on a de-tariffed basis, to compete to provide consumers with lower rates and choices among carriers and services.

 

In furtherance of its existing caller identification and fraudulent robocall mitigation rules, the FCC has proposed additional regulations for carriers delivering foreign-based call traffic to points in the U.S., including proposals that, if adopted, would require carriers such as us to apply the FCC’s STIR/SHAKEN caller identification authentication framework to foreign-originated calls with U.S. numbers and to implement robocall mitigation practices for such calls, including requirements to respond to traceback requests within 24 hours, implement mandatory call blocking based on existing FCC rules for US-originated calls, and implement know-your-customer policies. We already comply with all existing caller identification authentication and robocall mitigation rules applicable to our call traffic, and we will comply with any new rules adopted by the FCC that apply to our call traffic.

 

Domestic Service Regulation

 

With respect to our domestic communications services, PTGi is considered a non-dominant interstate carrier subject to regulation by the FCC. FCC rules provide us significant authority to initiate or expand our domestic interstate operations, but we are required to obtain FCC approval to assume control of another telecommunications carrier or its assets, to transfer control of our operations to another entity, or to discontinue service. We are also required to file various reports and pay various fees and assessments to the FCC and various state commissions. Among other things, interstate common carriers must offer service on a nondiscriminatory basis at just and reasonable rates. The FCC has jurisdiction to hear complaints regarding our compliance or non-compliance with these and other requirements of the Communications Act and the FCC’s rules. Among other regulations, we are subject to the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act (“CALEA”) and associated FCC regulations which require telecommunications carriers to configure their networks to facilitate law enforcement authorities to perform electronic surveillance.

 

FCC rules also require certain providers of retail long distance voice service to generate and retain various records regarding completion of calls to rural areas. Specifically, the rules require those providers to collect and retain information on long-distance call attempts such as, but not limited to, the called number, the date and time of the call, and the use of an intermediate provider. The rules also prohibit false audible ringing (the premature triggering of audible ring tones to the caller before the call setup request has reached the terminating service provider). While we are not directly subject to these rules, we may function as an intermediate provider within the meaning of these rules, which may require us to provide information to our customers regarding calls that we carry on their behalf. In addition, under Section 262 to the Communications Act of 1934, intermediate providers, such as ourselves must register with the FCC and meet certain quality standards (now embodied in the FCC’s rules).

 

 
64

Table of Contents

 

Interstate and international telecommunications carriers are required to contribute to the federal Universal Service Fund (“USF”). Carriers providing wholesale telecommunications services are not required to contribute with respect to services sold to customers that provide a written certification that the customers themselves will make the required contributions. If the FCC or the USF Administrator were to determine that the USF reporting for the Company, including our Communications services, are not accurate or in compliance with FCC rules, we could be subject to additional contributions, as well as to monetary fines and penalties. In addition, the FCC may revise its USF contribution mechanisms and the services considered when calculating the contribution. We cannot predict the outcome of any such revisions or their potential effect on our contribution obligations. Some changes to the USF under consideration by the FCC may affect certain entities more than others, and we may be disadvantaged as compared to our competitors as a result of FCC decisions regarding USF. In addition, the FCC may extend the obligation to contribute to the USF to certain services that we offer but that are not currently assessed USF contributions.

 

FCC rules require providers that originate interstate or intrastate traffic on or destined for the public switched telephone network (“PSTN”) to transmit the telephone number associated with the calling party to the next provider in the call path. Intermediate providers, such as ourselves, must pass calling party number (“CPN”) or charge number (“CN”) signaling information they receive from other providers unaltered, to subsequent providers in the call path. While we believe that we are in compliance with this rule, to the extent that we pass traffic that does not have appropriate CPN or CN information, we could be subject to fines, cease and desist orders, or other penalties.

 

Infrastructure

 

Infrastructure has two areas of focus, including:

 

 

·

Building physical wireless network elements including broadband, cell tower, small cell, and in-building applications,

 

·

Seamless EVC solutions including design, engineering, vendor specification, construction, installation and maintenance of EV chargers

 

Services for these areas include: design and engineering, equipment specification and sourcing, installation, data & software solutions, and service and maintenance.

 

Infrastructure Products

 

Products and Services of Infrastructure include:

 

 

·

Cell tower construction and modification services,

 

·

Wireless enterprise solutions,

 

·

Network monitoring and maintenance,

 

·

DAS RF engineering design, installation and remote monitoring,

 

·

DC and UPS Power primary and secondary systems implementation, and

 

·

Seamless EVC solutions including design, engineering, vendor specification, construction, installation and maintenance of EV chargers

 

Sales and Marketing of Infrastructure

 

Infrastructure markets its services through a variety of sales channels including trade shows, conferences, press releases and public relations, our website, and partnerships with governments, wireless carriers, dealerships, OEMs and other vendors.

 

 
65

Table of Contents

 

Competition

 

Infrastructure faces competition from other charging and docking suppliers as it attempts to win the business of cities, wireless carriers, private companies, fleet managers and resellers. We compete on the basis of price, service quality, relationship, presence and the quality of our products. In the WNI and electrical construction space, we face competition from local, regional and national players. The competition is categorized by specialized service providers in the network, tower, construction, engineering and electrical industry. These companies range in size from ten or less employees with approximately a million dollars in revenue to thousands of employees with billions in revenue. In the EVC infrastructure space, we face competition from other EV charger installers. However, our business model is founded on continued and consistent education of this emerging EVC space to both industry players and the client, providing dedicated client engagement and committed, thorough end-to-end project management with the goal of delivering a quality work product with integrity.

 

Government Regulation

 

Infrastructure is subject to varying degrees of regulation in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. Local laws and regulations, and the interpretation of such laws and regulations, differ among those jurisdictions. There can be no assurance that future regulatory, judicial and legislative changes will not have a material adverse effect on us, domestic or international regulators or third parties will not raise material issues with regard to its compliance with applicable regulations; regulatory activities will not have a material adverse effect on it.

 

Regulation impacting the greater EV industry continues to change rapidly in many jurisdictions which may affect the businesses advantageously or adversely depending on the decisions made.

 

Corporate History and Information

 

We were incorporated in the state of Nevada on May 8, 2003 under the name “E-Education Network, Inc.” On August 10, 2005 we changed our name to “GoIP Global, Inc.” On December 27, 2017, we redomiciled from Nevada to Colorado. On October 1, 2020, we converted from a Colorado corporation to a Delaware corporation and in connection with such conversion changed our name to “Transworld Holdings, Inc.” As of January 26, 2021, our name has been further changed to “Charge Enterprises, Inc.”

 

On April 30, 2020, we entered into an agreement to acquire 100% of the outstanding equity interests of Transworld Enterprises pursuant to a Share Exchange Agreement, dated April 30, 2020, by and among us, Transworld Enterprises and the shareholders of Transworld Enterprises. The transactions contemplated by the Share Exchange Agreement closed on May 8, 2020. In accordance with the Share Exchange Agreement, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of Transworld Enterprises in exchange for 1,000,000 shares of each of our Series D and Series F preferred stock. The Series D preferred stock was convertible into 80% of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock upon consummation of a reverse stock split and voted on an as-converted basis. The Series F preferred stock is convertible into 80% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock at any time at the option of the holder and votes on an as-converted basis.

 

On July 13, 2020, our Board of Directors approved, subject to shareholder approval, (i) a Plan of Conversion, pursuant to which we would convert from a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Colorado to a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, and such approval includes the adoption of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws under the laws of the State of Delaware, and a change in our name from “GoIP Global, Inc.” to “Transworld Holdings, Inc.”, each of which became effective concurrently with the effectiveness of the conversion and (ii) a reverse stock split of our outstanding common stock in a ratio of one-for-five hundred (1:500), which became effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the conversion. On October 1, 2020, we filed articles of amendment with the Colorado Secretary of State to effectuate the Reverse Stock Split. Immediately thereafter, we completed the conversion by filing our new Certificate of Incorporation with the State of Delaware.

 

 
66

Table of Contents

 

On September 25, 2020, we entered into a stock acquisition agreement with the shareholders of GetCharged pursuant to which we agreed to acquire 100% of the outstanding voting securities of GetCharged in exchange for 60,000,000 shares of our common stock. The closing of the GetCharged acquisition occurred on October 12, 2020.

 

On October 2, 2020, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with the shareholders of PTGi pursuant to which we agreed to acquire 100% of the outstanding voting securities of PTGi in consideration for $892,000. The closing of the PTGi acquisition occurred on October 31, 2020.

 

Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Charge Infrastructure Holding, Inc. (formerly known as Charge Infrastructure, Inc.), entered into a securities purchase agreement, dated May 7, 2021, with the shareholders of Nextridge, Inc., a New York corporation (“Nextridge”) pursuant to which we agreed to purchase all the issued and outstanding shares of Nextridge for an aggregate purchase price of $19,798,324. $6,850,000 of the aggregate purchase price payable to the shareholders of Nextridge was paid through the issuance of 2,395,105 shares of our Series B preferred stock (the “Series B Preferred”). The acquisition closed on May 21, 2021. Nextridge operates its business through its wholly owned subsidiary, ANS Advanced Network Services LLC, a New York, limited liability company (“ANS”).

 

On December 22, 2021, Charge Infrastructure Holdings, Inc. entered into a Unit Purchase Agreement to acquire all of the membership interests of B W Electrical Services LLC (“BW”), a New Jersey limited liability company. BW, founded in 2006 and headquartered in New Jersey, is an electrical contracting services firm specializing in commercial projects with a focus on ground-up construction. On December 27, 2021, we completed the acquisition and paid the sellers an aggregate cash amount of $13,500,000 plus 1,285,714 shares of our common stock. A portion of the cash consideration was placed in escrow to satisfy certain obligations of the sellers as described in the Unit Purchase Agreement.

 

On January 14, 2022, Charge Infrastructure Holdings, Inc. entered into, and simultaneously closed, an Agreement and Plan of Merger acquiring all of the membership interests of EV Group Holdings LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (“EV Depot”) through a reverse triangular merger with Mergeco, Inc., a Delaware corporation, a newly-formed wholly-owned subsidiary of Charge Infrastructure Holdings, Inc.  The sellers received consideration of $1,250,000 plus 5,201,863 shares of our common stock. EV Depot, headquartered in New Jersey, is a group of companies focused on real estate solutions for commercial and fleet operators requiring parking, maintenance and EV charging depot resources.

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 125 Park Avenue, 25th Floor, New York, NY 10017 and our telephone number is (212) 921-2100. We maintain a website at www.charge.enterprises. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not, and should not be considered, part of, or incorporated by reference into, this report or any other report filed with or furnished to the SEC. We have included such website addresses only as inactive textual references and do not intend them to be active links.

 

Employees

 

As of August 1, 2022,  we had 362 team members, comprised of 236 full-time and 10 part-time employees , 45 contractors/temporary labor and 71 union labor.  Many of our activities are outsourced to consultants who provide services to us on a project basis.  As business activities require and capital resources permit, we will hire additional employees to fulfill our company’s needs.

 

Properties

 

We do not own real properties. Our principal executive offices are located at 125 Park Avenue, 25th Floor, New York, NY 10017. We lease our virtual office pursuant to a lease which terminated on February 29, 2022. However, since neither party terminated the agreement, the lease automatically renewed for successive one (1) month periods on the same terms. We believe that our existing facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our current needs.

 

 
67

Table of Contents

 

Nextridge Corporate leased offices are located at 12 Elmwood Road, Albany, New York 12204-3025. The lease commenced May 21, 2021 and ends May 21, 2026. The monthly lease cost is $9,000.59 per month with an incremental increase of 2% per year after the first year. Nextridge also leases warehouses at 7099 Huntley Road Unit 103, Columbus, Ohio 43215, and 2100 Byberry Road, Philadelphia, PA 19116. The Huntly Road lease commenced on May 1, 2022, with a monthly payment of $5,200, and terminates on April 30, 2023. The Byberry Road lease entered into its fourth amendment on May 1, 2022 with a cost of $3,588 per month. The lease is renewable on two-year terms with an annual increase of 3%. All three of these existing facilities are adequate to meet the current needs of the business.

 

GetCharged leases warehouse space at 1900 The Exchange, Suite 410, Atlanta, Georgia 30339. The lease commenced August 1, 2021, for a term of 6 months. The lease payments are $1,000 per month. The lease term continues to be extended by agreement of the parties. The company uses the warehouse to hold charging kiosks and charging banks prior to installation. The location and size of the facility is adequate for the needs of the business’ current operation.

 

BW Electric leased office is located at 239 Homestead Road, Hillsborough, NJ 08844. The lease commenced December 1, 2018 and ends November 30, 2023. The monthly lease cost in the first year was $11,340.24 with an incremental increase in years two and three to $11,686.50 and then an increase of 5% or cost of living whichever is greater in years four and five. The lease is renewable in two two-year terms and one one-year terms with an increase of 3% or cost of living whichever is greater.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

From time to time we may be involved in legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business. We are currently not a party to any legal proceedings that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

 
68

Table of Contents

 

MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth the names, ages, and biographical information of each of our current directors and executive officers, and the positions with the Company held by each person. Our directors serve a one-year term until their successors are elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Our executive officers are elected annually by our board of directors and serve a one year term until their successors are elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Andrew Fox

 

49

 

Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Craig Denson

 

61

 

Chief Operating Officer, Chief Compliance Officer, Secretary and Director

Leah Schweller

 

49

 

Chief Financial Officer

Mark LaNeve

 

63

 

President

Nicole Antakli

 

50

 

Chief Business Officer

Philip Scala

 

71

 

Director

Justin Deutsch

 

45

 

Director

James Murphy

 

78

 

Director

Baron Davis

 

43

 

Director

Benjamin Carson, Jr.

 

37

 

Director

Chantel E. Lenard

 

53

 

Director

Gary Jacobs

 

77

 

Director

Amy Hanson

 

63

 

Director

 

Andrew Fox has been the Chairman of the Board since September 2021 and the Chief Executive Officer and a Director since October 2020. Mr. Fox has been the founder and Chief Executive Officer of GetCharged, Inc. since its formation in 2018. Mr. Fox simultaneously serves as a managing partner of Alliance Building Services, a role he began in 2003. Mr. Fox is a serial entrepreneur with over two decades of experience. He is the founder of 3-G Communications, a cellular tower leasing and financing firm, Way Communications, Clubplanet, Wantickets, NewYears.com, Track Net, NewCarpet.com and is a co-founder of YJP.org. Mr. Fox is also on the Board of Directors for the Conrad Foundation, which challenges high school students to solve 21st-century problems using science and technology and was the President of the Chairscholars Foundation from 1999-2011. Mr. Fox received his BBA in Accounting from Adelphi University in 1995.

 

Craig Denson has been the Chief Operating Officer and a Director since October 2020, the Chief Compliance Officer since November 2021, the Secretary since December 2021, and was the Interim Chief Financial Officer from January 2021 until September 2021. Mr. Denson has been the President and CEO of PTGi since May 2012. Mr. Denson joined PTGi in 2009 as Vice President, responsible for the Wholesale and Pre-Paid Telecom divisions in North America. In May 2012 Mr. Denson was promoted to President and CEO of PTGi. Prior to joining the company, Mr. Denson was President and COO of Sigma Software Solutions from 2000 to 2010, an OSS and BSS software company providing billing and CRM software to the telecom industry globally. Prior to Sigma Software, Mr. Denson was Vice President and General Manager of ACS Canada, whereby he led the Telecom ASP software services division from 1996 to 2000. Mr. Denson started his career with PepsiCo in 1986, progressing through the organization and ending as National Sales Manager of two operating divisions before entering the telecom industry in 1999. Mr. Denson holds a business degree from Humber College, is a strategic planner and conceptual thinker, and excels at bringing clarity to complex issues by creating practical solutions to organizational challenges.

 

Leah Schweller has been the Chief Financial Officer since September 2021. From 2006 to 2021 Ms. Schweller held various positions at American Express within Finance, the last of which was from 2017 to 2021, as Vice President, where she led large global teams responsible for credit reserving, technical accounting, securitization, and overall financial integrity, and Chief Accounting Officer for an SEC filing subsidiary. Prior to American Express, Ms. Schweller worked in M&A Transaction Services from 2001 to 2006 and Audit from 1996 to 2001 at Deloitte & Touche LLP. Ms. Schweller received her Bachelor of Science in Business Administration – Accounting from The Ohio State University.

 

 
69

Table of Contents

 

Mark LaNeve has been our President since October 2021 and was the Chief Business Officer through June 2021. Mr. LaNeve served as Vice President, Marketing, Sales and Service U.S. & Canada of the Ford Motor Company from January 2015 until January 2021. From August 2012 through January 2014, Mr. LaNeve served as Chief Operating Officer of Global Team Ford, an agency that serves as the marketing and advertising agency for the Ford Motor Company and the Ford and Lincoln brands on a global basis. Global Team Ford is part of the WPP Group, a multinational advertising and public relations company. Mr. LaNeve was previously with Allstate Insurance Corporation where he served as Senior Executive Vice President (January 2011–February 2012) and Chief Marketing Officer (October 2009–February 2012). Prior to joining Allstate, Mr. LaNeve was Vice President of Sales, Service and Marketing at General Motors Corporation (September 2004–January 2009). Mr. LaNeve is involved with various organizations that assist people affected by autism and sits on the board of Eton Academy for different learners in Birmingham, Michigan. He also serves on the board of Angel’s Place, a non-profit organization that provides people-centered services, including homes and professional support for adults with developmental disabilities, as well as the Autism Alliance of Michigan, which provides various services and career placement for people on the autism spectrum. Mr. LaNeve is a director of Audacy, Inc. (NYSE: AUD), formerly Entercom Communications Corp., a multi-platform audio content and entertainment company, where he serves as a member of the compensation committee. Mr. LaNeve has a B.A. in Marketing from the University of Virginia.

 

Nicole Antakli has been our Chief Business Officer since October 2021 and was the Director of Administration at Charge Enterprises since August 2021. Ms. Antakli also serves as the General Manager of Charge Infrastructure where she manages the operations, development and business strategy for EV charging infrastructure under the leadership of Mark LaNeve. Since 2018, Ms. Antakli has also been the Managing Principal at NMA Holdings, LLC where she is an independent business consultant and project managed rehabilitations for residential real estate. From 2016 to 2017, Ms. Antakli worked as Vice President of Operations at EmaginePOS, Inc., a growth-positioned cloud-based, proprietary software Point of Sale company servicing the restaurant and hospitality industries. In 1999, Ms. Antakli started her career at Intraco Corporation, a global export management firm, progressing through the corporation to President and Chief Operating Officer until August 2012. Ms. Antakli has a BA in Political Science from Villanova University, and a MBA in International Business from Schiller International University.

 

Philip P. Scala has been a Director of Charge Enterprises since May 2020. He was our interim Chief Executive Officer from May 2020 until October 2020 and our Secretary and Director from May 2020 until December 2021. Since May 2008, Mr. Scala has also been the chief executive officer and founder of Pathfinder Consultants International, Inc., a private security firm. Prior to forming Pathfinder Consultants International, Mr. Scala served the United States both as a Commissioned Officer in the US Army for five years (from 1974 through 1979) followed by his 29 years of service with the Federal Bureau of Investigations. He graduated from the Airborne, Ranger, and Pathfinder Schools (Honor Graduate) at the Fort Benning Infantry School, and served with the First of the Sixth Infantry, First Armored Division, in the Federal Republic of Germany (1974-1977). Mr. Scala received his bachelor’s degree and Master of Business Administration in accounting from St. John’s University; he also earned a Master of Arts degree in Psychology from New York University.

 

Justin Deutsch has been a director of Charge Enterprises since May 2020. Mr. Deutsch joined Weybosset Research & Management, LLC in October 2014 as a portfolio manager and since 2020 has served as a partner. Prior to joining the firm, he was an equity analyst and trader at Bay Crest Partners for five years, specializing in large cap companies. Justin has been instrumental in helping build portfolios at Weybosset – think, trains, truck engines, beer, industrial gasses, and retailing. Before Bay Crest, Mr. Deutsch worked as head trader and portfolio manager for Horn Capital Management, a hedge fund based in New York City. Mr. Deutsch received his BA from New York University and most recently attended the Harvard Kennedy Schools program, Investment Decisions and Behavioral Finance. He currently splits his time between New York and Providence.

 

James Murphy has been a director of Charge Enterprises since June 2020. Mr. Murphy is the Founder and President of Sutton Associates and has served in such role since 1991. Prior to Sutton Associates, Mr. Murphy was President of Yale Associates from 1985 to 1990. From 1980 to 1984, Mr. Murphy was an Assistant Special Agent in Charge with the Federal Bureau of Investigation, responsible for a territory encompassing more than seven million people. His investigative specialties included organized crime, white-collar crime, labor racketeering and political corruption. From 1976 to 1980, Mr. Murphy was assigned to the Office of Planning and Evaluation at FBI headquarters, Washington, D.C. In this capacity, he evaluated and recommended changes in the FBI’s administrative and investigative programs. Since entering the private sector in 1984, Mr. Murphy has advanced the industry by developing systematic and professional protocols for performing due diligence, as well as other investigative services.

 

 
70

Table of Contents

 

Baron Davis has been a Director of Charge Enterprises since February 2021. Mr. Davis is an entrepreneur, investor, and two-time NBA All-Star and record-holder. From 1999 to 2016, Mr. Davis played for the Charlotte Hornets, the Golden State Warriors, the Los Angeles Clippers, the Cleveland Cavaliers, and the New York Knicks. Known for his electrifying style on the court, Mr. Davis was a powerful point guard, who won national acclaim for executing in crucial, high-pressure moments, when his team needed him the most. As a businessman, Mr. Davis was one of the original investors for Vitaminwater and helped launch Thrive Market. Mr. Davis is also the founder of several companies, including Sports and Lifestyle in Culture (SLIC), The Black Santa Company, BIG and No Label – each with the objective of combining creative talent with original publication and production to develop and provide educational and heartwarming stories that appeal to global audiences of all ages.

 

Benjamin Carson, Jr. has been a Director of Charge Enterprises since March 2021. Since 2013, Mr. Carson has been at the private equity firm Interprise Partners, where he is a Co-Founder and Partner responsible for the overall guidance of the firm and its portfolio. In this role, Mr. Carson focuses on the total financial health of Interprise Partners and its holdings with an emphasis on capital structures, deal origination, and strategic planning. Complementing his prior experiences in investments and operations, he supports portfolio executive teams with capital market insights and growth strategies. Mr. Carson becomes directly involved with portfolio companies to support strategic alliances, business development, and corporate development initiatives. Mr. Carson has a BA in Psychology from Tufts University.

 

Chantel E. Lenard has been a Director of Charge Enterprises since January 2022. Ms. Lenard was selected as one of the “100 Leading Women in North American Auto Industry” by Automotive News, received the Outstanding Industrial Engineering Alumni award from Purdue University and is also a recipient of an Effie Gold Award for marketing innovation and effectiveness. Having served as US Chief Marketing Officer of Ford Motor Company (NYSE: F) from 2013 to 2017, in a 25-year career where she created high performance results delivering $80 billion in annual revenue, Ms. Lenard transformed Ford’s marketing approach toward a digital focus and led integration of predictive analytics into the client centric experience. Since 2017, Ms. Lenard has taught marketing strategy in the MBA program at the University of Michigan Ross School of Business. Ms. Lenard has strong board of directors’ experience. She has served as a Director and member of the Compensation Committee of TTM Technologies, Inc. (Nasdaq: TTMI) since November 2018, as a Director and member of the HR and Compensation Committee of the Uni-Select Inc. (TSX: UNS) since May 2020, and as a Director and member of the Audit and Compensation Committees of LSI Industries (Nasdaq: LYTS) since June 2020. Ms. Lenard holds a bachelor’s degree in industrial engineering from Purdue University and a master’s degree in business administration from Harvard University.

 

Gary Jacobs has been a Director of Charge Enterprises since January 2022. In his capacity as corporate counsel for major business organizations, Mr. Jacobs has extensive experience in corporate strategy, domestic and international strategic ventures, M&A and other business and real estate transactions across many industries. From June 2000 to December 2009, Mr. Jacobs held senior executive positions at MGM Resorts International (NYSE: MGM) including as President - Corporate Strategy (2009), Executive Vice President (June 2000 - early 2009), and General Counsel (June 2000 - December 2009). Mr. Jacobs also served as a member of MGM’s Board of Directors and Executive Committee. While at MGM Resorts, he was heavily involved in corporate transactions such as the development of the City Center project as well as the purchase, sale and securitization of real estate. Mr. Jacobs has been Chairman of Second Wave Delivery Systems, LLC since December 2020 and until its sale in 2020, was also Chairman of Acuity Delivery Systems, LLC. Mr. Jacobs served as Secretary and as a Director of The Intergroup Corporation (Nasdaq: INTG) from 1998 to 2014. Mr. Jacobs is a graduate of Brandeis University (B.A., summa cum laude) and Yale Law School (LLB) and studied at the London School of Economics. 

 

Amy Hanson has been a Director of Charge Enterprises since January 2022. She has extensive experience as a C-level executive with a focus on finance, operations, strategic planning and M&A execution encompassing acquisition, consolidation and integration leadership. Ms. Hanson has been the CEO of Amy Hanson Advisory Services, a strategic management consulting service organization, since she founded it in April 2016. Ms. Hanson was previously Executive Vice President and Corporate Officer of Macy’s, Inc. where she spent 33 years in various executive positions. Ms. Hanson has strong board of directors’ experience. Ms. Hanson serves on the Boards of Directors of Credit First National Association, a wholly owned bank subsidiary of Bridgestone Americas, Strivve, Inc., a Seattle-based fintech start-up, and Messer, Inc., a leading construction and real estate development company in the Midwest and South. Since January 2019, Ms. Hanson has served as a Director and member of the Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees and chair of the Audit Committee of LSI Industries (Nasdaq: LYTS).

 

 
71

Table of Contents

 

Experience and Qualifications

 

The SEC’s rules require us to briefly discuss the particular experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that led our Board to conclude that each director or nominee for director should serve on our Board. We have provided this discussion in the following skills matrix for each director.

 

Attributes

Director

 

 

Andrew

Fox

Craig Denson

Philip

Scala

Justin Deutsch

James Murphy

Baron

Davis

Benjamin Carson, Jr.

Chantel E. Lenard

Gary

Jacobs

Amy

Hanson

Public Company Leadership

Held leadership positions with an understanding of the considerations unique to public companies.

x

 

x

 

x

 

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x

 

x

 

x

 

Strategic Planning

Experience setting long-term corporate vision and direction, and evaluating competitive positioning.

x

 

x

 

 

 

x

 

 

 

x

 

x

 

x

 

x

 

x

 

Finance and Accounting

Experience in evaluating financial statements, capital structure and financial strategy.

x

 

x

 

x

 

x

 

x

 

 

 

x

 

x

 

x

 

x

 

Industry Experience

Experience in the industry and markets served by our company and offer valuable perspective for operations.

x

 

x

 

x

 

x

 

 

 

x

 

x

 

x

 

 

 

x

 

Risk Management

Experience in overseeing the challenges and potential disruptors facing our company and industries.

x

 

x

 

 

 

x

 

x

 

x

 

x

 

 

 

x

 

x

 

Human Capital Management

Experience in succession planning, attracting, developing, motivating and retaining high-performing talent.

x

 

x

 

 

 

 

 

x

 

x

 

 

 

x

 

x

 

x

 

Regulatory

Experience with public policy, governmental affairs, and highly-regulated industries.

x

 

x

 

 

 

 

 

x

 

 

 

x

 

x

 

x

 

x

 

Corporate Governance

Experience in assuring transparency, accountability and board effectiveness.

x

 

 

 

x

 

x

 

x

 

 

 

x

 

x

 

x

 

x

 

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

Director Independence

 

Our Corporate Governance Guidelines define an “independent” director in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Exchange Act and the applicable rules (the “Nasdaq Listing Rules”) of The Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”). We believe it is not possible to anticipate or explicitly provide for all potential situations that may affect independence, our Board periodically reviews each director’s status as an independent director and whether any independent director has any other relationship with our company that, in the judgment of our Board, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out such director’s responsibilities as a director. The Board annually makes an affirmative determination as to whether each director is “independent” under the applicable provisions of the Exchange Act and the Nasdaq Listing Rules.

 

 
72

Table of Contents

 

The Board of directors has determined that Messrs. Murphy, Davis, Carson, Jr., and Jacobs, and Mses. Lenard and Hanson are each independent.

 

Board Leadership Structure

 

Neither our Bylaws nor our Corporate Governance Guidelines require that we separate the chairman of the board and Chief Executive Officer positions. Our Board believes that not separating these positions is the appropriate leadership structure for us at this time. Our Board recognizes that depending on the circumstances, other leadership models, such as separating the role of chairman of the board with the role of Chief Executive Officer, might be appropriate. Accordingly, our Board intends to periodically review its leadership structure. Our Board believes its administration of its risk oversight function has not affected its leadership structure.

 

Board Diversity Matrix: The following matrix discloses the gender and demographic backgrounds of our Board as self-identified by its members in accordance with the newly enacted Nasdaq Listing Rule 5606.

 

Total Number of Directors: 10

 

 

 

 

Female

 

 

Male

 

 

Non-Binary

 

Did Not Disclose

Gender

 

Part I: Gender Identity

 

 

 

Directors

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

Part II: Demographic Background

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

African American or Black

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asian

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hispanic

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

White

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Did Not Disclose Demographic Background

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholder Communications

 

Stockholders may send correspondence by mail to the full Board or to individual directors. Stockholders should address correspondence to the Board or individual directors in care of Charge Enterprises, Inc., Attention: Corporate Secretary, 125 Park Avenue, 25th Floor, New York, New York 10017.

 

All stockholder correspondence will be compiled by our Secretary and forwarded if and as appropriate. In general, correspondence relating to corporate governance issues, long-term corporate strategy, or similar substantive matters will be forwarded to our Board, the individual director, one of the committees of the Board, or a committee member for review. Correspondence relating to ordinary business affairs or those matters more appropriately addressed by our officers or their designees will be forwarded to such persons accordingly.

 

Board Committees

 

Our Board has three standing committees: an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, each of which has the composition and the responsibilities described below. In addition, from time to time, special committees may be established under the direction of our Board when necessary to address specific issues. Each of the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee operates under a written charter which are available on our website located at www.charge.enterprises.

 

 
73

Table of Contents

  

Director

 

Audit

Committee

 

Compensation

Committee

 

Nominating and Corporate

Governance Committee

Andrew Fox

 

Craig Denson

 

Justin Deutsch

 

James Murphy

 

x

x

Philip Scala

 

 

Baron Davis

 

x

Benjamin Carson, Jr.

 

x (chair)

Gary Jacobs

 

x

x (chair)

Amy Hanson

 

x (chair)

Chantel E. Lenard

 

x

x

 

Audit Committee

 

Our Audit Committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

 

·

our company’s financial statements and other financial information provided by us to our shareholders and others;

 

·

the independent auditors, including their qualifications and independence;

 

·

our systems of internal controls, including internal audit function;

 

·

treasury and finance matters;

 

·

enterprise risk management, privacy and data security; and

 

·

compliance with legal, regulatory and public disclosure requirements.

 

The current members of our Audit Committee are Gary Jacobs, Amy Hanson and Chantel E. Lenard, with Ms. Hanson serving as chair. All members of our Audit Committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable Nasdaq rules and regulations. Our Board has affirmatively determined that each member of our Audit Committee qualifies as “independent” under Nasdaq’s additional standards applicable to Audit Committee members and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act applicable to Audit Committee members. In addition, our Board has determined that Ms. Hanson qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K.

 

Compensation Committee

 

Our Compensation Committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

 

·

review and approve the compensation arrangements for executive officers; and

 

·

administer our stock incentive plans.

 

The current members of our Compensation Committee are James Murphy, Baron Davis and Benjamin Carson, Jr., with Mr. Carson, Jr. serving as chair. Our Board has determined that each member of our Compensation Committee qualifies as “independent” under Nasdaq’s additional standards applicable to compensation committee members and is a “non-employee director” as defined in Section 16b-3 of the Exchange Act.

 

The Compensation Committee generally considers the Chief Executive Officer’s recommendations when making decisions regarding the compensation of non-employee directors and executive officers (other than the Chief Executive Officer). Pursuant to the Compensation Committee’s charter, the Compensation Committee has the authority to retain or obtain the advice of compensation consultants, legal counsel and other advisors to assist in carrying out its responsibilities. Before selecting any such consultant, counsel or advisor, the Compensation Committee reviews and considers the independence of such consultant, counsel or advisor in accordance with applicable Nasdaq rules. We must provide appropriate funding for payment of reasonable compensation to any advisor retained by the Compensation Committee.

 

 
74

Table of Contents

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

 

·

identifying individuals qualified to become members of the Board of Directors;

 

·

recommending to the Board of Directors nominees to stand for election as Directors or fill vacancies on the Board; and

 

·

developing and recommending to the Board a set of corporate governance principles applicable to our company.

 

The current members of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are Gary Jacobs, James Murphy and Chantel E. Lenard, with Mr. Jacobs serving as chair. Our Board has determined that each of Mr. Jacobs, Mr. Murphy and Ms. Lenard qualifies as “independent” under applicable Nasdaq rules applicable to Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee members.

 

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

 

We face a number of risks and our Board believes that risk management is an important part of establishing, updating and executing on our business strategy. Our Board, as a whole and at the committee level, has oversight responsibility relating to risks that could affect our corporate strategy, business objectives, compliance, operations, and financial condition and performance. Our Board focuses its oversight on the most significant risks facing our company to identify, prioritize, assess, manage and mitigate those risks. Our Board and its committees receive regular reports from members of our senior management on areas of material risk to our company, including strategic, operational, financial, legal and regulatory risks. While our Board has an oversight role, management is principally tasked with direct responsibility for management and assessment of risks and the implementation of processes and controls to mitigate their effects on our company.

 

The Audit Committee, as part of its responsibilities, oversees and discusses with management, at least annually, our policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management. Such risks may include, but are not limited to accounting matters, liquidity and credit risks, corporate tax positions, insurance coverage, cash investment strategy and results, and risks related to information technology and data security, and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures.

 

The Compensation Committee is responsible for overseeing and reviewing with management our major compensation-related risk exposures, reviewing and discussing, at least annually, the relationship between risk management policies and practices and compensation, and evaluating the steps management has taken to monitor or mitigate such exposures, including risks related to executive compensation and overall compensation and benefit strategies, plans, arrangements, practices and policies.

 

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee assesses legal compliance risk exposures in connection with our corporate governance policies.

 

These committees will provide regular reports to the full Board.

 

Our Board has recently established an Ad Hoc Risk Management Committee to review with management the assessment of management of our company’s material risks, our company’s exposure to such risks and the steps management has taken to monitor or mitigate such exposures. The current members of our Ad Hoc Risk Management Committee are Gary Jacobs, Amy Hanson, Chantel E. Lenard and Benjamin Carson, Jr.

 

Board and Board Committee Meetings and Attendance

 

During 2021, our Board met two times. No committee meetings took place in 2021. The Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee were each officially formed in January 2022. In 2021, each of our directors attended at least 50% of the meetings of the Board.

 

 
75

Table of Contents

 

Executive Sessions

 

Executive sessions, which are private meetings of the independent non-management members of the Board, were not held in 2021; however, we anticipate to be scheduled at least twice per year commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2023.

 

Director Attendance at Annual Meeting of Stockholders

 

We do not have a formal policy regarding the attendance of our Board members at our annual meetings of stockholders, but we expect all directors to make every effort to attend any meeting of stockholders. We anticipate all of our directors will attend the Annual Meeting.

 

Committee Charters and Corporate Governance Guidelines

 

Our charters of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and other corporate governance information are available under the Investors page of our website located at www.charge.enterprises, or by writing to our Corporate Secretary at our offices at 125 Park Avenue, 25th  Floor, New York, NY 10017.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

During 2021, none of our executive officers served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that had one or more executive officers serving on our Board or Compensation Committee. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, no other relationships required to be disclosed by the rules of the SEC existed aside from those identified herein.

 

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

 

We adopted a written Code of Ethics and Business Conduct that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. We also disclose amendments to or waivers from its Code of Ethics and Business Conduct affecting directors or executive officers. A copy of the code is posted on our website at www.charge.enterprises/corporate-governance#docs.

 

Employee, Officer, and Director Hedging, Pledging, and Other Transactions

 

Our Policy on Insider Trading and Communications with the Public restricts our employees, officers, and directors from engaging in any hedging, pledging, or other monetization transactions involving our securities.

 

 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

As a smaller reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and an emerging growth company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, we are providing the following executive compensation information in accordance with the scaled disclosure requirements pursuant to Item 402(m)-(q) of Regulation S-K.

 

The following is a discussion of the compensation arrangements of our named executive officers (“NEOs”). As an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we are not required to include a Compensation Discussion and Analysis section and have elected to comply with the scaled disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies.

 

 
76

Table of Contents

 

Our NEOs include our principal executive officer and our two most highly compensated executive officers, other than our principal executive officer, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. These NEOs and their positions are:

 

 

·

Isaac H. Sutton, our former Chief Executive Officer resigned from our company on April 30, 2020

 

·

Philip P. Scala, our former Interim Chief Executive Officer who was appointed on May 8, 2020 and resigned on October 12, 2020

 

·

Andrew Fox, our Chief Executive Officer who was appointed on October 12, 2020. Mr. Fox was appointed Chairman on September 14, 2021

 

·

Mark LaNeve, our President who was appointed on October 28, 2021

 

·

Leah Schweller, our Chief Financial Officer who was appointed on September 13, 2021

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table shows information regarding the compensation of our NEOs for the years presented.

 

 

 

All Other

 

Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary

($)

 

Bonus

($)

 

Option Awards

($) (6)

 

Compensation

($)

 

Total

($)

 

Isaac Sutton (1)

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former Chief Executive Officer

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip P. Scala (2)

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former Chief Executive Officer

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Andrew Fox (3)

 

2021

 

 

94,867

 

 

650,000

 

 

 

 

15,000

 

 

759,867

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,728,751

 

 

 

 

4,728,751

 

Mark LaNeve (4)

 

2021

 

 

70,000

 

 

 

 

5,111,243

 

 

 

 

5,181,243

 

President

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leah Schweller (5)

 

2021

 

 

75,801

 

 

100,000

 

 

4,931,700

 

 

666,466

 

 

5,773,967

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Mr. Sutton resigned as Chief Executive Officer on April 30, 2020.

(2)

Mr. Scala was appointed as Chief Executive Officer on May 8, 2020 and resigned on October 12, 2020.

(3)

Mr. Fox was appointed as Chief Executive Officer on October 12, 2020. Amounts included in All Other Compensation represent incremental medical benefits. In addition, our company paid for various memberships for Mr. Fox for business related activities aggregating to approximately $155,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021.

(4)

Mr. LaNeve was appointed as President on October 28, 2021.

(5)

Ms. Schweller was appointed as Chief Financial Officer on September 13, 2021. Amounts included in All Other Compensation represent Restricted Share Units granted upon hire.

(6)

These amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value for option awards for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or ASC 718.

 

 
77

Table of Contents

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Year End

 

The following table sets forth all outstanding equity awards held by each of the NEOs as of December 31, 2021.

 

Name and Principal Position

 

Vesting

Commencement

Date

 

 

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Options

Exercisable (#)

 

 

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Options

Unexercisable (#)

 

 

Option

Exercise

Price ($)

 

 

Option

Expiration

Date

 

Isaac Sutton (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip P. Scala (2)

 

1/11/2021

 

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

200,000

 

 

$

2.00

 

 

1/15/2026

 

Former Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Andrew Fox (3)

 

10/12/2020

 

 

 

4,875,000

 

 

 

4,875,000

 

 

$

0.49

 

 

10/15/2025

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mark LaNeve (4)

 

10/28/2021

 

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

750,000

 

 

$

3.00

 

 

10/27/2026

 

President

 

6/1/2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

750,000

 

 

$

2.80

 

 

6/1/2027

 

Leah Schweller (5)

 

9/13/2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,500,000

 

 

$

3.38

 

 

9/12/2026

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Offer Letter Agreements

 

Andrew Fox Employment Agreement

 

We entered into an offer letter agreement with Andrew Fox, our Chief Executive Officer, effective on October 25, 2021. The offer letter has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Mr. Fox’s annual base salary was $400,000 beginning on November 1, 2021. Mr. Fox was also entitled to a spot bonus of $300,000 payable on November 15, 2021 or such other date as agreed upon by the Board and he is entitled to a discretionary annual bonus targeted at $300,000, which will be considered by the Compensation Committee of the Board in March following the performance year. Mr. Fox is also entitled to participate in the benefit plans and programs of our company at a level commensurate with his position. In recognition of Mr. Fox’s personal contributions, business performance and milestones achieved by Mr. Fox, on December 23, 2021, the Board approved a cash spot bonus in the aggregate amount of $580,000 which was paid in installments of $330,000 and $250,000 on December 31, 2021 and January 31, 2022, respectively.

 

Mark LaNeve Employment Agreement

 

We entered into an offer letter agreement with Mark LaNeve, our President, effective on May 1, 2021, as amended on November 9, 2021. The offer letter has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Mr. LaNeve’s annual base salary is $120,000. Mr. LaNeve is entitled to a discretionary annual bonus and/or share issuances, which will be considered by the Compensation Committee of the Board in March following the performance year. 

 

Mr. LaNeve is also entitled to participate in the benefit plans and programs of our company at a level commensurate with his position. In connection with the commencement of Mr. LaNeve’s employment, he received 750,000 incentive stock options, which vest as follows: 187,500 on each first, second, third, and fourth-year anniversary of the date of grant.

 

 
78

Table of Contents

 

Leah Schweller Employment Agreement

 

We entered into an offer letter agreement with Leah Schweller, our Chief Financial Officer, effective on September 13, 2021. The offer letter has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Ms. Schweller’s annual base salary is $250,000. In addition to a $100,000 one-time signing bonus, Ms. Schweller is also entitled to a discretionary annual bonus of up to 125% of her base salary, which will be considered by the Compensation Committee of the Board in March following the performance year. Ms. Schweller is also entitled to participate in the benefit plans and programs of our company at a level commensurate with her position. In connection with Ms. Schweller’s commencement of employment, she was initially granted 1,500,000 options to purchase shares of Common Stock, which vest in three equal installments on each of the first, second and third anniversary of the date of grant as well as 197,179 restricted stock units. The restricted stock units vested and were settled in May 2022 for 111,810 shares of Common Stock and $346,598 cash. The offer letter provides that, in the event Ms. Schweller is terminated for reasons other than voluntary resignation, death, disability, or for Good Cause (as defined in the offer letter), we will agree to: (i) pay all previously earned but unpaid base salary up to the date of termination, and (ii) pay separation pay equal to twelve (12) months of her then-current base salary and reimburse her for the monthly premiums for elected COBRA coverage for a period of up to six (6) months.

 

Long-Term Incentive Plans, Retirement or Similar Benefit Plans

 

As of December 31, 2021, there were no arrangements or plans in which we provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for directors or executive officers.

 

Resignation, Retirement, Other Termination, or Change in Control Arrangements

 

We do not have arrangements in respect of remuneration received or that may be received by our NEOs set forth above to compensate such officers in the event of termination of employment (as a result of resignation, retirement, change of control) or a change of responsibilities following a change of control except as those described under “Offer Letter Agreements” described above.

 

2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

 

On January 11, 2021, our Board and a majority of our stockholders adopted the 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”), as amended and restated as of May 7, 2021 and on December 23, 2021, with 75,000,000 shares available for issuance. As of August 1, 2022, we have issued options to purchase 49,590,000 shares of Common Stock with a weighted average exercise price of $1.69.

 

Class and Basis of Participation

 

Approximate

Number of Class

 

Employees

 

 

234

 

Directors (1)

 

 

10

 

Independent Contractors

 

 

45

 

 

(1)

Two of the ten directors are employees of our company.

 

Description of 2020 Plan

 

Types of Awards

 

The 2020 Plan provides for the issuance of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and other stock-based awards. Items described above in the Section called “Shares Available; Certain Limitations” are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Administration

 

The 2020 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee (such committee sometimes referred to as the “plan administrator”). The plan administrator may interpret the 2020 Plan and may prescribe, amend and rescind rules and make all other determinations necessary or desirable for the administration of the 2020 Plan, provided that, subject to the equitable adjustment provisions described below, the plan administrator will not have the authority to reprice or cancel and re-grant any award at a lower exercise, base or purchase price or cancel any award with an exercise, base or purchase price in exchange for cash, property or other awards without first obtaining the approval of our stockholders.

 

 
79

Table of Contents

 

The 2020 Plan permits the plan administrator to select the eligible recipients who will receive awards, to determine the terms and conditions of those awards, including, but not limited to, the exercise price or other purchase price of an award, the number of shares of Common Stock or cash or other property subject to an award, the term of an award and the vesting schedule applicable to an award, and to amend the terms and conditions of outstanding awards.

 

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

 

Restricted stock and RSUs may be granted under the 2020 Plan. The plan administrator will determine the purchase price, vesting schedule and performance goals, if any, and any other conditions that apply to a grant of restricted stock and RSUs. If the restrictions, performance goals or other conditions determined by the plan administrator are not satisfied, the restricted stock and RSUs will be forfeited. Subject to the provisions of the 2020 Plan and the applicable award agreement, the plan administrator has the sole discretion to provide for the lapse of restrictions in installments.

 

Unless the applicable award agreement provides otherwise, participants with restricted stock will generally have all of the rights of a stockholder; provided that dividends will only be paid if and when the underlying restricted stock vests. RSUs will not be entitled to dividends prior to vesting, but may be entitled to receive dividend equivalents if the award agreement provides for them. The rights of participants granted restricted stock or RSUs upon the termination of employment or service to us will be set forth in the award agreement.

 

Options

 

Incentive stock options and non-statutory stock options may be granted under the 2020 Plan. An “incentive stock option” means an option intended to qualify for tax treatment applicable to incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code. A “non-statutory stock option” is an option that is not subject to statutory requirements and limitations required for certain tax advantages that are allowed under specific provisions of the Code. A non-statutory stock option under the 2020 Plan is referred to for federal income tax purposes as a “non-qualified” stock option. Each option granted under the 2020 Plan will be designated as a non-qualified stock option or an incentive stock option. At the discretion of the administrator, incentive stock options may be granted only to our employees, employees of our “parent corporation” (as such term is defined in Section 424(e) of the Code) or employees of our subsidiaries.

 

The exercise period of an option may not exceed ten years from the date of grant and the exercise price may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date the option is granted (110% of fair market value in the case of incentive stock options granted to ten percent stockholders). The exercise price for shares of Common Stock subject to an option may be paid in cash, or as determined by the plan administrator in its sole discretion, (i) through any cashless exercise procedure approved by the plan administrator (including the withholding of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon exercise), (ii) by tendering unrestricted shares of Common Stock owned by the participant, (iii) with any other form of consideration approved by the plan administrator and permitted by applicable law or (iv) by any combination of these methods. The option holder will have no rights to dividends or distributions or other rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to an option until the option holder has given written notice of exercise and paid the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes.

 

In the event of a participant’s termination of employment or service, the participant may exercise his or her option (to the extent vested as of such date of termination) for such period of time as specified in his or her option agreement.

 

 
80

Table of Contents

 

 

Stock Appreciation Rights

 

SARs may be granted either alone (a “free-standing SAR”) or in conjunction with all or part of any option granted under the 2020 Plan (a “tandem SAR”). A free-standing SAR will entitle its holder to receive, at the time of exercise, an amount per share up to the excess of the fair market value (at the date of exercise) of a share of Common Stock over the base price of the free-standing SAR (which shall be no less than 100% of the fair market value of the related shares of Common Stock on the date of grant) multiplied by the number of shares in respect of which the SAR is being exercised. A tandem SAR will entitle its holder to receive, at the time of exercise of the SAR and surrender of the applicable portion of the related option, an amount per share up to the excess of the fair market value (at the date of exercise) of a share of Common Stock over the exercise price of the related option multiplied by the number of shares in respect of which the SAR is being exercised. The exercise period of a free-standing SAR may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. The exercise period of a tandem SAR will also expire upon the expiration of its related option.

 

The holder of a SAR will have no rights to dividends or any other rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to the SAR until the holder has given written notice of exercise and paid the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes.

 

In the event of a participant’s termination of employment or service, the holder of a SAR may exercise his or her SAR (to the extent vested as of such date of termination) for such period of time as specified in his or her SAR agreement.

 

Other Stock-Based Awards

 

The plan administrator may grant other stock-based awards under the 2020 Plan, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, shares of Common Stock. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of these awards, including the number of shares of Common Stock to be granted pursuant to each award, the manner in which the award will be settled, and the conditions to the vesting and payment of the award (including the achievement of performance goals). The rights of participants granted other stock-based awards upon the termination of employment or service to us will be set forth in the applicable award agreement. In the event that a bonus is granted in the form of shares of Common Stock, the shares of Common Stock constituting such bonus shall, as determined by the administrator, be evidenced in uncertificated form or by a book entry record or a certificate issued in the name of the participant to whom such grant was made and delivered to such participant as soon as practicable after the date on which such bonus is payable. Any dividend or dividend equivalent award issued hereunder shall be subject to the same restrictions, conditions and risks of forfeiture as apply to the underlying award.

 

Equitable Adjustment and Treatment of Outstanding Awards Upon a Change in Control

 

In the event of a merger, consolidation, reclassification, recapitalization, spin-off, spin-out, repurchase, reorganization, special or extraordinary dividend or other extraordinary distribution (whether in the form of Common Stock, cash or other property), combination, exchange of shares, or other change in corporate structure affecting our Common Stock, an equitable substitution or proportionate adjustment shall be made in (i) the aggregate number and kind of securities reserved for issuance under the 2020 Plan, (ii) the kind and number of securities subject to, and the exercise price of, any outstanding options and SARs granted under the 2020 Plan, (iii) the kind, number and purchase price of shares of Common Stock, or the amount of cash or amount or type of property, subject to outstanding restricted stock, RSUs and other stock-based awards granted under the 2020 Plan and (iv) the terms and conditions of any outstanding awards (including any applicable performance targets). Equitable substitutions or adjustments other than those listed above may also be made as determined by the plan administrator. In addition, the plan administrator may terminate all outstanding awards for the payment of cash or in-kind consideration having an aggregate fair market value equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares of Common Stock, cash or other property covered by such awards over the aggregate exercise price, if any, of such awards, but if the exercise price of any outstanding award is equal to or greater than the fair market value of the shares of Common Stock, cash or other property covered by such award, the plan administrator may cancel the award without the payment of any consideration to the participant. With respect to awards subject to foreign laws, adjustments will be made in compliance with applicable requirements. Except to the extent determined by the plan administrator, adjustments to incentive stock options will be made only to the extent not constituting a “modification” within the meaning of Section 424(h)(3) of the Code.

 

 
81

Table of Contents

 

 

The 2020 Plan provides that, unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator and evidenced in an award agreement, if a “change in control” (as defined below) occurs and a participant is employed by us or any of our affiliates immediately prior to the consummation of the change in control, then the plan administrator, in its sole and absolute discretion, may (i) provide that any unvested or unexercisable portion of an award carrying a right to exercise will become fully vested and exercisable; and (ii) cause the restrictions, deferral limitations, payment conditions and forfeiture conditions applicable to any award granted under the 2020 Plan to lapse, and the awards will be deemed fully vested and any performance conditions imposed with respect to such awards will be deemed to be fully achieved at target performance levels. The plan administrator shall have discretion in connection with such change in control to provide that all outstanding and unexercised options and SARs shall expire upon the consummation of such change in control.

 

For purposes of the 2020 Plan, a “change in control” means, in summary, the first to occur of the following events: (i) a person or entity becomes the beneficial owner of more than 50% of our voting power; (ii) an unapproved change in the majority membership of our Board; (iii) a merger or consolidation of us or any of our subsidiaries, other than (A) a merger or consolidation that results in our voting securities continuing to represent 50% or more of the combined voting power of the surviving entity or its parent and our Board immediately prior to the merger or consolidation continuing to represent at least a majority of the board of directors of the surviving entity or its parent or (B) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization in which no person is or becomes the beneficial owner of our voting securities representing more than 50% of our combined voting power; or (iv) stockholder approval of a plan of our complete liquidation or dissolution or the consummation of an agreement for the sale or disposition of substantially all of our assets, other than (A) a sale or disposition to an entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of which is owned by our stockholders in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of us immediately prior to such sale or (B) a sale or disposition to an entity controlled by our Board. However, a change in control will not be deemed to have occurred as a result of any transaction or series of integrated transactions following which our stockholders, immediately prior thereto, hold immediately afterward the same proportionate equity interests in the entity that owns all or substantially all of our assets.

 

Tax Withholding

 

Each participant will be required to make arrangements satisfactory to the plan administrator regarding payment of up to the maximum statutory tax rates in the participant’s applicable jurisdiction with respect to any award granted under the 2020 Plan, as determined by us. We have the right, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the participant. With the approval of the plan administrator, the participant may satisfy the foregoing requirement by either electing to have us withhold from delivery of shares of Common Stock, cash or other property, as applicable, or by delivering already owned unrestricted shares of Common Stock, in each case, having a value not exceeding the applicable taxes to be withheld and applied to the tax obligations. We may also use any other method of obtaining the necessary payment or proceeds, as permitted by applicable law, to satisfy our withholding obligation with respect to any award.

 

Amendment and Termination of the 2020 Plan

 

The 2020 Plan provides our Board with authority to amend, alter or terminate the 2020 Plan, but no such action impair the rights of any participant with respect to outstanding awards without the participant’s consent. The plan administrator may amend an award, prospectively or retroactively, but no such amendment may materially impair the rights of any participant without the participant’s consent. Stockholder approval of any such action will be obtained if required to comply with applicable law. The 2020 Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date (although awards granted before that time will remain outstanding in accordance with their terms).

 

Clawback

 

If we are required to prepare a financial restatement due to the material non-compliance with any financial reporting requirement, then the plan administrator may require any Section 16 officer to repay or forfeit to us that part of the cash or equity incentive compensation received by that Section 16 officer during the preceding three years that the plan administrator determines was in excess of the amount that such Section 16 officer would have received had such cash or equity incentive compensation been calculated based on the financial results reported in the restated financial statement. The plan administrator may take into account any factors it deems reasonable in determining whether to seek recoupment of previously paid cash or equity incentive compensation and how much of such compensation to recoup from each Section 16 officer (which need not be the same amount or proportion for each Section 16 officer). The amount and form of the incentive compensation to be recouped shall be determined by the administrator in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

 
82

Table of Contents

 

New Plan Benefits

 

Future grants under the 2020 Plan will be made at the discretion of the plan administrator and, accordingly, are not yet determinable. In addition, benefits under the 2020 Plan will depend on a number of factors, including the fair market value of our Common Stock on future dates and the exercise decisions made by participants. Consequently, at this time, it is not possible to determine the future benefits that might be received by participants receiving discretionary grants under the 2020 Plan.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

The following table provides certain information with respect to our company’s equity compensation plans in effect as of December 31, 2021:

 

Plan Category

 

Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights

(a)

 

 

Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights

(b)

 

 

Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)

(c)

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1)

 

 

34,420,000

 

 

$ 2.16

 

 

 

40,580,000

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders (2)

 

 

10,500,000

 

 

$ 0.55

 

 

 

0

 

Total

 

 

44,920,000

 

 

$ 1.78

 

 

 

40,580,000

 

 

 

(1)

The securities referenced in this row are solely with respect to our 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan.

 

(2)

The securities referenced in this row are reserved for future issuance pursuant to a Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement granted on November 1, 2020 to Peggy Schuurman Hess, the wife of our Chief Operating Officer and a member of the Board, Craig Denson.

 

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

 

The following table presents the total compensation for each person who served as a non-employee member of our Board and received compensation for such service during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. Other than as set forth in the table and described more fully below, we did not pay any compensation, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to any of the non-employee members of our Board in 2021.

 

NAME (1)

 

Fees Earned or

Paid in Cash ($)

 

 

Option

Awards ($)

 

 

Total ($)

 

Baron Davis

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,844,567

 

 

 

2,844,567

 

Benjamin Carson, Jr.

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,196,000

 

 

 

1,196,000

 

Justin Deutsch (2)

 

 

-

 

 

 

413,274

 

 

 

413,274

 

James Murphy

 

 

-

 

 

 

413,274

 

 

 

413,274

 

Philip Scala

 

 

-

 

 

 

413,274

 

 

 

413,274

 

 

(1)

Note that three additional directors were added in January 2022.

(2)

Excludes options to acquire 1,500,000 shares, with an exercise price of $2.00, on January 11, 2021 for services to be rendered to our company.

 

 
83

Table of Contents

  

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth information as of August 1, 2022, as to each person or group who is known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding voting securities and as to the security and percentage ownership of each of our executive officers and directors and of all of our officers and directors as a group. Beneficial ownership is determined under the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power over securities. Except in cases where community property laws apply or as indicated in the footnotes to this table, we believe that each stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all shares of Common Stock shown as beneficially owned by the stockholder. Shares of Common Stock that are currently exercisable or convertible within 60 days of August 1, 2022 are deemed to be beneficially owned by the person holding such securities for the purpose of computing the percentage beneficial ownership of that person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as otherwise indicated, the address of each stockholder is c/o Charge Enterprises, Inc. at 125 Park Avenue, 25th Floor, New York, NY 10017.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

 

Shares of

Common Stock

Beneficially Owned

 

 

Percentage of

Class Outstanding (1)

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kenneth Orr (2)

 

 

18,395,848

 

 

 

8.92

%

Gabriel 613 Trust (3)

 

 

31,093,906

 

 

 

15.08

%

Arena Investors, LP (4)

 

 

24,954,415

 

 

 

9.99

%

Andrew Fox (5)

 

 

36,475,443

 

 

 

17.28

%

Dan Waldman (6)

 

 

14,150,576

 

 

 

6.86

%

Security Ownership of Management and Directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Andrew Fox (5)

 

 

36,475,443

 

 

 

17.28

%

Craig Denson (7)

 

 

4,487,500

 

 

 

2.13

%

Mark LaNeve (8)

 

 

667,500

 

 

*

 

Leah Schweller (9)

 

 

611,810

 

 

*

 

Philip Scala (10)

 

 

1,161,887

 

 

*

 

Justin Deutsch (11)

 

 

1,624,768

 

 

*

 

James Murphy (12)

 

 

100,000

 

 

*

 

Baron Davis (13)

 

 

678,637

 

 

*

 

Benjamin Carson, Jr.(14)

 

 

201,720

 

 

*

 

Amy Hanson (15)

 

 

125,000

 

 

*

 

Chantel Lenard (16)

 

 

100,000

 

 

*

 

Gary Jacobs (17)

 

 

102,000

 

 

*

 

Executive officers and directors as a group — 13 persons

 

 

46,048,765

 

 

 

22.11

%

 

*

less than 1%

 

 

(1)

The number and percentage of shares beneficially owned are determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rule, beneficial ownership includes any shares over which the individual or entity has voting power or investment power and any shares of Common Stock that the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days of August 1, 2022, through the exercise of any stock option or other right.

(2)

Based on information set forth in a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on June 22, 2022 by KORR Value, L.P., KORR Acquisition Group, Inc. and Kenneth Orr (“Mr. Orr”), each with an address of 1400 Old Country Road, Suite 305 Westbury, New York 11590.

(3) 

Greg Goldberg, as trustee of the trust, has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Gabriel 613 Trust. The address of Gabriel 613 Trust is P.O. Box 627, Rincon, Puerto Rico 00677. This amount excludes 4,500,000 shares of Common Stock that were sold but have not been transferred out of the name of Gabriel 613 Trust. The beneficiaries of Gabriel 613 Trust are Mr. Orr’s children and Greg Goldberg, as trustee of Gabriel 613 Trust, has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Gabriel 613 Trust. Based on information set forth in a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on June 22, 2022 by Mr. Orr, Mr. Orr disclaims beneficial ownership of our securities owned directly by Gabriel 613 Trust.

 

 
84

Table of Contents

 

 

 (4)

Arena Investors, LP (the “Arena Investment Advisor”) is the investment adviser of, and may be deemed to beneficially own securities owned by the following entities (the “Arena Entities”): (a) Mt. Whitney Securities, LLC which directly owns (i) 7,032,284 shares of Common Stock, (ii) warrants to purchase 5,291,408 shares of Common Stock, (iii) 7,231,495 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock, and (iv) 711,465 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series C Preferred Stock; (b) Arena Origination Co., LLC which directly owns 126,000 shares of Common Stock; (c) Arena Finance Markets LP which directly owns (i) 529,324 shares of Common Stock, (ii) warrants to purchase 487,137 shares of Common Stock, (iii) 664,375 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock, and (iv) 66,371 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series C Preferred Stock; (d) Arena Special Opportunities Fund, LP which directly owns (i) 2,923,988 shares of Common Stock, (ii) warrants to purchase 2,201,227 shares of Common Stock, (iii) 2,765,973 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock, and (iv) 367,965 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series C Preferred Stock; (e) Arena Special Opportunities Partners I, LP which directly owns (i) 5,590,632 shares of Common Stock, (ii) warrants to purchase 3,860,598 shares of Common Stock, (iii) 3,208,173 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock, and (iv) 1,224,569 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series C Preferred Stock; and (f) Arena Structured Private Investments LLC which directly owns 15,555,540 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock. Arena Investors GP, LLC (the “Arena General Partner”) is the general partner of and may be deemed to beneficially own securities owned by the Arena Investment Advisor. By virtue of his position as the chief executive officer of the Arena General Partner and the Arena Investment Manager, Daniel Zwirn may be deemed to beneficially own securities owned by each of the Arena Entities. It is our understanding that each of Mr. Zwirn, the Arena Investment Advisor and the Arena General Partner share voting and disposal power over the shares held by the Arena Entities described above. Each of the warrants, Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock described above provide for limitations on exercise and conversion, respectively, such that the holder along with its affiliates may not beneficially own more than 9.99% of our Common Stock, except upon not less than 61 days’ prior written notice to us. The address for the entities set forth above is 405 Lexington Avenue, 59th Floor, New York, New York 10174.

(5)

Mr. Fox’s beneficial ownership includes (i) 31,600,443 shares of Common Stock held by Mr. Fox, including 500,000 shares held by Jordan Fox, Mr. Fox’s son and 500,000 shares held by Julia Fox, Mr. Fox’s daughter, and (ii) 4,875,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under our 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Equity Plan that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable, subject to vesting, within 60 days after August 1, 2022; but excludes 4,875,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under our 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan that are exercisable, subject to vesting, more than 60 days of August 1, 2022.

(6)

Mr. Waldman’s beneficial ownership includes (i) 11,699,307 shares of Common Stock held by Mr. Waldman and (ii) 2,451,269 shares of Common Stock held by P&G Gerson, of which Dan Waldman has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by this entity. The address for Mr. Waldman and P&G Gerson is 100 Riverside Drive, New York, NY 10024.

(7)

Mr. Denson’s beneficial ownership includes (i) 4,487,500 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted to Mr. Denson’s wife that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable, subject to vesting, within 60 days after August 1, 2022; but excludes 5,250,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted to Mr. Denson’s wife that are exercisable, subject to vesting, more than 60 days of August 1, 2022.

 

 
85

Table of Contents

 

(8)

Mr. LaNeve’s beneficial ownership includes (i) 225,000 shares of Common Stock held by Mr. LaNeve, including 5,000 shares held by his spouse, and (ii) 437,500 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under our 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Equity Plan that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable, subject to vesting, within 60 days after August 1, 2022; but excludes 1,312,500 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under our 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan that are exercisable, subject to vesting, more than 60 days of August 1, 2022.

(9)

Ms. Schweller’s beneficial ownership includes (i) 111,810 shares of Common Stock, and (ii) 500,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under our 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Equity Plan that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable, subject to vesting, within 60 days after August 1, 2022; but excludes 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under our 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan that are exercisable, subject to vesting, more than 60 days of August 1, 2022.

(10)

Mr. Scala’s beneficial ownership includes (i) 1,061,887 shares of Common Stock held by Mr. Scala, and (ii) 100,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under our 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Equity Plan that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable, subject to vesting, within 60 days after August 1, 2022; but excludes 150,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under our 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan that are exercisable, subject to vesting, more than 60 days of August 1, 2022.

 (11)

Mr. Deutsch’s beneficial ownership includes (i) 924,768 shares of Common Stock held of record by Mr. Deutsch, and (ii) 700,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under our 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Equity Plan that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable, subject to vesting, within 60 days after August 1, 2022; but excludes 1,050,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under our 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan that are exercisable, subject to vesting, more than 60 days of August 1, 2022.

(12)

Mr. Murphy’s beneficial ownership includes 100,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under our 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Equity Plan that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable, subject to vesting, within 60 days after August 1, 2022; but excludes 150,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under our 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan that are exercisable, subject to vesting, more than 60 days of August 1, 2022.

(13) 

Mr. Davis’ beneficial ownership includes (i) 178,637 shares of Common Stock held by Mr. Davis, and (ii) 500,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under our 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Equity Plan that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable, subject to vesting, within 60 days after August 1, 2022; but excludes 500,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under our 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan that are exercisable, subject to vesting, more than 60 days of August 1, 2022.

(14) 

Mr. Carson’s beneficial ownership includes (i) 101,720 shares of Common Stock held indirectly through Phoenix Family Holdings, LLC (Mr. Carson is the President of Phoenix Family Holdings, LLC and has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by this entity; the address for Phoenix Family Holdings LLC is 3804 Elmwood Towne Way, Alexandria, VA 22303), and (ii) 100,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under our 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Equity Plan that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable, subject to vesting, within 60 days after August 1, 2022; but excludes 300,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under our 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan that are exercisable, subject to vesting, more than 60 days of August 1, 2022

(15)

Ms. Hanson’s beneficial ownership includes 125,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under our 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Equity Plan that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable, subject to vesting, within 60 days after August 1, 2022; but excludes 375,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under our 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan that are exercisable, subject to vesting, more than 60 days of August 1, 2022

(16)

Ms. Lenard’s beneficial ownership includes 100,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under our 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Equity Plan that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable, subject to vesting, within 60 days after August 1, 2022; but excludes 300,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under our 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan that are exercisable, subject to vesting, more than 60 days of August 1, 2022.

(17)

Mr. Jacobs’ beneficial ownership includes (i) 2,000 shares of Common Stock held by the Gary and Robin Jacobs Family Trust, and (ii) 100,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under our 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Equity Plan that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable, subject to vesting, within 60 days after August 1, 2022; but excludes 300,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under our 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan that are exercisable, subject to vesting, more than 60 days of August 1, 2022.

 

 
86

Table of Contents

 

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 

The shares of Common Stock being offered by the Selling Stockholders are those previously issued to the Selling Stockholders, and those issuable to the Selling Stockholders, upon exercise of the Warrants, and/or conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock.

 

We are registering the shares of Common Stock in order to permit the Selling Stockholders to offer the shares for resale from time to time. Except for the ownership of the securities by the Selling Stockholders that were issued in the May 2020 private placement, the May 2021 private placement, the December 2021 private placement, the February 2022 private placement and the April 2022 private placement, the Selling Stockholders have not had any material relationship with us within the past three years.

 

The table below lists the Selling Stockholders and other information regarding the beneficial ownership of the shares of Common Stock by each of the Selling Stockholders. The second column lists the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by each Selling Shareholder, based on its ownership of our Common Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and Warrants, as of August 1, 2022, assuming conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock and/or exercise of Warrants held by the selling stockholders on that date, without regard to any limitations on exercises.

 

The third column lists the shares of Common Stock being offered by this prospectus by the Selling Stockholders.

 

In accordance with the terms of the registration rights agreements entered into with the Selling Stockholders, this prospectus generally covers the resale of the sum of (i) the shares of Common Stock held by the Selling Shareholders, (ii) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock, determined as if the outstanding Series C Preferred Stock were converted in full as of the trading day immediately preceding the date this registration statement was initially filed with the SEC, and (iii) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, determined as if the outstanding Warrants were exercised in full as of the trading day immediately preceding the date this registration statement was initially filed with the SEC, each as of the trading day immediately preceding the applicable date of determination and all subject to adjustment as provided in the applicable registration right agreement, without regard to any limitations on the exercise of the Warrants or conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock. The fourth column assumes the sale of all of the shares offered by the Selling Stockholders pursuant to this prospectus.

 

Under the terms of the Series C Preferred Stock and Warrants, a Selling Stockholder may not convert the Series C Preferred Stock and/or exercise the Warrants to the extent such exercise would cause such Selling Stockholder, together with its affiliates and attribution parties, to beneficially own a number of shares of Common Stock which would exceed 9.99% of our then outstanding Common Stock following such conversion and/or exercise. The number of shares in the second column does not reflect this limitation.

 

The Selling Stockholders may sell all, some or none of their shares in this offering. See "Plan of Distribution."

 

Name of Selling Shareholder

 

Number of Shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering

 

 

Maximum Number of Shares of Common Stock to be Sold Pursuant to this Prospectus

 

 

Number of Shares Owned After the Offering

 

Mt. Whitney Securities, LLC (1)

 

 

20,266,652

 

 

 

10,333,813  (2)

 

 

9,932,839

 

Arena Finance Markets, LP (1)

 

 

1,747,207

 

 

 

956,832  (3)

 

 

790,375

 

Arena Special Opportunities Fund, LP (1)

 

 

8,259,153

 

 

 

4,096,064  (4)

 

 

4,163,089

 

Arena Special Opportunities Partners I, LP (1)

 

 

13,883,972

 

 

 

6,026,259  (5)

 

 

7,857,713

 

Island Capital Group LLC

 

 

1,250,000

 

 

 

1,250,000  (6)

 

 

--

 

ICG Charge Me LLC

 

 

3,856,000

 

 

 

3,856,000  (7)

 

 

--

 

ICG Charge Me II LLC

 

 

2,178,575

 

 

 

2,178,575  (8)

 

 

--

 

 

 
87

Table of Contents

 

(1)

Arena Investors, LP (the “Arena Investment Advisor”) is the investment adviser of, and may be deemed to beneficially own securities owned by the following entities (the “Arena Entities”): (a) Mt. Whitney Securities, LLC which directly owns (i) 7,032,284 shares of Common Stock, (ii) warrants to purchase 5,291,408 shares of Common Stock, (iii) 7,231,495 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock, and (iv) 711,465 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series C Preferred Stock; (b) Arena Finance Markets LP which directly owns (i) 529,324 shares of Common Stock, (ii) warrants to purchase 487,137 shares of Common Stock, (iii) 664,375 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock, and (iv) 66,371 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series C Preferred Stock; (c) Arena Special Opportunities Fund, LP which directly owns (i) 2,923,988 shares of Common Stock, (ii) warrants to purchase 2,201,227 shares of Common Stock, (iii) 2,765,973 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock, and (iv) 367,965 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series C Preferred Stock; and (d) Arena Special Opportunities Partners I, LP which directly owns (i) 5,590,632 shares of Common Stock, (ii) warrants to purchase 3,860,598 shares of Common Stock, (iii) 3,208,173 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock, and (iv) 1,224,569 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series C Preferred Stock; Arena Investors GP, LLC (the “Arena General Partner”) is the general partner of, and may be deemed to beneficially own securities owned by, the Arena Investment Advisor. By virtue of his position as the chief executive officer of the Arena General Partner and the Arena Investment Manager, Daniel Zwirn may be deemed to beneficially own securities owned by each of the Arena Entities. It is our understanding that each of Mr. Zwirn, the Arena Investment Advisor and the Arena General Partner share voting and disposal power over the shares held by the Arena Entities described above. Each of the warrants, Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock described above provide for limitations on exercise and conversion, respectively, such that the holder along with its affiliates may not beneficially own more than 9.99% of our Common Stock, except upon not less than 61 days’ prior written notice to us. The address for the entities set forth above is 405 Lexington Avenue, 59th Floor, New York, New York 10174.

 

(2)

Includes (i) 4,330,940 shares of Common Stock, (ii) warrants to purchase 5,291,408 shares of Common Stock, and (iii) 711,465 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series C Preferred Stock.

 

(3)

Includes (i) 403,324 shares of Common Stock, (ii) warrants to purchase 487,137 shares of Common Stock, and (iii) 66,371 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series C Preferred Stock.

 

(4)

Includes (i) 1,526,872 shares of Common Stock, (ii) warrants to purchase 2,201,227 shares of Common Stock, and (iii) 367,965 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series C Preferred Stock.

 

(5)

Includes (i) 941,092 shares of Common Stock, (ii) warrants to purchase 3,860,598 shares of Common Stock and (iii) 1,224,569 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series C Preferred Stock.

 

(6)

Includes 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding warrants. By virtue of his position as the Managing Member, Chairman and Chief Executive Office of Island Capital Group LLC, Andrew Farkas may be deemed to beneficially own securities owned by such selling shareholder. It is our understanding that Mr. Farkas has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the selling shareholder. The address for Mr. Farkas and the selling shareholder and is 717 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY  10022.

 

(7)

Includes 3,856,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series C Preferred Stock. ICG Charge Me Directives LLC (the “ICG Managing Member”) is the managing member of, and may be deemed to beneficially own securities owned by, ICG Charge Me LLC. By virtue of his position as the Chief Executive Officer of the ICG Managing Member, Andrew Farkas may be deemed to beneficially own securities owned by such selling shareholder. It is our understanding that Mr. Farkas has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the selling shareholder. The address for Mr. Farkas and the selling shareholder is 717 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY  10022.

 

(8)

Includes (i) 1,428,575 shares of common stock and (ii) 750,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding warrants. The ICG Managing Member is the managing member of, and may be deemed to beneficially own securities owned by, ICG Charge Me II LLC. By virtue of his position as the Chief Executive Officer of the ICG Managing Member, Andrew Farkas may be deemed to beneficially own securities owned by such selling shareholder. It is our understanding that Mr. Farkas has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the selling shareholder. The address for Mr. Farkas and the selling shareholder is 717 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY  10022.

 

 
88

Table of Contents

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

Each Selling Stockholder of the securities and any of their pledgees, assignees and successors-in-interest may, from time to time, sell any or all of their securities covered hereby on the principal trading market or any other stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the securities are traded or in private transactions. These sales may be at fixed or negotiated prices. A Selling Stockholder may use any one or more of the following methods when selling securities:

 

 

·

ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;

 

·

block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the securities as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

 

·

purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;

 

·

an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;

 

·

privately negotiated transactions;

 

·

settlement of short sales;

 

·

in transactions through broker-dealers that agree with the Selling Stockholders to sell a specified number of such securities at a stipulated price per security;

 

·

through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise;

 

·

a combination of any such methods of sale; or

 

·

any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.

 

The Selling Stockholders may also sell securities under Rule 144 or any other exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), if available, rather than under this prospectus.

 

Broker-dealers engaged by the Selling Stockholders may arrange for other brokers-dealers to participate in sales. Broker-dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the Selling Stockholders (or, if any broker-dealer acts as agent for the purchaser of securities, from the purchaser) in amounts to be negotiated, but, except as set forth in a supplement to this Prospectus, in the case of an agency transaction not in excess of a customary brokerage commission in compliance with FINRA Rule 2440; and in the case of a principal transaction a markup or markdown in compliance with FINRA IM-2440.

 

In connection with the sale of the securities or interests therein, the Selling Stockholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of the securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Stockholders may also sell securities short and deliver these securities to close out their short positions, or loan or pledge the securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these securities. The Selling Stockholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or create one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of securities offered by this prospectus, which securities such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction). 

 

The Selling Stockholders and any broker-dealers or agents that are involved in selling the securities may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with such sales. In such event, any commissions received by such broker-dealers or agents and any profit on the resale of the securities purchased by them may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act. Each Selling Stockholder has informed the Company that it does not have any written or oral agreement or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the securities.

 

The Company is required to pay certain fees and expenses incurred by the Company incident to the registration of the securities. The Company has agreed to indemnify the Selling Stockholders against certain losses, claims, damages and liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

We agreed to keep this prospectus effective until the earlier of (i) the date on which the securities may be resold by the Selling Stockholders without registration and without regard to any volume or manner-of-sale limitations by reason of Rule 144, without the requirement for the Company to be in compliance with the current public information under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other rule of similar effect or (ii) all of the securities have been sold pursuant to this prospectus or Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other rule of similar effect. The resale securities will be sold only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers if required under applicable state securities laws. In addition, in certain states, the resale securities covered hereby may not be sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in the applicable state or an exemption from the registration or qualification requirement is available and is complied with.

 

Under applicable rules and regulations under the Exchange Act, any person engaged in the distribution of the resale securities may not simultaneously engage in market making activities with respect to the common stock for the applicable restricted period, as defined in Regulation M, prior to the commencement of the distribution. In addition, the Selling Stockholders will be subject to applicable provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, including Regulation M, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of the common stock by the Selling Stockholders or any other person. We will make copies of this prospectus available to the Selling Stockholders and have informed them of the need to deliver a copy of this prospectus to each purchaser at or prior to the time of the sale (including by compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act).

 

There can be no assurance that any Selling Stockholder will sell any or all of the shares of common stock registered pursuant to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

 
89

Table of Contents

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

 

The following description of our capital stock, together with any additional information we include in any applicable prospectus supplement or any related free writing prospectus, summarizes the material terms and provisions of our capital stock. For the complete terms of our capital stock, please refer to our certificate of incorporation bylaws that are incorporated by reference into the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part or may be incorporated by reference in this prospectus or any applicable prospectus supplement. The terms of these securities may also be affected by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). The summary below and that contained in any applicable prospectus supplement, or any related free writing prospectus are qualified in their entirety by reference to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

 

General

 

As of the date of this prospectus, our authorized capital stock consists of 750,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of which 1,000,000 has been designated as Series A Preferred Stock, 2,395,105 shares have been designated as Series B Preferred Stock and 6,226,370 shares have been designated as Series C Preferred Stock. As of August 1, 2022, there were 206,157,652 shares of our common stock, 239,510  shares of Series B Preferred Stock, 6,226,370 shares of Series C Preferred Stock and 1,177,023 shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued and outstanding.

 

Common Stock

 

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held of record for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends ratably, if any, as may be declared by the Board out of legally available funds, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. In the event of our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in our net assets legally available after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the liquidation preferences of any preferred stock then outstanding. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock currently outstanding or that we may designate and issue in the future.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Our Board is authorized, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue up to 10.0 million shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our Board can fix or alter the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting a class or series. The issuance of preferred stock could, under certain circumstances, result in one or more of the following adverse effects:

 

 

·

decreasing the market price of our common stock;

 

·

restricting dividends on our common stock;

 

·

diluting the voting power of our common stock;

 

·

impairing the liquidation rights of our common stock; or

 

·

delaying or preventing a change in control of us without further action by our stockholders.

 

Our Board will make any determination to issue such shares based on its judgment as to our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders.

 

 
90

Table of Contents

 

 

Series A Preferred Stock

 

Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall convert, on one occasion, at the sole option of the holder into 12.5% of our fully-diluted shares of common stock on the date of conversion. Each holder shall be entitled to the whole number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such holder’s Series A Preferred Stock would be convertible on the record date for the vote or consent of stockholders, and shall otherwise have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of our common stock. The Series A Preferred Stock shall rank senior with respect to the preferences as to dividends, distributions and payments upon the liquidation, dissolution and winding up of our company and all other shares of capital stock of our company shall be junior in rank to all Series A Preferred Stock with respect to the preferences as to dividends, distributions and payments upon the liquidation, dissolution and winding up of our company. As of the date of this Registration Statement, no Series A Preferred Stock was outstanding.

 

Series B Preferred Stock

 

Each holder of our Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the whole number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such holder’s Series B Preferred Stock would be convertible on the record date for the vote or consent of stockholders, and shall otherwise have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of our common stock. Holders shall be entitled to receive cumulative dividends at the rate per share of 4% per annum of the liquidation preference of $2.86 per share, payable quarterly, in cash, or at our option, in shares of our common stock. The Series B Preferred Stock shall rank junior to holders of Series A Preferred Stock with respect to the preferences as to dividends, distributions and payments upon the liquidation, dissolution and winding up of our company, but shall rank senior to all other capital stock of our company, with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock liquidation preference of $2.86 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends. At any time on or after May 21, 2022 and until November 17, 2022, each holder of our Series B Preferred Stock may elect to convert each share of Series B Preferred Stock owned by such holder into one share of our common stock, or have all or any portion of such holder’s Series B Preferred Stock redeemed by us, in cash equal to $2.86 per share of Series B Preferred Stock plus accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares redeemed. On June 20, 2022 2,155,592 Series B Preferred Stock were converted and on August 22, 2022 239,510 Series B Preferred Stock were redeemed. As of the date of this Registration Statement, no Series B Preferred Stock was outstanding.

 

Series C Preferred Stock

 

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, holders of our Series C Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive a liquidation distribution equal to $3.125 per share, subject to adjustment, plus all accrued but unpaid dividends and shall rank junior in liquidation rights to our Series A and Series B Preferred Stock and senior in liquidation rights to the holders of our common stock. Holders of our Series C Preferred Stock will receive a monthly dividend at a fixed annual rate of 6% of the $3.125 liquidation preference per share, payable, at our option, in cash or in shares of our common stock valued at the conversion price (as described below). Except as otherwise required by law, holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights, however, we shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of all the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock (i) alter or change adversely the powers, preferences or rights given to the Series C Preferred Stock, (ii) amend our certificate of incorporation or other charter documents in any manner that materially adversely affects any rights of any holder of Series C Preferred Stock, or (iii) enter into any agreement with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Each share of Series C Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into one share of common stock. Each holder may convert Series C Preferred Stock at any time after the shares issuable upon conversion are freely transferable under Rule 144 or other comparable law, including pursuant to a resale Securities Act registration statement. Each holder is prohibited from converting the Series C Preferred Stock into shares of common stock if, as a result of such conversion, such holder, together with its affiliates, would own more than 9.99% of the total number of shares of our common stock then issued and outstanding, which limitation may be reset by the holder to a higher or lower number upon providing at least 61 days’ written notice to us. In the event the closing price of the common stock exceeds $6.25, subject to adjustment, for at least five consecutive trading days, we may, within ten trading days’ notice, cause each holder to convert all or part of such holder’s Series C Preferred Stock plus all accrued but unpaid dividends for shares of common stock. However, we may not affect such forced conversion unless there is an effective Securities Act registration statement covering the common stock issuable upon conversion or such common stock is eligible for resale under Rule 144. On five trading days’ notice to the holders, we may redeem for cash the Series C Preferred Stock in whole or, from time to time, in part at our option, at the sum of $6.25 per share of Series C Preferred Stock, plus accrued but unpaid dividends. Holders may elect to convert the Series C Preferred during such notice period. On the third anniversary of the issuance of Series C Preferred Stock to a holder, we shall, subject to ten days’ prior notice from such holder, convert all of such holder’s Series C Preferred Stock into our common stock, or at our option redeem such Series C Preferred Stock for cash, in the aggregate redemption amount of $3.125 per share of Series C Preferred Stock, subject to adjustment, plus accrued but unpaid dividends, plus additional cash consideration in order for the holder to achieve a 20% internal rate of return. Furthermore, any such holder who has not so elected to have its Series C Preferred Stock redeemed or converted may, at any time thereafter, elect to cause us to redeem or convert, at our option, in the same amount. If we elect to convert the Series C Preferred Stock, the conversion price is based on the lower of the conversion price then in effect or the volume weighted average price of our Common stock for the prior 44-day trading period, provided, however, the maximum number of shares of Common stock issuable upon such conversion may not exceed $3.125 per share of Series C Preferred Stock being converted divided by $1.00. As of the date of this Registration Statement, 6,226,370 shares of Series C Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding.

 

 
91

Table of Contents

 

Series D Preferred Stock

 

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, holders of our Series D Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive a liquidation distribution equal to $10.6191 per share, subject to adjustment (the “Stated Value”), plus all accrued but unpaid dividends and shall rank junior in liquidation rights to our Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock and senior in liquidation rights to the holders of our common stock. Holders of our Series D Preferred Stock will receive a monthly dividend at a fixed annual rate of 2.25% of the $10.6191 liquidation preference per share, or $0.23893 per share per year, payable, at our option, in cash or in shares of our common stock valued at the conversion price (as described below). Except as otherwise required by law, holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights, however, we shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of all the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock (i) alter or change adversely the powers, preferences or rights given to the Series D Preferred Stock, (ii) amend our certificate of incorporation or other charter documents in any manner that materially adversely affects any rights of any holder of Series D Preferred Stock, or (iii) enter into any agreement with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Each share of Series D Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into such number of shares of our Common Stock equal to the Stated Value divided by the conversion price of $0.4248 per share, subject to adjustment as provided in the Certificate of Designation. Each holder may convert Series D Preferred Stock at any time after the shares issuable upon conversion are freely transferable under Rule 144 or other comparable law, including pursuant to a resale Securities Act registration statement. Each holder is prohibited from converting the Series D Preferred Stock into shares of common stock if, as a result of such conversion, such holder, together with its affiliates, would own more than 9.99% of the total number of shares of our common stock then issued and outstanding, which limitation may be reset by the holder to a higher or lower number upon providing at least 61 days’ written notice to us. As of the date of this Registration Statement, 1,177,023 shares of Series D Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding.

 

Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and the DGCL

 

Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, may have the effect of discouraging potential acquisition proposals or making a tender offer or delaying or preventing a change in control, including changes a stockholder might consider favorable. Such provisions may also prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management. In particular, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law, as applicable, among other things:

 

 

·

provide our Board of Directors with the ability to alter the bylaws without stockholder approval;

 

·

place limitations on the removal of directors; and

 

·

provide that vacancies on our Board of Directors may be filled by a majority of directors in office, although less than a quorum.

 

These provisions are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our company to first negotiate with our Board of Directors. These provisions may delay or prevent someone from acquiring or merging with us, which may cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

 

 
92

Table of Contents

 

Blank Check Preferred.

 

Our Board of Directors is authorized to create and issue from time to time, without stockholder approval, up to an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to establish the number of shares of any series of preferred stock and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of each series.

 

The authority to designate preferred stock may be used to issue series of preferred stock, or rights to acquire preferred stock, that could dilute the interest of, or impair the voting power of, holders of the common stock or could also be used as a method of determining, delaying or preventing a change of control.

 

Advance Notice Bylaws.

 

The bylaws contain an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before any meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our Board of Directors. Stockholders at any meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our Board of Directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our corporate secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the bylaws do not give the Board the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the Bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

Interested Stockholder Transactions.

 

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits “business combinations” between a publicly-held Delaware corporation and an “interested stockholder,” which is generally defined as a stockholder who becomes a beneficial owner of 15% or more of a Delaware corporation’s voting stock for a three-year period following the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder.

 

Exclusive Forum

 

Our bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) will be the exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company; (ii) any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee, or agent of ours to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or the bylaws; and (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine (the “Delaware Forum Provision”). In addition, our bylaws provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our common stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the Delaware Forum Provision. The Delaware Forum Provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. We recognize that the Delaware Forum Provision in our bylaws may impose additional litigation costs on stockholders in pursuing any such claims, particularly if the stockholders do not reside in or near the State of Delaware. Additionally, the Delaware Forum Provision may limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a forum that they find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees even though an action, if successful, might benefit our stockholders.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

Our transfer agent and registrar for our capital stock is Manhattan Transfer Registrar Company, whose address is 38B Sheep Pasture Road, Port Jefferson, New York 11777

 

 
93

Table of Contents

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Other than as disclosed below, during the last two fiscal years, there have been no transactions, or proposed transactions, in which our company was or is to be a participant where the amount involved exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our company’s total assets at year-end and in which any director, executive officer or beneficial holder of more than 5% of the outstanding common, or any of their respective relatives, spouses, associates or affiliates, has had or will have any direct or material indirect interest.

 

During the second quarter of 2022, the Company entered into a Special Advisor Agreement with Korr Acquisitions Group. The agreement includes an upfront payment of $500,000 and a monthly advisory fee. Kenneth Orr, the former Chairman of the Company, has sole voting and dispositive power over Korr Acquisitions Group.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company granted Mr. Deutsch options to acquire 1,500,000 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $2.00, for services rendered related to financial consulting.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company paid $320,000 to Korr Acquisition Group, Inc. related to successful acquisition efforts. Mr. Orr has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by KORR Acquisitions Group, Inc.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company’s CEO Andrew Fox advanced cash and paid bills on behalf of the Company, through its subsidiary, Get Charged, Inc. During the year ended December 31, 2020, $40,000 was advanced in cash and bills in the amount of $149,312 were paid on the Company’s behalf. The balance in related party payable at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 was $0 and $189,312, respectively

 

Between May 8, 2020 and September 30, 2020, the Company entered into securities purchase agreements with other accredited investors (the “Subordinated Creditors”) pursuant to which the Company issued convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount of $546,444 for an aggregate purchase price of $495,000 (collectively, the “Subordinated Creditor Notes”). In connection with the issuance of the Subordinated Creditor Notes, we issued to the Subordinated Creditors warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,359,555 shares of Common Stock (collectively, the “Subordinated Creditor Warrants”). The Subordinated Creditor Notes and Subordinated Creditor Warrants are on substantially the same terms as the Notes and Warrants issued to the May 2020 Investors except that the Subordinated Creditor Notes are subordinated to the Notes. On September 2, 2020, Andrew Fox, our CEO, purchased a Subordinated Creditor Note with an aggregate principal amount of $110,000 and a Subordinated Creditor Warrant to purchase 220,000 shares of common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $100,000.

 

Other Related Party Transfers

 

The following paragraphs describe certain dispositions of securities previously held by KORR Acquisitions Group, Inc. (“KORR”), a former significant shareholder of the Company, during the second half of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. KORR is a corporation in which Kenneth Orr, the former chairman of the Company, is a shareholder as well as the chief executive and chief investment officer. The descriptions are based solely upon information provided to the Company by KORR.

 

On September 23, 2021, KORR sold an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to two unaffiliated third parties, in which neither KORR nor Kenneth Orr are in any way related or have any beneficial interest in, for an agreed upon purchase price of $20,000,000.

 

Mr. Orr has a longstanding personal relationship with the principals of each of the third party purchasers who acquired the shares from KORR referenced in the above paragraph. Specifically, the principal of one of the third party purchasers is also the CEO and director of Optimus Healthcare Services, Inc., a company in which Mr. Orr is the largest shareholder and in which Mr. Orr beneficially owns approximately 44% of the common stock based on publicly available information on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website. Further, the principal of the other third party purchaser is a shareholder of an entity that owns approximately 25% of KORR, based on information provided by KORR. Further, based upon information provided by KORR and Mr. Orr to the Company, neither KORR nor Mr. Orr have any interest in, or control of, either of the third party entities (or in any of their assets) to which the shares were sold.

 

 
94

Table of Contents

 

On September 23, 2021, KORR sold an aggregate of 20,216,458 shares of the Company’s common stock for estate planning purposes to a trust for the benefit of the children of Kenneth Orr for an agreed upon purchase price of $40,432,916.

 

On September 23, 2021, KORR sold 500,000 shares of the Company’s series A preferred stock to Andrew Fox, the Company’s chief executive officer, for an agreed upon purchase price of $1,000,000.

On October 5, 2021, KORR transferred as a gift with nominal consideration an aggregate of 250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to Mark LaNeve, the Company’s president, for his work with charitable organizations.

 

On October 5, 2021, KORR transferred as a gift with nominal consideration an aggregate of 150,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to Nicole Antakli, the Company’s chief business officer, for her work with charitable organizations.

 

Between September 3, 2021 and November 5, 2021, KORR gifted an aggregate of 150,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to various religious organizations.

 

On October 22, 2021, KORR gifted 500,000 shares of the Company’s series A preferred stock for estate planning purposes to a trust for the benefit of the children of Kenneth Orr.

 

The series A preferred stock was entitled to convert, on one occasion, at the sole option of the holders into an aggregate of 12.5% of the Company’s fully-diluted shares of common stock on the date of conversion. On October 28, 2021, all outstanding shares of series A preferred stock were converted into an aggregate of 30,754,896 shares of common stock, of which 15,377,448 shares of the Company’s common stock were issued to Andrew Fox, the Company’s chief executive officer, and the remainder of which were issued to a trust for the benefit of the children of Kenneth Orr.

 

Related Party Transactions Policy

 

Our Board of Directors has adopted a written policy with respect to related party transactions that governs the review, approval or ratification of certain related party transactions. The Audit Committee oversees this policy. The policy generally provides that we may enter into a related party transaction only if the Audit Committee determines in good faith that, under all the circumstances, the transaction is in the best interests of our company and its stockholders and the Audit Committee approves or ratifies such transaction in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the policy.

 

In determining whether to approve or ratify a related party transaction, the Audit Committee shall take into account, among other factors it deems appropriate, (i) whether the transaction was undertaken in the ordinary course of business, (ii) whether the related party transaction was initiated by us or by the related party, (iii) whether the transaction with the related party is proposed to be, or was, entered into on terms no less favorable to us than terms that could have been reached with an unrelated third party, (iv) the purpose of, and the potential benefits to us of, the related party transaction, (v) the approximate dollar value of the amount involved, and (vi) the related party's interest in the related party transaction. If a related party transaction will be ongoing, the Audit Committee may establish guidelines, reviewed annually, for management to follow in its ongoing dealings with the related party. Certain related party transactions are deemed pre-approved, including compensation approved by the Compensation Committee and transactions with another company at which a related party has a de minimis relationship.

 

For purposes of this policy, a “related party transaction” is any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which (i) our company, including any of our subsidiaries, is or will be a participant, (ii) the aggregate amount involved will or may be expected to exceed $120,000 in any fiscal year, and (iii) any related party has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. Our policy also includes any material amendment or modification to an existing related party transaction.

 

A “related party” is (i) any person who is, or at any time since the beginning of our last fiscal year was, a director or executive officer of the Corporation or a nominee to become a director, (ii) any person who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of any class of our voting securities, or (iii) any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any of the foregoing persons.

 

 
95

Table of Contents

 

Director Independence

 

Our securities are currently not listed on a national securities exchange or on any inter-dealer quotation system, which has a requirement that a majority of directors be independent. We evaluate independence by the standards for director independence set forth in the rules and regulations of the SEC and the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”). Under such rules, our board of directors has determined that other than Mr. Fox, Mr. Denson, Mr. Scala and Mr. Deutsch, the other members of our board of directors, which include Mr. Murphy, Mr. Davis, Ms. Hanson, Ms. Lenard, Mr. Jacobs and Mr. Carson Jr., are independent directors in accordance with Nasdaq rules. In making such independence determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances that our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP, New York, New York.

 

EXPERTS

 

The financial statements for the period ending December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, appearing in this prospectus have been audited by Seligson & Giannattasio LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report there on appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

 

On April 15, 2022, the Audit Committee (the “Audit Committee”) of the Board of Directors of the Company approved the dismissal of Seligson & Giannattasio, LLP (“S&G”) as our independent registered public accounting firm effective upon the filing of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending March 31, 2022.

 

The audit reports of S&G on our consolidated financial statements for each of the two most recent fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

 

During our two most recent fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and in the subsequent interim period through April 15, 2022, (i) there were no “disagreements” (as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions) with S&G on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which, if not resolved to the satisfaction of S&G, would have caused S&G to make reference to the subject matter of such disagreement in connection with its reports on the financial statements for such periods, and (ii) there were no “reportable events” (as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions).

 

The provided S&G with a copy of the foregoing disclosures and requested that S&G furnish us with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether it agrees with the above statements and, if not, stating the respects to which it does not agree. A copy of S&G’s letter, dated April 19, 2022, is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 21, 2022. A copy of S&G’s letter has been included as an exhibit herein.

 

On April 15, 2022, following the completion of a competitive process with several independent registered public accounting firms, the Audit Committee appointed Ernst & Young LLP (“E&Y”) as our independent registered public accounting firm to audit our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2022.

 

During our two most recent fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and in the subsequent interim period through April 15, 2022, neither we nor anyone on our behalf consulted E&Y regarding (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our consolidated financial statements, in connection with which either a written report or oral advice was provided to us that E&Y concluded was an important factor considered by us in reaching a decision as to the accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue, or (ii) any matter that was either the subject of a “disagreement,” as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K, or a “reportable event,” as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

 

 
96

Table of Contents

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, omits certain information, exhibits, schedules and undertakings set forth in the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and our common stock, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents or provisions of any documents referred to in this prospectus are not necessarily complete, and in each instance where a copy of the document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, reference is made to the exhibit for a more complete description of the matters involved.

 

You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement without charge at the public reference room of the Securities and Exchange Commission at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of the registration statement may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates from the public reference room of the Securities and Exchange Commission at such address. You may obtain information regarding the operation of the public reference room by calling 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, registration statements and certain other filings made with the Securities and Exchange Commission electronically are publicly available through the Securities and Exchange Commission's website at http://www.sec.gov. The registration statement, including all exhibits and amendments to the registration statement, has been filed electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

We are subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and, accordingly, are required to file annual reports containing financial statements audited by an independent public accounting firm, quarterly reports containing unaudited financial data, current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. You will be able to inspect and copy such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information at the Securities and Exchange Commission's public reference room, and the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission referred to above.

 

 
97

Table of Contents

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSI

 

Charge Enterprises, Inc.

 

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021

 

F-1

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021

 

F-2

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the three and six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021

 

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the three and six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021

 

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021

 

F-6

Notes to audited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-7

 

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 F-19

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 F-20

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

 F-21

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

 F-22

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

 F-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 F-26

 

PTGi International Carrier Services Inc.

 

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Report of the Independent Accountant

 

F-54

Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019

 

 F-55

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the periods ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

 

F-56

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the periods ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

 

 F-57

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholder’s Equity (Deficit) for the periods ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

 

 F-58

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the periods ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

 

F-59

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

 F-60

 

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accountancy Firm

 

F-66

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018

 

 F-67

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

F-68

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)  for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

 F-69

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholder’s Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

F-70

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

F-71

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 F-72

 

GetCharged, Inc.

 

Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements as of September 30, 2020

 

 

Balance Sheet

 

F-79

Statement of Income

 

F-80

Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

 

F-81

Statement of Cash Flows

 

F-82

Notes to Financial Statements

 

F-83

 

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2019

 

 

Independent Auditor's Report

 

F-87

Balance Sheet For the Years Ended December 31, 2019

 

F-88

Statement of Income For the Years Ended December 31, 2019

 

F-89

Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity For the Years Ended December 31, 2019

 

F-90

Statement of Cash Flows For the Years Ended December 31, 2019

 

F-91

Notes to Financial Statements

 

F-92

 

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2018

 

 

Independent Auditor's Report

 

F-99

Balance Sheet For the Years Ended December 31, 2018

 

F-100

Statement of Income For the Years Ended December 31, 2018

 

F-101

Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity For the Years Ended December 31, 2018

 

F-102

Statement of Cash Flows For the Years Ended December 31, 2018

 

F-103

Notes to Financial Statements

 

F-104

 

98

 

CHARGE ENTERPRISES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$ 46,581,305

 

 

$ 18,238,264

 

Accounts receivable net of allowances of $202,220 and $176,949, respectively

 

 

75,068,872

 

 

 

73,334,183

 

Inventory

 

 

168,430

 

 

 

111,070

 

Deposits, prepaids and other current assets

 

 

3,034,526

 

 

 

1,721,222

 

Investments in marketable securities

 

 

16,325,152

 

 

 

9,618,743

 

Investments in non-marketable securities

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

100,000

 

Cost in excess of billings

 

 

8,258,082

 

 

 

4,812,483

 

Total current assets

 

 

149,536,367

 

 

 

107,935,965

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

1,697,810

 

 

 

2,011,668

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

11,063,395

 

 

 

-

 

Finance lease asset

 

 

381,110

 

 

 

469,645

 

Operating lease right-of-use asset

 

 

3,800,935

 

 

 

1,558,052

 

Non-current assets

 

 

232,000

 

 

 

-

 

Goodwill

 

 

36,017,209

 

 

 

26,054,522

 

Deferred tax asset

 

 

4,579,213

 

 

 

5,579,660

 

Total assets

 

$ 207,308,039

 

 

$ 143,609,512

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$ 99,752,963

 

 

$ 71,428,301

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

8,162,742

 

 

 

5,739,475

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

5,276,074

 

 

 

7,017,392

 

Derivative liability

 

 

40,442,518

 

 

 

-

 

Convertible notes payable, net of discount

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,700,337

 

Line of credit

 

 

2,757,218

 

 

 

1,898,143

 

Finance lease liability

 

 

159,215

 

 

 

159,215

 

Operating lease liability

 

 

1,325,013

 

 

 

125,191

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

157,875,743

 

 

 

89,068,054

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance lease liability, non-current

 

 

134,639

 

 

 

218,825

 

Operating lease liability, non-current

 

 

2,552,449

 

 

 

1,442,743

 

Notes payable, net of discount

 

 

22,253,430

 

 

 

26,087,523

 

Convertible notes payable, net of discount

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,475,260

 

Total liabilities

 

 

182,816,261

 

 

 

121,292,405

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mezzanine Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series B Preferred Stock (239,510 and 2,395,105 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021)

 

 

685,000

 

 

 

6,850,000

 

Series C Preferred Stock (6,226,379 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2022)

 

 

16,571,656

 

 

 

-

 

Total Mezzanine Equity

 

 

17,256,656

 

 

 

6,850,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments, contingencies and concentration risk (Note 16)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized;       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series C: 2,370,370 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021

 

 

-

 

 

 

237

 

Series D: 1,177,023 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2022

 

 

118

 

 

 

-

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 750,000,000 shares authorized 206,082,652 and 184,266,934 issued and outstanding at June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021

 

 

20,608

 

 

 

18,426

 

Common stock to be issued, 0 shares at June 30, 2022 and 6,587,897 December 31, 2021

 

 

-

 

 

 

658

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

182,479,967

 

 

 

126,869,604

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(32,859 )

 

 

(32,289 )

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(175,232,712 )

 

 

(111,389,529 )

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

7,235,122

 

 

 

15,467,107

 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

$ 207,308,039

 

 

$ 143,609,512

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-1

Table of Contents

 

CHARGE ENTERPRISES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the three months ended June 30,

 

 

For the six months ended June 30,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

181,040,612

 

 

$

129,576,795

 

 

$

344,018,502

 

 

$

240,710,698

 

Cost of Goods Sold

 

 

173,759,629

 

 

 

127,425,665

 

 

 

330,267,261

 

 

 

236,985,532

 

Gross Margin

 

 

7,280,983

 

 

 

2,151,130

 

 

 

13,751,241

 

 

 

3,725,166

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

9,760,707

 

 

 

9,230,400

 

 

 

20,504,339

 

 

 

13,793,596

 

General and administrative

 

 

3,907,831

 

 

 

2,140,701

 

 

 

6,904,515

 

 

 

3,395,701

 

Salaries and related benefits

 

 

4,127,328

 

 

 

1,791,076

 

 

 

8,370,009

 

 

 

2,623,460

 

Professional fees

 

 

848,122

 

 

 

585,449

 

 

 

1,912,609

 

 

 

832,601

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

1,103,065

 

 

 

97,956

 

 

 

1,312,119

 

 

 

147,903

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

19,747,053

 

 

 

13,845,582

 

 

 

39,003,591

 

 

 

20,793,261

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) from operations

 

 

(12,466,070

)

 

 

(11,694,452

)

 

 

(25,252,350

)

 

 

(17,068,095

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expenses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from investments, net

 

 

(912,369

)

 

 

859,614

 

 

 

(1,022,375

)

 

 

4,261,328

 

Amortization of debt discount

 

 

(6,414,071

)

 

 

(920,914

)

 

 

(7,443,668

)

 

 

(982,788

)

Amortization of debt discount, related party

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(95,127

)

Interest expense

 

 

(745,728

)

 

 

(267,681

)

 

 

(1,480,781

)

 

 

(448,683

)

Other income (expense), net

 

 

715,238

 

 

 

(10,508

)

 

 

913,591

 

 

 

(10,838

)

Foreign exchange adjustments

 

 

169,411

 

 

 

(61,234

)

 

 

(86,191

)

 

 

(512,712

)

Total other expenses, net

 

 

(7,187,519

)

 

 

(400,723

)

 

 

(9,119,424

)

 

 

2,211,180

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

(19,653,589

)

 

 

(12,095,175

)

 

 

(34,371,774

)

 

 

(14,856,915

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

 

11,337

 

 

 

2,010,198

 

 

 

1,589,620

 

 

 

3,192,832

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss)

 

$

(19,642,252

)

 

$

(10,084,977

)

 

$

(32,782,154

)

 

$

(11,664,083

)

Deemed dividend

 

 

(32,841,317

 

 

-

 

 

 

(36,697,317

)

 

 

-

 

Preferred dividends

 

 

(352,826

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(619,813

)

 

 

-

 

Net loss available to common stockholders

 

$

(52,836,395

)

 

$

(10,084,977

)

 

$

(70,099,284

)

 

$

(11,664,083

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per share available to common stockholders

 

$

(0.27

)

 

$

(0.07

)

 

$

(0.37

)

 

$

(0.08

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding, basic and diluted

 

 

193,507,946

 

 

 

151,120,416

 

 

 

190,965,948

 

 

 

149,463,702

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-2

Table of Contents

 

CHARGE ENTERPRISES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended

 June 30,

 

 

Six months ended

 June 30,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Net loss

 

$

(19,642,252

)

 

$

(10,084,977

)

 

$

(32,782,154

)

 

$

(11,664,083

)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

(675

)

 

 

(62,630

)

 

 

(570

)

 

 

(82,086

)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

(675

)

 

 

(62,630

)

 

 

(570

)

 

 

(82,086

)

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

(19,642,927

)

 

$

(10,147,607

)

 

$

(32,782,724

)

 

$

(11,746,169

)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-3

Table of Contents

 

CHARGE ENTERPRISES, INC.

STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Preferred Stock

 

 

 Common Stock

 

 

 Common Stock to be Issued

 

 

Additional

Paid-In

 

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

 Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

 Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Income

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Total

 

Balance, December 31, 2021

 

 

2,370,370

 

 

$ 237

 

 

 

184,266,934

 

 

$ 18,426

 

 

 

6,587,897

 

 

$ 658

 

 

$ 126,869,604

 

 

$ (32,289 )

 

$ (111,389,529 )

 

$ 15,467,107

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

10,743,632

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

10,743,632

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Declaration of preferred dividends

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(266,984 )

 

 

(266,984 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series C Preferred Stock

 

 

3,856,000

 

 

 

386

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

12,049,614

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

12,050,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beneficial conversion feature arising from preferred stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,651,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,651,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deemed dividend in connection with Series C Preferred Stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3,856,000 )

 

 

(3,856,000 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued for acquisition

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,201,863

 

 

 

520

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

17,529,758

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

17,530,278

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of debt into common stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

319,950

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

79,957

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

79,990

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

105

 

 

 

(13,139,902 )

 

 

(13,139,797 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, March 31, 2022

 

 

6,226,370

 

 

$ 623

 

 

 

189,788,747

 

 

$ 18,979

 

 

 

6,587,897

 

 

$ 658

 

 

$ 169,923,565

 

 

$ (32,184 )

 

$ (128,652,415 )

 

$ 41,259,226

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

9,342,734

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

9,342,734

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Declaration of preferred dividends

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(352,827 )

 

 

(352,827 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series D Preferred Stock

 

 

1,177,023

 

 

 

118

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

12,498,771

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

12,498,889

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued for private placement

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,428,575

 

 

 

143

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,695,721

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,695,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of warrants for private placement

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,304,161

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,304,161

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of shares committed in prior period

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,862,146

 

 

 

186

 

 

 

(1,862,146 )

 

 

(186 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Settlement of holdback shares for acquisition

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,725,748

 

 

 

472

 

 

 

(4,725,748 )

 

 

(471 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of warrants

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,973,515

 

 

 

597

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,071,827

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,072,424

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

19,999

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of restricted stock units

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

138,327

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of Series B Preferred into common stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,155,594

 

 

 

216

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

6,164,784

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

6,165,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Classification of Preferred C to Mezzanine Equity

 

 

(6,226,370 )

 

 

(623 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(18,940,395 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

6,256,100

 

 

 

(12,684,917 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deemed dividend in connection with reclass of warrants to Derivative Liability

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(7,601,201 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

(32,841,317 )

 

 

(40,442,518 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3 )

 

 

(1 )

 

 

1

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1 )

 

 

(1 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(675 )

 

 

(19,642,252 )

 

 

(19,642,927 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2022

 

 

1,177,023

 

 

$ 118

 

 

 

206,082,652

 

 

$ 20,608

 

 

 

-

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ 182,479,967

 

 

$ (32,859 )

 

$ (175,232,712 )

 

$ 7,235,122

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-4

Table of Contents

 

CHARGE ENTERPRISES, INC.

STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Preferred Stock

 

 

 Common Stock

 

 

 Common Stock to be Issued

 

 

Additional

Paid-In

 

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

 Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

 Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Income

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Total

 

Balance, December 31, 2020

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

$ 1,000

 

 

 

140,018,383

 

 

$ 140,018

 

 

 

13,425,750

 

 

$ 13,426

 

 

$ 72,583,222

 

 

$ 60,375

 

 

$ (52,144,946 )

 

$ 20,653,095

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares of common stock from prior year issued

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

8,700,000

 

 

 

8,700

 

 

 

(8,700,000 )

 

 

(8,700 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued for services

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

66,092

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

167,282

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

167,348

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of debt and accrued interest

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

644,499

 

 

 

644

 

 

 

3,478,795

 

 

 

3,479

 

 

 

1,006,527

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,010,650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,563,197

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,563,197

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustment to par value

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(19,456 )

 

 

(1,579,107 )

 

 

(1,598,563 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, March 31, 2021

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

$ 1,000

 

 

 

149,428,974

 

 

$ 149,428

 

 

 

8,204,545

 

 

$ 8,205

 

 

$ 78,320,228

 

 

$ 40,919

 

 

$ (53,724,053 )

 

$ 24,795,727

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares of common stock from prior period issued

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,783,089

 

 

 

2,783

 

 

 

(2,783,089 )

 

 

(2,783 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued for services

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

67,000

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

111,488

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

111,555

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

9,230,399

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

9,230,399

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued in connection with debt

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,654,300

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,654,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative liability reclassed to equity

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

750,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

750,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(62,630 )

 

 

(10,084,977 )

 

 

(10,147,607 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2021

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

$ 1,000

 

 

 

152,279,063

 

 

$ 152,278

 

 

 

5,421,456

 

 

$ 5,422

 

 

$ 91,066,415

 

 

$ (21,711 )

 

$ (63,809,030 )

 

$ 27,394,374

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-5

Table of Contents

 

CHARGE ENTERPRISES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

 

 

For the Six Months Ended

 June 30,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$ (32,782,154 )

 

$ (11,664,083 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

1,312,119

 

 

 

147,903

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

20,086,367

 

 

 

13,819,067

 

Stock issued for services

 

 

-

 

 

 

278,903

 

Change in fair value of derivative liabilities

 

 

-

 

 

 

400

 

Amortization of debt discount

 

 

7,443,668

 

 

 

982,788

 

Amortization of debt discount, related party

 

 

-

 

 

 

95,127

 

Amortization of debt issue costs

 

 

-

 

 

 

10,438

 

Loss on foreign currency exchange

 

 

86,191

 

 

 

533,663

 

Net (income) loss from investments

 

 

1,022,375

 

 

 

(4,261,328 )

Other (income) expense, net

 

 

(854,850 )

 

 

-

 

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

 

(1,589,620 )

 

 

(3,195,383 )

Changes in working capital requirements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(1,733,639 )

 

 

5,630,739

 

Accrued revenue

 

 

3,842,574

 

 

 

(654,303 )

Inventory

 

 

(57,360 )

 

 

(25,759 )

Deposits, prepaids and other current assets

 

 

(304,368 )

 

 

2,317,539

 

Other assets

 

 

(29,538 )

 

 

(103,260 )

Costs in excess of billings

 

 

(7,288,173 )

 

 

-

 

Accounts payable

 

 

27,162,062

 

 

 

(3,031,568 )

Accrued expenses

 

 

1,235,985

 

 

 

482,204

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

(173,601 )

 

 

-

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

(1,741,320 )

 

 

-

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

(571 )

 

 

(82,086 )

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

15,636,147

 

 

 

1,281,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of fixed assets

 

 

(70,542 )

 

 

(801,254 )

Sale of intellectual property

 

 

159,434

 

 

 

-

 

Purchase of marketable securities

 

 

(43,255,509 )

 

 

(42,529,309 )

Sale of marketable securities

 

 

34,901,415

 

 

 

39,731,309

 

Purchase of non-marketable securities

 

 

-

 

 

 

(100,000 )

Acquisition of ANS

 

 

-

 

 

 

(12,948,324 )

Acquisition of EV Depot

 

 

(1,231,250 )

 

 

-

 

Cash acquired in acquisition

 

 

104,485

 

 

 

40,940

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

 

(9,391,967 )

 

 

(16,606,638 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash receipts from issuance of notes payable

 

 

-

 

 

 

10,000,000

 

Cash receipts from issuance of convertible notes payable

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,000,000

 

Proceeds from sale of Common Stock

 

 

10,000,025

 

 

 

-

 

Proceeds from sale of Series C Preferred Stock

 

 

10,845,000

 

 

 

-

 

Proceeds from exercise of warrants

 

 

1,072,424

 

 

 

-

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

-

 

Draws from revolving line of credit, net

 

 

859,075

 

 

 

(703,650 )

Cash paid for contingent liability

 

 

-

 

 

 

(61,232 )

Payment on financing lease

 

 

(102,295 )

 

 

(7,525 )

Payment of dividends

 

 

(498,598 )

 

 

-

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

22,195,631

 

 

 

14,227,593

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency adjustment

 

 

(96,770 )

 

 

(485,222 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

28,343,041

 

 

 

(1,583,267 )

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD

 

 

18,238,264

 

 

 

11,629,303

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD

 

$ 46,581,305

 

 

$ 10,046,036

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest expense

 

$ 1,476,842

 

 

$ 247,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Series B Preferred Stock for acquisition

 

 

-

 

 

 

6,850,000

 

Issuance of common stock for acquisition

 

$ 17,530,278

 

 

$ -

 

Debt discount associated with promissory notes

 

$ -

 

 

$ 4,296,911

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-6

Table of Contents

 

CHARGE ENTERPRISES, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1 Nature of operations

 

Charge Enterprises, Inc., through its subsidiaries (sometimes referred to herein as “we,” “us,” “our,” “Charge” or the “Company”) consists of a portfolio of global businesses with a vision to build the electrification and telecommunications infrastructure that will address and service requirements for EVC (“Electrical Vehicle Charging”) and WNI (“Wireless Network Infrastructure”) which includes 5G, tower, distributed antennae systems (“DAS”), small cell, and electrical infrastructure.

 

The Company operates in two segments: Telecommunications, which provides connection of voice calls, data and Short Message Services (SMS) to global carriers and Infrastructure which builds physical wireless network elements, provides electrical construction services and installs and maintains EV charging stations and infrastructure. Financial information about each business segment is contained in Note 14 Reportable segments.

 

Note 2 Summary of significant accounting policies

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company as of June 30, 2022 and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021 have not been audited by an independent registered public accounting firm. These unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021 and reflect all normal recurring adjustments which are, in the opinion of management, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of June 30, 2022 and the results of operations, equity, comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for the periods presented herein.

 

Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) in the United States have been omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. References to GAAP in these notes are to the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification™, sometimes referred to as the codification or “ASC.” These unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") on March 29, 2022.

 

During the second quarter ended June 30, 2022, the Company identified Series C Preferred Stock that should be presented as Mezzanine Equity that previously had been presented in Preferred Stock for $237 and $623 and Additional Paid-in Capital for $7.4 million and $19.5 million within Stockholders’ Equity on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2021 and March 31, 2022 respectively. The Series C Preferred Stock is reflected in Mezzanine Equity net of a beneficial conversion feature at $16.6 million on the consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2022. The Company concluded that this correction to presentation is not material to the prior year.

 

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and the Company has and intends to continue to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. The consolidated financial statements and related disclosures, presented in U.S. dollars, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. The results and trends in these consolidated financial statements may not be representative of these for any future periods or full year.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Credit Losses - Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). ASU 2016-13 requires entities to use a forward-looking approach based on current expected credit losses (“CECL”) to estimate credit losses on certain types of financial instruments, including trade receivables. This may result in the earlier recognition of allowances for losses. ASU 2016-13 is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2023, and early adoption is permitted. While we will continue to evaluate the potential impacts of the new guidance, the Company does not believe the potential impact of the new guidance and related codification improvements will be material to its financial position or results of operations.

 

 
F-7

Table of Contents

 

 

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, Debt-Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging-Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity (“AUS 2020-06”). ASU 2020-06 will simplify the accounting for convertible instruments by reducing the number of accounting models for convertible debt instruments and convertible preferred stock. Limiting the accounting models will result in fewer embedded conversion features being separately recognized from the host contract as compared with current GAAP. Convertible instruments that continue to be subject to separation models are (1) those with embedded conversion features that are not clearly and closely related to the host contract, that meet the definition of a derivative, and that do not qualify for a scope exception from derivative accounting and (2) convertible debt instruments issued with substantial premiums for which the premiums are recorded as paid-in capital. ASU 2020-06 also amends the guidance for the derivatives scope exception for contracts in an entity’s own equity to reduce form-over-substance-based accounting conclusions. ASU 2020-06 will be effective January 1, 2024, for the Company. Early adoption is permitted. Management is currently evaluating the effect of the adoption of ASU 2020-06 on the consolidated financial statements, but currently does not believe ASU 2020-06 will have a significant impact on the Company’s accounting for its convertible debt instruments. The effect will largely depend on the composition and terms of the financial instruments at the time of adoption.

 

In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-08, Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers (Topic 805) . This ASU requires an acquirer in a business combination to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities (deferred revenue) from acquired contracts using the revenue recognition guidance in Topic 606. At the acquisition date, the acquirer applies the revenue model as if it had originated the acquired contracts. The ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Adoption of the ASU should be applied prospectively. Early adoption is also permitted, including adoption in an interim period. If early adopted, the amendments are applied retrospectively to all business combinations for which the acquisition date occurred during the fiscal year of adoption. Management is currently evaluating the effect of the adoption of ASU 2021-08 on the consolidated financial statements.

 

Note 3 Property, plant and equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

 

 

 

June 30,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equipment                                                                                                                                                                    

 

$

5,949,692

 

 

$

5,924,332

 

Computer hardware

 

 

468,122

 

 

 

468,122

 

Computer software

 

 

36,932

 

 

 

36,932

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

106,424

 

 

 

106,424

 

Vehicles

 

 

2,841,820

 

 

 

2,830,883

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

5,560

 

 

 

5,560

 

 

 

 

9,408,550

 

 

 

9,372,253

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(7,710,740

)

 

 

(7,360,584

)

Property, plant and equipment - net

 

$

1,697,810

 

 

$

2,011,668

 

 

Depreciation expense was $241,843 and $450,897 for the three and six months ended June 30, 2022, respectively.  Depreciation expense was $97,956 and $147,903 for the three and six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively.

 

Note 4 Marketable securities and other investments

 

Our marketable securities are stated at fair value in accordance with ASC Topic 321, Investments- Equity Securities. Any changes in the fair value of the Company’s marketable securities are included in net income under the caption of income (loss) from investments, net on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The market value of the securities is determined using prices as reflected on an established market. Realized and unrealized gains and losses are determined on an average cost basis. The marketable securities are investments predominately in shares of large publicly traded securities which are being invested until such time the funds are needed for operations. The investments in marketable securities totals $16,325,152 and $9,618,743, as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021 respectively.

 

 
F-8

Table of Contents

 

The value of these marketable securities is as follows:

 

 

 

June 30, 2022

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

Description of Securities

 

Brokerage Account

 

 

Other Securities

 

 

Total

 

 

Brokerage Account

 

 

Other Securities

 

 

Total

 

Cost

 

$ 18,169,580

 

 

$ 120,000

 

 

$ 18,289,580

 

 

$ 10,428,724

 

 

$ 120,800

 

 

$ 10,549,524

 

Gross Unrealized Gains

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Gross Unrealized Losses

 

 

(1,853,728 )

 

 

(110,700 )

 

 

(1,964,428 )

 

 

(840,881 )

 

 

(89,900 )

 

 

(930,781 )

Fair Value

 

$ 16,315,852

 

 

$ 9,300

 

 

$ 16,325,152

 

 

$ 9,587,843

 

 

$ 30,900

 

 

$ 9,618,743

 

 

The above marketable securities are reflected as level 1 assets as the security prices are quotes in an established market. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2022, the Company recognized a net loss of $912,369 and $1,022,375 respectively, within income (loss) from investments, net on the Consolidated Statement of Operations, which includes $205,554 of realized loss and $301,419 of realized gains, respectively, and unrealized loss of $706,815 and $1,323,794, respectively.

 

Note 5 Business acquisitions

 

EV Group Holdings LLC

 

The Company entered into an agreement and plan of merger, dated January 14, 2022, with the shareholders of EV Group Holdings LLC (“EV Depot”) pursuant to which the Company agreed to purchase all the issued and outstanding shares of EV Depot for an aggregate purchase price of $18,787,105. $17,530,278 of the aggregate purchase price payable to the shareholders of EV Depot will be payable through the issuance of 5,201,863 shares of common stock. The agreement includes a clause protecting the sellers whereby if the average price of Charge’s common stock for the month ending December 31, 2022 is less than the per share price of Charge’s common stock determined at closing, the Company will increase the number of shares of common stock issued. The Company recorded this as a contingent consideration liability. The agreement also included a clause for gross margin protection to the Company should the 2022 gross margin of EV Depot fall below target levels, the Company will reduce the number of shares of common stock to be issued to EV Depot. The Company recorded this as a contingent consideration asset. These contingent consideration clauses will be settled on December 31, 2022. The acquisition closed on January 14, 2022. This acquisition has been accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires, among other things, that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at fair value as of the acquisition date. The final determination of the fair value of certain assets and liabilities will be completed within the one-year measurement period from the date of acquisition as required by Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 805, Business Combinations. This will allow us time to adequately analyze all the factors used in establishing the asset and liability fair values as of the acquisition date. Any potential adjustments could be material in relation to the preliminary values presented below.

 

The following table summarizes the total considerations as well as the preliminary fair values of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the January 14, 2022 acquisition date.

 

Cash

 

$ 1,231,250

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

18,750

 

Contingent consideration liability, net of $72,748 of contingent consideration asset

 

 

6,827

 

Common Stock (5,201,863 Shares)

 

 

17,530,278

 

Total consideration

 

$ 18,787,105

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair values of identifiable net assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$ 104,485

 

Deposits, prepaids and other current assets, net

 

 

(11,167 )

Operating lease right-of-use asset

 

 

2,016,700

 

Non-current assets

 

 

390,625

 

Total assets

 

 

2,500,643

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

27,407

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

166,984

 

Operating lease liability

 

 

2,016,700

 

Total liabilities

 

 

2,211,091

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fair value of identifiable net assets and liabilities

 

 

289,552

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill (consideration given minus fair value of identifiable net assets and liabilities)

 

$ 18,497,553

 

 

The determination of goodwill in the amount of approximately $18.5 million was recognized for the EV Depot acquisition as the excess of consideration transferred over the net assets recognized and represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets which cannot be individually identified and separately recognized. The recorded goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.

 

The inclusion of the EV Depot acquisition in our Consolidated Financial Statements is not deemed material with respect to the requirement to provide pro-forma results of operations. As such, pro-forma information is not presented.

 

B W Electrical Services LLC

 

Our wholly owned subsidiary, Charge Infrastructure, Inc., entered into a securities purchase agreement, dated December 22, 2021, with the shareholders of B W Electrical Services LLC (“BW”) pursuant to which we agreed to purchase all the issued and outstanding shares of BW for an aggregate purchase price of $18,038,570. $4,538,570 of the aggregate purchase price payable to the shareholders of BW through the issuance of 1,285,714 shares of common stock. The acquisition closed on December 27, 2021. While we continue to finalize the preliminary fair values of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the December 27, 2021 acquisition date, we did not recognize any adjustments in the period ended June 30, 2022. Any potential adjustments could be material in relation to the preliminary values presented previously.

 

 
F-9

Table of Contents

 

ANS

 

The Company entered into a securities purchase agreement, dated May 7, 2021, with the shareholders of Nextridge, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Advanced Network Solutions (collectively “ANS”) pursuant to which we agreed to purchase all the issued and outstanding shares of ANS for an aggregate purchase price of $19,798,324. $6,850,000 of the aggregate purchase price payable to the shareholders of ANS was payable through the issuance of 2,395,105 shares of our Series B preferred stock (the “Series B Preferred”). The acquisition closed on May 21, 2021.

 

The Company analyzed the acquisition under applicable guidance and determined that the acquisition should be accounted for as a business combination. The acquisition resulted in $5,017,682 in goodwill which was recorded on the reporting unit’s books.  The recorded goodwill is not deductible for income tax purposes.

 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:

 

 

 

Preliminary Estimate

 

 

Measurement

Period

Adjustments (1)

 

 

Revised

and Final

 

Identifiable intangible asset

 

$ -

 

 

$ 11,924,617

 

 

$ 11,924,617

 

Tangible assets acquired (net of tangible liabilities assumed)

 

 

6,380,152

 

 

 

(497,339 )

 

 

5,882,813

 

Goodwill

 

 

13,418,172

 

 

 

(8,400,490 )

 

 

5,017,682

 

Deferred Tax for Identifiable intangible asset

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3,026,788 )

 

 

(3,026,788 )

Total

 

$ 19,798,324

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ 19,798,324

 

 

(1)  Within one year of acquisition, the Company recorded several measurement period adjustments primarily relating to the establishment of a Customer Relationship intangible asset of $11,924,617 and related Deferred tax liability of $3,026,788. Amortization expense for the three and six months ended June 30, 2022 was $861,222. See Note 6 Intangible assets.

 

Note 6 Intangible Assets

 

Intangible assets, which consists of Customer Relationships, are amortized on a straight-line basis over 15 years.  The entire gross carrying value balance of customer relationships as of June 30, 2022 relates to the acquisition of ANS and was recorded in the second quarter of the intangible assets is, a measurement period adjustment to Goodwill (see Note 5- Business Acquisitions) along. The amortization expense for the intangible assets of $861,222 is included within “Depreciation and amortization expense” for the three and six months ended June 30, 2022 on the Consolidated Statement of Operations. As of June 30, 2022, the following is included in “Intangible Assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet: with amortization expense of $861,222, upon finalization of purchase accounting, net consisted of the following:

 

 

 

June 30, 2022

 

 

 

Gross Carrying Amount

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

 

Net Carrying Amount

 

Customer Relationships

 

$

11,924,617

 

 

$

(861,222

)

 

$

11,063,395

 

Total

 

$

11,924,617

 

 

$

(861,222

)

 

$

11,063,395

 

 

Note 7 Related party

 

During the first quarter of 2021, the Company granted Mr. Deutsch, a Board member of the Company, options to acquire 1,500,000 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $2.00, for services rendered related to financial consulting.

 

During 2021, the Company paid $320,000 to Korr Acquisition Group, Inc. related to successful acquisition efforts. Kenneth Orr, the former Chairman of the Company, has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by KORR Acquisitions Group, Inc.

 

During the second quarter of 2022, the Company entered into a Special Advisor Agreement with Korr Acquisitions Group. The agreement includes an upfront payment of $500,000 and a monthly advisory fee. Kenneth Orr, the former Chairman of the Company, has sole voting and dispositive power over Korr Acquisitions Group.

 

 
F-10

Table of Contents

 

Note 8 Convertible notes payable

 

The Company’s outstanding convertible notes payables as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021 are summarized below:

 

Convertible Notes Payable:

 

June 30,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

Issued on May 8, 2020 (8% interest)

 

$ -

 

 

$ 3,000,000

 

Issued on November 3, 2020 (8% interest)

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,888,889

 

Issued on May 19, 2021 (8% interest)

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,610,000

 

Issued on April 30, 2021 (6% interest)

 

 

-

 

 

 

66,400

 

Total face value

 

 

-

 

 

 

12,565,289

 

Less: unamortized discount

 

 

-

 

 

 

(5,389,693 )

Total convertible notes payable

 

$ -

 

 

$ 7,175,597

 

 

On June 30, 2022 Convertible Notes Payable of Arena Investors LP with a face value of $12,498,889 (net discounted value of $8,205,504) were exchanged for Series D Preferred Stock. See Note 15 Equity for more details.

 

April 30, 2020 Sutton Global Note $227,525 Face Value

 

On April 30, 2020, the former CEO converted his payable into a convertible note with a face value of $300,000. The note has a coupon rate of 6% and a maturity date of December 31, 2021. The note is convertible at a rate of $0.0005 per share. Since the note added a conversion option, it resulted in a debt modification requiring the Company to record a loss on modification of debt in the amount of $98,825. On March 25, 2021, Sutton Global Associates converted $149,000 in principal and $12,125 in accrued interest into 644,499 shares of the Company’s common stock. The remaining note balance was subsequently sold to an unrelated party who converted the entire principal and accrued interest balance into 319,950 shares of the company common stock on March 12, 2022.

 

Interest expense and amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs for the convertible notes payables is as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Interest Expense

 

$ 249,978

 

 

$ 198,303

 

 

$ 497,053

 

 

$ 344,770

 

Amortization of debt discount

 

 

4,845,236

 

 

 

920,914

 

 

 

5,391,022

 

 

 

982,788

 

Amortization of debt issuance costs

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7,397

 

Total

 

$ 5,095,214

 

 

$ 1,119,217

 

 

$ 5,888,075

 

 

$ 1,334,955

 

 

The accrued interest relating to the convertible notes payable as of June 30, 2022 and December 2021 was $0 and $183,067, respectively.

 

Note 9 Convertible notes payable, related parties

 

The Company did not have any outstanding convertible notes payables, related parties as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021. Interest expense and amortization of debt discount for the six months ended June 30,2021 was $6,019 and $95,127, respectively.

 

KORR Value Financing

 

In May and June 2020, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with KORR Value LP, an entity controlled by Kenneth Orr, pursuant to which the Company issued convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount of $550,000 for an aggregate purchase price of $495,000 (collectively, the “KORR Notes”). In connection with the issuance of the KORR Notes, the Company issued to KORR Value warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,151,515 shares of Common Stock (collectively, the “KORR Warrants”). The KORR Notes and KORR Warrants are on substantially the same terms as the Notes and Warrants issued to the Selling Shareholders except that the KORR Notes are subordinated to the Notes. On August 27, 2020, notes totaling $288,889 and 658,667 warrants were assigned to an unrelated party.

 

On March 15, 2021, KORR Value converted $261,111 in principal and $17,798 in accrued interest related to the convertible notes issued May 8, 2020 into 1,115,638 shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

 
F-11

Table of Contents

 

9 Madison Inc. Financing

 

On September 2, 2020, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with 9 Madison, Inc., an entity controlled by Andrew Fox, the Company’s CEO, pursuant to which the Company issued a convertible note in the amount of $110,000 for an aggregate purchase price of $100,000. The notes are convertible at the holder’s option at a conversion price of $0.25 per share. In connection with the issuance of the Notes, the Company issued to 9 Madison warrants to purchase an aggregate of 440,000 shares of Common Stock

 

On March 15, 2021, 9 Madison converted $110,000 in principal and $4,677 in accrued interest related to the convertible notes issued September 2, 2020 into 458,709 shares of common stock.

 

Note 10 Line of credit

 

Advanced Networks Services, LLC (“ANS”) has a revolving $4,000,000 line of credit available with a bank, collateralized by all the assets of ANS. Interest is payable monthly at the Wall Street Journal prime rate (4.75% on June 30, 2022, 3.50% on March 31, 2022, and 3.25% on December 31, 2021). There are no financial commitments or covenants on the line of credit. As of June 30, 2022, and December 31, 2021, the Company had an outstanding balance of $2,757,218 and $1,898,143 respectively on this line of credit.

 

ANS also has a $750,000 equipment and vehicle line of credit available with a bank. Interest is payable monthly at the Wall Street Journal prime rate. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, ANS had no borrowings under this line of credit.

 

BW has a revolving $3,000,000 line of credit available with a bank, collateralized by all the assets of BW.  Interest is payable monthly at the Wall Street Journal prime rate (4.75% as of June 30, 2022, and 3.25% at December 31, 2021). There are no financial commitments or covenants on the line of credit.  On May 26, 2022, BW renewed the facility with substantially the same terms and an expiration of August 1, 2023. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company had no outstanding balance on the line of credit.

 

Note 11 Notes payable

 

The Company’s notes payables as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021 are summarized below:

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Paycheck Protection Program loan issued February 10, 2021

 

$

-

 

 

$

2,000,000

 

Notes payable issued May 19, 2021 (8% interest)

 

 

11,860,055

 

 

 

11,860,055

 

Notes payable issued December 17, 2021 (7.5% interest)

 

 

15,925,926

 

 

 

15,925,926

 

Total face value

 

 

27,785,981

 

 

 

29,785,981

 

Less: unamortized discount

 

 

(5,532,551

)

 

 

(3,698,458

)

Carrying value

 

$

22,253,430

 

 

$

26,087,523

 

 

Prior to our acquisition, BW was approved for a Paycheck Protection Program loan on February 10, 2021 from the Small Business Administration (“SBA”) in the amount of $ 2,000,000. In the second quarter of 2022, the loan was forgiven by the SBA. Although the loan was forgiven by the SBA, per our purchase agreement with the sellers of BW in December 2021, if such an event occurred, the Company is obligated to reimburse the SBA loan of $2,000,000 to such sellers. As such, the $2,000,000 SBA loan was reclassified from Notes payable to Accrued liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2022 and will be settled by the end of September 30, 2022.

 

Interest expense and amortization of debt discount for the notes payable is as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Interest Expense

 

$ 484,639

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ 969,278

 

 

$ -

 

Amortization of debt discount

 

 

1,568,835

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,052,644

 

 

 

-

 

Total

 

$ 2,053,474

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ 3,021,922

 

 

$ -

 

 

The accrued interest relating to the notes payable as of June 30, 2022 and December 2021 was $0 and $115,250, respectively.

 

 
F-12

Table of Contents

  

Note 12 Derivative liabilities

 

The Company does not use financial derivative instruments to manage risk. In June 2022, the Company exchanged the outstanding convertible debt for Series D Preferred Stock.  Concurrently, the warrants that were granted along with the original convertible debt were amended to provide, at the holders’ choice, the option to exercise for a to-be-issued class of our preferred stock, which shall be convertible into the same number of shares of Common Stock as would have been issued upon exercise of such warrants under the original terms.  This amendment caused the instruments to be treated as a derivative liability beginning on June 30, 2022.  The warrants were reclassified from equity to derivative liability and measured at fair value using a Black Scholes model (Level 2 of GAAP fair value hierarchy). The impact was a derivative liability of approximately $40.4 million and a deemed dividend of approximately $32.8 million.  This derivative liability will be revalued on a recurring basis through the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

The Company recorded a derivative liability in 2020 related to convertible debt that contained certain cash true up provisions that were not clearly and closely related to the host debt agreement in terms of economic risks and characteristics.  No cash payment was triggered, the true up provision expired on June 1, 2021, and the derivative balance was reclassed to additional paid-in-capital in the second quarter of 2021.

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, the changes in fair value inputs and assumptions related to the derivative liability, which is reflected in “Other income (expense), net” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations are as follows:

 

 

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Derivative Liability balance at December 31,

 

$ -

 

 

$ 749,600

 

Reclass of derivative

 

 

40,442,518

 

 

 

(749,200 )

Change in fair value of derivative liabilities

 

 

-

 

 

 

(400 )

Derivative Liability balance at June 30,

 

$ 40,442,518

 

 

$ -

 

 

Note 13 Leases

 

In connection with the Company’s acquisition of EV Depot (see Note 5 Business acquisitions), the Company, as the lessor, recorded $1.3 million and $2.4 million of lease revenue relating to EV Depot’s operating leases in Revenues for the three and six months ended June 30, 2022.

 

Note 14 Reportable segments

 

The Company currently has one primary reportable geographic segment - United States. The Company has two reportable operating segments - Telecommunications and Infrastructure.  The Company also have included a Non-operating Corporate segment.  All inter-segment revenues are eliminated.

 

Summary information with respect to the Company’s operating segments is as follows for the three and six months ended June 30:

 

 

 

Three months ended June 30,

 

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telecommunications

 

$

155,606,953

 

 

$

125,960,397

 

 

$

298,967,241

 

 

$

237,085,903

 

Infrastructure

 

 

25,433,659

 

 

 

3,616,398

 

 

 

45,051,261

 

 

 

3,624,795

 

Total revenue

 

$

181,040,612

 

 

$

129,576,795

 

 

$

344,018,502

 

 

$

240,710,698

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended June 30,

 

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

(Loss) Income from operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telecommunications

 

$

360,590

 

 

$

587,094

 

 

$

887,252

 

 

$

1,276,565

 

Infrastructure

 

 

1,656,342

 

 

 

(271,449

)

 

 

3,293,159

 

 

 

(739,966

)

Non-operating corporate

 

 

(14,483,002

)

 

 

(12,010,097

)

 

 

(29,432,761

)

 

 

(17,604,694

)

Total (loss) from operations

 

$

(12,466,070

)

 

$

(11,694,452

)

 

$

(25,252,350

)

 

$

(17,068,095

)

 

A reconciliation of the Company's consolidated segment loss from operations to consolidated loss from operations before income taxes and net income (loss) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021 are as follows:

 

 

 

Three months ended June 30,

 

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Loss from operations

 

$

(12,466,070

)

 

$

(11,694,452

)

 

$

(25,252,350

)

 

$

(17,068,095

)

Income (loss) from investments, net

 

 

(912,369

)

 

 

859,614

 

 

 

(1,022,375

)

 

 

4,261,328

 

Amortization of debt discount

 

 

(6,414,071

)

 

 

(920,914

)

 

 

(7,443,668

)

 

 

(982,788

)

Amortization of debt discount, related party

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(95,127

)

Interest expense

 

 

(745,728

)

 

 

(267,681

)

 

 

(1,480,781

)

 

 

(448,683

)

Other income (expense), net

 

 

715,238

 

 

 

(10,508

)

 

 

913,591

 

 

 

(10,838

)

Foreign exchange adjustments

 

 

169,411

 

 

 

(61,234

)

 

 

(86,191

)

 

 

(512,712

)

Total other expenses

 

 

(7,187,519

)

 

 

(400,723

)

 

 

(9,119,424

)

 

 

2,211,180

 

Loss from operations before income taxes

 

 

(19,653,589

)

 

 

(12,095,175

)

 

 

(34,371,774

)

 

 

(14,856,915

)

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

 

11,337

 

 

 

2,010,198

 

 

 

1,589,620

 

 

 

3,192,832

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(19,642,252

)

 

$

(10,084,977

)

 

$

(32,782,154

)

 

$

(11,664,083

)

 

 
F-13

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Three months ended June 30,

 

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Depreciation and Amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telecommunications

 

$

42,422

 

 

$

49,648

 

 

$

85,922

 

 

$

99,595

 

Infrastructure

 

 

1,060,643

 

 

 

48,308

 

 

 

1,226,197

 

 

 

48,308

 

Total

 

$

1,103,065

 

 

$

97,956

 

 

$

1,312,119

 

 

$

147,903

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Capital Expenditures 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telecommunications

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

Infrastructure

 

 

70,542

 

 

 

1,355,297

 

Total

 

$

70,542

 

 

$

1,355,297

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telecommunications

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

Infrastructure

 

 

1,488,152

 

 

 

2,279,978

 

 Non-operating corporate

 

 

14,937,000

 

 

 

7,438,765

 

Total

 

$

16,425,152

 

 

$

9,718,743

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Total Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telecommunications

 

$

97,257,845

 

 

$

73,658,598

 

Infrastructure

 

 

80,850,627

 

 

 

56,700,602

 

Non-operating corporate

 

 

111,328,924

 

 

 

79,579,215

 

Eliminations

 

 

(82,129,357

)

 

 

(66,328,903

)

Total

 

$

207,308,039

 

 

$

143,609,512

 

 

Note 15 Equity

 

Permanent Equity

 

Preferred Stock

The Company has 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock authorized with a par value of $0.0001. No shares of Series A Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding as of June 30,2022 and December 31,2021.

 

The Company has evaluated each series of the Preferred Stock for proper classification under ASC 480 and ASC 815. ASC 480 generally requires liability classification for financial instruments that are certain to be redeemed, as they represent obligations to purchase shares of stock or represent obligations to issue a variable number of common shares. Both Preferred Series B and Preferred Series C are classified as liabilities within mezzanine equity on the consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2022.

 

Series D: On June 30, 2022, the Company entered into an exchange agreement with funds affiliated with Arena Investors LP (“Arena Investors”) pursuant to which the Company issued 1,177,023 shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock.  The Series D Preferred Stock was issued in exchange for the Arena Investors’ $3,000,000 principal amount of convertible notes issued on May 8, 2020, $3,888,889 principal amount convertible notes issued on November 3, 2020 and $5,610,000 principal amount convertible notes issued on May 19, 2021. The total principal was $12,498,889.  The remaining unamortized discount as of June 30, 2022 of $ 4,293,385 was fully amortized during the three and six months ended June 30, 2022 and included in the “Amortization of debt discount” on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

The Series D Preferred has the following designations as of June 30, 2022:

 

 

·

Convertible at the option of the holder into Common Stock at $0.4248 per share

 

·

The Series D liquidation preference is equal to $10.6191 per share

 

·

The holders will receive a quarterly dividend at a fixed annual rate of 2.25% of the liquidation preference, or $0.23893 per share

 

·

No voting rights

 

 
F-14

Table of Contents

 

In addition to the exchange of convertible notes, the related 11.8 million outstanding warrants to purchase Common Stock were amended to allow the holder to exercise for a to-be-issued class of our preferred stock, which shall be convertible into the same number of shares of Common Stock as would have been issued upon exercise of such warrants under the original terms. This amendment caused the instruments to be treated as a derivative liability beginning on June 30, 2022. The transition to derivative accounting created a derivative liability of $40.4 million and a related deemed dividend of $32.8 million. Future changes in the fair value of the derivative liability will be marked to market through Statement of Operations in the respective period.

 

Common Stock

 

On April 20, 2022, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with an affiliate of Island Capital Group, LLC pursuant to which the Company issued 1,428,575 shares of Charge’s Common Stock and three-year warrants to purchase up to 2,000,000 shares of Charge’s Common Stock at $8.50 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $10,000,025.  The purchase price was allocated between Common Stock and warrants and is reported within Common Stock and Additional Paid-in Capital.

 

Mezzanine Equity

 

Preferred Stock

 

Series B: On May 21, 2021, the Company issued 2,395,105 shares as part of the acquisition of ANS at an aggregate purchase price of $ 6,850,000. On June 20, 2022, 2,155,592 shares were converted to 2,155,592 of Common Stock.  As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were 239,510 and 2,395,105 shares of Series B Preferred issued and outstanding, respectively.

 

The Series B Preferred has the following designations as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021:

 

 

·

Convertible at option of holder

 

·

The holders are entitled to receive cumulative dividends at 4% per annum, payable quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1

 

·

1 preferred share is convertible to 1 common share

 

·

The Series B holders are entitled to receive liquidation in preference to the common holders or any other class or series of preferred stock

 

·

The Series B holders are entitled to vote together with the common holders as a single class

 

·

Mandatorily redeemable 180 days following the mandatory redemption date

 

The 239,510 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, with a value of $685,000, are mandatorily redeemable, and therefore are required to be classified as a liability in the mezzanine section on the Consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2022.

 

Series C: On December 17, 2021, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with funds affiliated with Arena Investors LP pursuant to which the Company issued 2,370,370 shares of Series C Preferred Stock in an aggregate face value of $7,407,406 for an aggregate purchase price of $6,666,800. In connection with the issuance of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Company also issued warrants to purchase 2,370,370 shares of the Company’s common stock. The Company has valued and recorded the beneficial conversion feature of the Series C Preferred Stock and the warrants resulting in a deemed dividend at the time of issuance. 

 

On February 25, 2022, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with an affiliate of Island Capital Group LLC (the “February 2022 Investors”) pursuant to which it issued 3,856,000 Series C Preferred Stock in an aggregate face value of $12,050,000 for an aggregate purchase price of $10,845,000. The Company has valued and recorded the beneficial conversion feature of the Series C Preferred Stock resulting in a deemed dividend at the time of issuance. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were 6,226,370 and 2,370,370 shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued and outstanding.

 

The Series C Preferred has the following designations as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021:

 

 

·

Convertible at option of holder at a conversion price of $3.125 per share

 

·

The holders are entitled to receive dividends

 

·

In the event of reorganization this class of Preferred will not be affected by any such capital reorganization

 

·

The Series C liquidation preference is equal to the stated value, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends

 

·

Change of control provision whereby the Series C Preferred shareholders would receive their stated value before all other shareholders

 

·

No voting rights

 

·

Redemption features:

 

 

If the closing price exceeds 200% of the effective conversion price, the Company may force the conversion of preferred stock with 10 days written notice;

 

At any time after the original issue date, the Company has the option to redeem some or all the outstanding preferred stock for cash with 10 days written notice; and

 

On the third anniversary of the issue date, the holder may request redemption, at the Company’s option of cash or common stock, at the conversion price equal to the four-year redemption amount (a) 100% of the aggregate stated value then outstanding, (b) accrued but unpaid dividends (c) additional cash consideration in order for the Purchasers to achieve a 20% internal rate of return and (d) all liquidated damages and other amounts due in respect of the Preferred Stock.

 

The 6,226,370 shares of Series C Preferred Stock provides that the Company shall redeem the preferred stock for cash or common stock at the Company’s option and therefore not considered mandatorily redeemable.  However, due to the change in control provision, the Series C Preferred Stock have liquidation preference and are deemed a liability and presented within Mezzanine Equity on the Consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2022.

 

 
F-15

Table of Contents

 

Stock Options

 

Stock options activity for the three and six months ended June 30, 2022 is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted Average Exercise Price

 

Options outstanding December 31, 2021

 

 

44,920,000

 

 

$

1.78

 

Options granted

 

 

2,550,000

 

 

 

3.47

 

Options exercised

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Options cancelled

 

 

(565,000

)

 

 

(3.16

)

Options outstanding at March 31, 2022

 

 

46,905,000

 

 

 

1.85

 

Options exercisable at March 31, 2022

 

 

14,737,501

 

 

$

1.14

 

Options granted

 

 

3,475,000

 

 

 

5.00

 

Options exercised

 

 

(10,000

)

 

 

(2.00

)

Options cancelled

 

 

(687,500

)

 

 

(2.99

)

Options outstanding at June 30, 2022

 

 

49,682,500

 

 

 

1.69

 

Options exercisable at June 30, 2022

 

 

18,361,001

 

 

1.47

 

 

At June 30, 2022, the weighted average remaining life of the stock options is 4.83 years. At June 30, 2022, there was $39,245,445 in unrecognized costs related to the stock options granted.

 

Warrants

 

The following table represents warrants activity for three and six months ended June 30, 2022:

 

 

 

Number of Warrants

 

 

Weighted Average Exercise Price

 

 

Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life

 

Warrants outstanding - December 31, 2021

 

 

24,084,772

 

 

$ 1.74

 

 

3.0 years

 

Issued

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Exercised

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Expired

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Warrants outstanding - March 31, 2022

 

 

24,084,772

 

 

$ 1.74

 

 

2.7 years

 

Warrants exercisable - March 31, 2022

 

 

24,084,772

 

 

$ 1.74

 

 

2.7 years

 

Issued

 

 

2,000,000

 

 

 

8.50

 

 

2.8 years

 

Exercised

 

 

(8,044,848 )

 

 

(1.21 )

 

 

-

 

Expired

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants outstanding - June 30, 2022

 

 

18,039,924

 

 

$ 2.55

 

 

2.3 years

 

Warrants exercisable - June 30, 2022

 

 

18,039,924

 

 

$ 2.55

 

 

2.3 years

 

 

Note 16 Commitments, contingencies, and concentration risk

 

Contingencies

During the normal course of business, the Company may be named from time to time as a party to lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business related to its sales, marketing, and the provision of its services and equipment. When the Company becomes aware of potential litigation, it evaluates the merits of the case in accordance with ASC 450, Contingencies. Litigation and contingency accruals are based on our assessment, including advice of legal counsel, regarding the expected outcome of litigation or other dispute resolution proceedings. If the Company determines that an unfavorable outcome is probable and can be reasonably assessed, it establishes the necessary accruals. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company is not aware of any contingent legal liabilities that should be reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-16

Table of Contents

 

Other Commitments:

 

Indemnities

 

The Company generally indemnifies its customers for the services it provides under its contracts, as well as other specified liabilities, which may subject the Company to indemnity claims, liabilities and related litigation. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company was not aware of any material asserted or unasserted claims in connection with these indemnity obligations.

 

Performance and Payment Bonds

 

Many customers, particularly in connection with new construction within Infrastructure, require the Company to post performance and payment bonds issued by a financial institution known as a surety. If the Company fails to perform under the terms of a contract or to pay subcontractors and vendors who provided goods or services under a contract, the customer may demand that the surety make payments or provide services under the bond. The Company must reimburse the surety for any expenses or outlays it incurs. To date, the Company is not aware of any losses to their sureties in connection with bonds the sureties have posted on their behalf, and do not expect such losses to be incurred in the foreseeable future. Generally, 10% of bonding needs are held in cash on the balance sheet.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

The Company maintains accounts with financial institutions. All cash in checking accounts is non-interest bearing and is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to a $250,000 limit. At times, cash balances may exceed the maximum coverage provided by the FDIC on insured depositor accounts. The Company believes it mitigates its risk by depositing its cash and cash equivalents with major financial institutions. At June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company had $44,516,287 and $17,503,737 in excess of FDIC insurance, respectively.

 

Major Customer Concentration

 

There are no customers whose individual accounts receivable represented 10% or more of the Company’s total accounts receivable as of June 30, 2022. The company had two customers whose accounts receivable individually represented 10% or more of the Company’s total accounts receivable and whose accounts receivable in aggregate accounted for approximately 25% of the Company’s total accounts receivable as of December 31, 2021.

 

The Company has two customers whose revenue individually represented 10% or more of the Company’s total revenue and whose revenue in aggregate accounted for approximately 32% and 27% of the Company’s total revenue for the three and six months ended June 30, 2022, respectively. The Company had  three customers whose revenue individually represented 10% or more of the Company’s total revenue and in aggregate accounted for approximately 40% and 41% of the Company’s total revenue for the three and six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively.

 

Labor Concentration

 

One of our operating subsidiaries within Infrastructure sources direct labor from local unions, which have collective bargaining agreements expiring at various times over the next four years. Although the Company’s past experience has been favorable with respect to resolving conflicting demands with these unions, it is possible that contract negotiations are unsuccessful which could impact the renewal of the collective bargaining agreements.

 

Note 17 Income taxes

 

The following table includes the Company’s income (loss) before income taxes, income tax (expense) benefit and effective benefit tax rate:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Income (loss) before income tax benefit

 

$

(19,653,589

)

 

$

(12,095,175

)

 

$

(34,371,774

)

 

$

(14,856,915

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

11,337

 

 

 

2,010,198

 

 

 

1,589,620

 

 

 

3,192,832

 

Effective tax rate

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

16.6

%

 

 

4.6

%

 

 

21.5

%

 

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, the Company utilized the discrete effective tax rate method, as allowed by ASC 740-270-30-18.  The discrete method treats the year-to-date period as if it was the annual period and calculates the income tax expense or benefit on a discrete basis.  Currently, the Company believes the use of the discrete method represents the best estimate of our annual effective tax rate.  The Company’s effective tax rate differed from the statutory rate primarily due to unfavorable permanent book-tax differences related to non-deductible stock based compensation and other non-deductible book expenses.

 

 
F-17

Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and

Stockholders of Charge Enterprises, Inc.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Charge Enterprises, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Critical Audit Matters

 

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

 

We identified the valuation of the preferred stock and the convertible notes and related conversion features and warrants issued as a critical audit matter.

 

The primary procedures performed to address this critical audit matter included the following: We evaluated and discussed with management their analysis of the various terms within the related agreements. We read and analyzed the preferred stock and note agreements to ensure management’s assessments were correct, whether the conversion features should be bifurcated, and whether a beneficial conversion feature existed. We tested the calculations related to the carrying value of the instrument and each of the conversion features as well as their classification of debt or equity. We recalculated the amortization of the debt discount recorded as interest expense.

 

 /s/ Seligson & Giannattasio, LLP

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

 

White Plains, New York

March 29, 2022

 

 
F-18

Table of Contents

  

CHARGE ENTERPRISES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$ 18,238,264

 

 

$ 11,629,303

 

Accounts receivable net of allowances of 2021 $268,007, 2020 $13,411

 

 

73,334,183

 

 

 

64,129,327

 

Inventory

 

 

111,070

 

 

 

-

 

Deposits, prepaids and other current assets, net

 

 

1,721,222

 

 

 

597,388

 

Investment in marketable securities

 

 

9,618,743

 

 

 

3,249,710

 

Investment in non-marketable securities

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

149,262

 

Cost in excess of billings

 

 

4,812,483

 

 

 

-

 

Total current assets

 

 

107,935,965

 

 

 

79,754,990

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

2,011,668

 

 

 

1,774,176

 

Finance lease asset

 

 

469,645

 

 

 

-

 

Right-of-use asset

 

 

1,558,052

 

 

 

-

 

Non-current assets

 

 

-

 

 

 

259,157

 

Goodwill

 

 

26,054,522

 

 

 

17,175,990

 

Deferred tax asset

 

 

5,579,660

 

 

 

443,006

 

Total assets

 

$ 143,609,512

 

 

$ 99,407,319

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$ 71,428,301

 

 

$ 69,914,181

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

5,739,475

 

 

 

785,172

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

7,017,392

 

 

 

3,455,886

 

Convertible notes payable, net of discount

 

 

2,700,337

 

 

 

1,436,144

 

Convertible notes payable, related party, net of discount

 

 

-

 

 

 

275,984

 

Line of credit

 

 

1,898,143

 

 

 

-

 

Related party payable

 

 

-

 

 

 

189,312

 

Derivative liabilities

 

 

-

 

 

 

749,600

 

Finance lease liability

 

 

159,215

 

 

 

-

 

Lease liability

 

 

125,191

 

 

 

-

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

89,068,054

 

 

 

76,806,279

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance lease liability, non-current

 

 

218,825

 

 

 

-

 

Lease liability, non-current

 

 

1,442,743

 

 

 

-

 

Notes payable, net of discount

 

 

26,087,523

 

 

 

-

 

Convertible notes payable, net of discount

 

 

4,475,260

 

 

 

1,947,945

 

Total liabilities

 

 

121,292,405

 

 

 

78,754,224

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mezzanine Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series B Preferred Stock

 

 

6,850,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A: 0 and 1,000,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,000

 

Series C: 2,370,370 and 0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

 

237

 

 

 

-

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 750,000,000 shares authorized 184,266,934 and 140,018,383 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 

18,426

 

 

 

140,018

 

Common stock to be issued, 6,587,897 and 13,425,750 shares at December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

 

658

 

 

 

13,426

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

126,869,604

 

 

 

72,583,222

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(32,289 )

 

 

60,375

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(111,389,529 )

 

 

(52,144,946 )

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

15,467,107

 

 

 

20,653,095

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$ 143,609,512

 

 

$ 99,407,319

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 .

 
F-19

Table of Contents

  

CHARGE ENTERPRISES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$ 477,018,163

 

 

$ 84,726,026

 

Cost of Goods Sold

 

 

465,503,568

 

 

 

83,554,341

 

Gross Margin

 

 

11,514,595

 

 

 

1,171,685

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

30,622,884

 

 

 

2,326,298

 

General and administrative

 

 

7,994,946

 

 

 

2,020,493

 

Salaries and related benefits

 

 

8,806,344

 

 

 

687,415

 

Professional fees

 

 

1,845,886

 

 

 

804,836

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

529,000

 

 

 

82,662

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

49,799,060

 

 

 

5,921,704

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss

 

 

(38,284,465 )

 

 

(4,750,019 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expenses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on impairment

 

 

(18,116,263 )

 

 

(13,757,907 )

Net income from investments

 

 

3,330,057

 

 

 

49,710

 

Amortization of debt discount

 

 

(3,055,978 )

 

 

(2,667,733 )

Other income (expense), net

 

 

1,063,772

 

 

 

(415,202 )

Interest expense

 

 

(1,457,900 )

 

 

(391,781 )

Foreign exchange adjustments

 

 

(334,496 )

 

 

425,309

 

Amortization of debt discount, related party

 

 

(95,127 )

 

 

(28,032 )

Amortization of debt issue costs

 

 

(10,438 )

 

 

(19,562 )

Stock issuance costs

 

 

-

 

 

 

(13,400,000 )

Interest expense, related party

 

 

-

 

 

 

(26,703 )

Loss on modification of debt

 

 

-

 

 

 

(98,825 )

Total other expenses

 

 

(18,676,373 )

 

 

(30,330,726 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

 

5,291,867

 

 

 

438,104

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$ (51,668,971 )

 

$ (34,642,641 )

Deemed dividend

 

 

(7,407,407 )

 

 

0

 

Net loss available to common stockholders

 

$ (59,076,378 )

 

$ (34,642,641 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and loss per share

 

$ (0.38 )

 

$ (1.92 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding, basic and loss

 

 

156,365,477

 

 

 

18,049,003

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-20

Table of Contents

  

CHARGE ENTERPRISES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Net loss

 

$ (51,668,971 )

 

$ (34,642,641 )

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

(92,664 )

 

 

60,375

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

(92,664 )

 

 

60,375

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

$ (51,761,635 )

 

$ (34,582,266 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-21

Table of Contents

  

CHARGE ENTERPRISES, INC.

STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021 AND 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Preferred Stock

 

 

 Common Stock

 

 

 Common Stock to be Issued

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

 Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

 Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Income

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2019

 

 

2,618,251

 

 

$ 2,618

 

 

 

9,516,329

 

 

$ 9,516

 

 

 

3,224,949

 

 

$ 3,225

 

 

$ 17,150,994

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ (17,502,305 )

 

$ (335,952 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares of common stock from prior year issued

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,224,949

 

 

 

3,225

 

 

 

(3,224,949 )

 

 

(3,225 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sale of Series E Preferred Stock

 

 

125,000

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

12,375

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

12,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series D Preferred stock issued in merger with Transworld Enterprises, Inc.

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,528,161

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,529,161

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series F Preferred stock issued in merger with Transworld Enterprises, Inc.

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,527,950

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,528,950

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series G Preferred stock issued in connection with Convertible Notes

 

 

8

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,361,098

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,361,098

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series B Preferred stock cancelled

 

 

(200,000 )

 

 

(200 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series C Preferred stock cancelled

 

 

(2,000,000 )

 

 

(2,000 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on modification of debt

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

98,825

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

98,825

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sale of common stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

8,700,000

 

 

 

8,700

 

 

 

2,166,300

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,175,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued for Get Charged, Inc. acquisition

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

55,276,274

 

 

 

55,276

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

25,852,738

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

25,908,014

 

 

 
F-22

Table of Contents

  

CHARGE ENTERPRISES, INC.

STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021 AND 2020

 

Common stock to be issued for Get Charged, Inc. acquisition

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,725,750

 

 

 

4,726

 

 

 

2,287,263

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,291,989

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series D Preferred stock converted into common

 

 

(1,000,000

)

 

 

(1,000

)

 

 

63,711,968

 

 

 

63,712

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(62,712

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series E Preferred stock converted into common

 

 

(543,251

)

 

 

(543

)

 

 

1,086,502

 

 

 

1,087

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(544

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of Series G Preferred stock to common stock

 

 

(8

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

6,199,135

 

 

 

6,199

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(6,199

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued to satisfy liability

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

68,900

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

69,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued with convertible debt

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

903,226

 

 

 

903

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

212,504

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

213,407

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,326,298

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,326,298

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock issuance costs

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,100,000

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,100,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued to placement agents

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

15,500,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

15,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued with convertible debt

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

217,197

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

217,197

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beneficial conversion feature

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,439,874

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,439,874

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

60,375

 

 

 

(34,642,641

)

 

 

(34,582,266

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2020

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

$

1,000

 

 

 

140,018,383

 

 

$

140,018

 

 

 

13,425,750

 

 

$

13,426

 

 

$

72,583,222

 

 

$

60,375

 

 

$

(52,144,946

)

 

$

20,653,095

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares of common stock from prior year issued

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

11,483,089

 

 

 

11,483

 

 

 

(11,483,089

)

 

 

(11,483

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued for services

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

156,530

 

 

 

156

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

353,747

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

353,903

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of debt and accrued interest

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

644,499

 

 

 

644

 

 

 

4,645,236

 

 

 

4,646

 

 

 

1,296,970

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,302,260

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

31,233,271

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

31,233,271

 

 

 
F-23

Table of Contents

  

CHARGE ENTERPRISES, INC.

STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021 AND 2020

 

Warrants issued in connection with debt

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,654,300

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,654,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative liability reclassed to equity

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

750,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

750,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancellation of stock options

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(939,630

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(939,630

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock units

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

329,244

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

329,244

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buyback of treasury stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(76,178

)

 

 

(76

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(144,795

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(144,871

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued for acquisition

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,285,715

 

 

 

1,286

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,537,288

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,538,574

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A Preferred Stock converted to common stock

 

 

(1,000,000

)

 

 

(1,000

)

 

 

30,754,896

 

 

 

30,755

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(29,755

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Series C Preferred Stock

 

 

2,370,370

 

 

 

237

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7,407,170

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7,407,407

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of beneficial conversion feature

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,550,747

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,550,747

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued in connection with Series C Preferred Stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,116,054

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,116,054

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deemed dividend in connection with Series C Preferred Stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(7,407,407

)

 

 

(7,407,407

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend paid on Series B Preferred Stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(168,205

)

 

 

(168,205

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustment to par value

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(165,840

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(5,931

)

 

 

171,771

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(92,664

)

 

 

(51,668,971

)

 

 

(51,761,635

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2021

 

 

2,370,370

 

 

$

237

 

 

 

184,266,934

 

 

$

18,426

 

 

 

6,587,897

 

 

$

658

 

 

$

126,869,604

 

 

$

(32,289

)

 

$

(111,389,529

)

 

$

15,467,107

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-24

Table of Contents

  

CHARGE ENTERPRISES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$ (51,668,971 )

 

$ (34,642,641 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

529,000

 

 

 

82,662

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

30,622,884

 

 

 

2,326,298

 

Stock issued for services

 

 

353,903

 

 

 

-

 

Change in fair value of derivative liabilities

 

 

400

 

 

 

530,716

 

Amortization of debt discount

 

 

3,055,978

 

 

 

2,667,733

 

Amortization of debt discount, related party

 

 

95,127

 

 

 

28,032

 

Amortization of debt issue costs

 

 

10,438

 

 

 

19,562

 

Stock issuance costs

 

 

-

 

 

 

13,400,000

 

Loss on foreign currency exchange

 

 

362,723

 

 

 

-

 

Loss on impairment

 

 

18,116,263

 

 

 

13,757,907

 

Loss on modification of debt

 

 

-

 

 

 

98,825

 

Provision for doubtful accounts receivable

 

 

(62,327 )

 

 

-

 

Net income from investments

 

 

(3,330,057 )

 

 

(49,710 )

Other income (expense), net

 

 

(1,064,172 )

 

 

-

 

Gain on settlement of liabilities

 

 

-

 

 

 

(115,514 )

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

 

(5,291,867 )

 

 

(443,007 )

Changes in working capital requirements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

4,344,796

 

 

 

(25,328,275 )

Accrued revenue

 

 

(2,222,435 )

 

 

-

 

Deposits, prepaids and other current assets

 

 

1,477,651

 

 

 

(458,857 )

Other assets

 

 

183,698

 

 

 

-

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(4,198,103 )

 

 

(25,994,864 )

Accrued expenses

 

 

1,123,037

 

 

 

47,582,759

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

4,746,268

 

 

 

-

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

(92,663 )

 

 

46,390

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(2,908,429 )

 

 

(6,491,984 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of fixed assets

 

 

(1,355,297 )

 

 

(202,613 )

Sale of other assets

 

 

910,395

 

 

 

-

 

Purchase of marketable securities

 

 

(67,439,874 )

 

 

(3,200,000 )

Sale of marketable securities

 

 

66,680,875

 

 

 

-

 

Purchase of non-marketable securities

 

 

(100,000 )

 

 

-

 

Investment in ANS

 

 

(12,948,324 )

 

 

-

 

Investment in BW Electric

 

 

(13,500,000 )

 

 

-

 

Investment in PTGI

 

 

-

 

 

 

(892,000 )

Acquisition of MPS

 

 

-

 

 

 

(149,262 )

Cash acquired in acquisition

 

 

2,785,415

 

 

 

13,189,612

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

 

(24,966,810 )

 

 

8,745,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash receipts from issuance of notes payable

 

 

23,333,200

 

 

 

-

 

Cash receipts from issuance of convertible notes payable

 

 

5,000,000

 

 

 

6,595,000

 

Cash receipts from issuance of convertible notes payable, related party

 

 

-

 

 

 

595,000

 

Proceeds from sale of Series Common Stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,175,000

 

Proceeds from sale of Series E Preferred Stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

12,500

 

Proceeds from sale of Series C Preferred Stock

 

 

6,666,800

 

 

 

-

 

Draws from revolving line of credit, net

 

 

112,940

 

 

 

-

 

Payment on financing lease

 

 

(132,754 )

 

 

-

 

Related party payments

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,981 )

Cash paid for contingent liability

 

 

(61,232 )

 

 

-

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

34,918,954

 

 

 

9,375,519

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency adjustment

 

 

(434,754 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN CASH

 

 

6,608,961

 

 

 

11,629,272

 

CASH, BEGINNING OF PERIOD

 

 

11,629,303

 

 

 

31

 

CASH, END OF PERIOD

 

$ 18,238,264

 

 

$ 11,629,303

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest expense

 

$ 964,966

 

 

$ 96,000

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash operating and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill acquired in a business combination through the issuance of stock

 

$ 13,418,172

 

 

$ 17,175,990

 

Common stock issued for liquidating damages

 

 

-

 

 

 

62,710

 

Issuance of Series B Preferred Stock for acquisition

 

$ 6,850,000

 

 

$ -

 

Debt discount associated with promissory notes

 

$ 7,717,082

 

 

$ 4,325,576

 

Placement agent warrants

 

 

-

 

 

 

15,500,000

 

Series G Preferred Stock issued in connection with convertible notes financing

 

$ -

 

 

$ 2,361,099

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-25

Table of Contents

  

CHARGE ENTERPRISES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1 Nature of operations

 

Charge Enterprises, Inc. (“Charge Enterprises” or the “Company”, formerly known as “Transworld Holdings, Inc.” “GoIP Global, Inc.”) was incorporated on May 8, 2003 as E Education Network, Inc. (“EEN”) under the laws of the State of Nevada. On August 10, 2005, the Company’s name was changed to GoIP Global, Inc. On December 28, 2017, the Company was redomiciled in Colorado.

 

On April 30, 2020, the Company entered into a Share Exchange Agreement with TransWorld Enterprises Inc. (“TW”), a Delaware Corporation. As part of the exchange the Company agreed to issue 1,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and 1,000,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock in exchange for all the equity interest of TW. As a holding company, TW focused on acquiring controlling interests in profitable basic businesses, primarily transportation companies, manufacturing, and consumer products businesses.

 

On July 13, 2020, the Board of Directors of the Company approved, subject to shareholder approval, (i) a Plan of Conversion, pursuant to which the Company converted from a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Colorado to a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Reincorporation”), and such approval included the adoption of the Certificate of Incorporation (the “Delaware Certificate”) and the Bylaws (the “Delaware Bylaws) for the Company under the laws of the State of Delaware, and a change in the name of the Company from GoIP Global, Inc. to Transworld Holdings, Inc., each that became effective concurrently with the effectiveness of the Reincorporation and (ii) a reverse stock split of outstanding common stock in a ratio of one-for-five hundred (1:500), (the “Reverse Split”), that became effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Reincorporation. On August 7, 2020, shareholder approval for these actions was obtained. The Reincorporation was effective October 1, 2020 and the reverse split was effective on October 6, 2020. Share amounts are reflected given effect to the reverse stock split on a retroactive basis.

 

On January 26, 2021, following its acquisitions of PTGI and GetCharged, we changed our name from Transworld Holdings, Inc. to Charge Enterprises, Inc.

 

Charge Enterprises, Inc. (the “Company” or “Charge”) consists of a portfolio of global businesses with a vision to build the electrification and telecommunications infrastructure that will address and service requirements for EVC (“Electrical Vehicle Charging”) and WNI ("Wireless Network Infrastructure") which includes 5G, tower, distributed antennae systems (“DAS”), small cell, and electrical infrastructure.  We operate in two segments: Telecommunications which provides connection of voice calls and data to global carriers and Infrastructure which builds physical wireless network elements, provides electrical construction services and designs and installs EV charging stations and infrastructure.

 

Note 2 Summary of significant accounting policies

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. The consolidated financial statements and related disclosures, presented in U.S. dollars, have been prepared using the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with GAAP and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. In the opinion of management, all adjustments and disclosures necessary for a fair presentation of these financial statements have been included. The results and trends in these consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 may not be representative of these for any future periods.

 

 
F-26

Table of Contents

  

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant assumptions and estimates relate to the valuation of equity issued for services, valuation of equity associated with convertible debt, the valuation of derivative liabilities, and the valuation of deferred tax assets. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

Segments

 

The Company determined its reporting units in accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting (“ASC 280”). Management evaluates a reporting unit by first identifying operating segments under ASC 280. The Company then evaluates each operating segment to determine if it includes one or more components that constitute a business. If there are components within an operating segment that meet the definition of a business, the Company evaluates those components to determine if they must be aggregated into one or more reporting units. If applicable, when determining if it is appropriate to aggregate different operating segments, the Company determines if the segments are economically similar and, if so, the operating segments are aggregated.

 

Management has determined that the Company has two consolidated operating segments. The Company’s reporting segment reflects the manner in which its chief operating decision maker reviews results and allocates resources. The Company’s reporting segment meets the definition of an operating segment and does not include the aggregation of multiple operating segments.

 

The Company’s reporting segments are Telecommunications and Infrastructure. Our PTGI International Carrier Services, Inc. (“PTGI”) subsidiary is included in Telecommunications while Get Charged, Nextridge Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Advanced Network Solutions (collectively referred to as “ANS”) and BW Electrical Services, LLC (“BW”) are included in Infrastructure.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from contracts with customers”. Revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services. In addition, the standard requires disclosure of the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The amount of revenue that is recorded reflects the consideration that the Company expects to receive in exchange for those goods. The Company applies the following five-step model in order to determine this amount: (i) identification of the promised goods in the contract; (ii) determination of whether the promised goods are performance obligations, including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract; (iii) measurement of the transaction price, including the constraint on variable consideration; (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations; and (v) recognition of revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies each performance obligation. The Company’s main revenue stream is from services. The Company recognizes as revenues the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when the performance obligation is satisfied or as it is satisfied. Generally, the Company’s performance obligations are transferred to customers at a point in time, typically upon delivery.

 

 
F-27

Table of Contents

  

Telecommunications

 

Our telecommunications segment operates an extensive network of direct routes and offers premium voice communication services for carrying a mix of business, residential and carrier long-distance traffic, data and transit traffic. Telecommunications has both a customer and vendor relationship with most parties. Telecommunications sells the customer routing services through the Telecommunications supplier routes on incoming calls and then Telecommunications purchases routing services from other vendor’s supplier routes in order to complete the call. Revenue is earned based on the number of minutes during a call multiplied by the price per minute and is recorded upon completion of a call. Incomplete calls are not revenues earned by Telecommunications and may occur as a result of technical issues or because the customer’s credit limit was exceeded and thus the customer routing of traffic was prevented. Revenue for a period is calculated from information received through Telecommunication’s billing software, such as minutes and market rates. Telecommunications evaluates gross versus net revenue recognition for each of its contractual arrangements by assessing indicators of control and significant influence to determine whether Telecommunications acts as a principal (i.e. gross recognition) or an agent (i.e. net recognition). Telecommunications has determined that it acts as a principal for all of its performance obligations in connection with all revenue earned as Telecommunications may accept or reject calls, determines the routing decision and routing vendor and has the risk of financial loss on revenues from customers and amounts owed to the vendors. Net revenue represents gross revenue, net of allowance for doubtful accounts receivable, service credits and service adjustments. Cost of revenue includes network costs that consist of access, transport and termination costs. The majority of Telecommunications’ cost of revenue is variable, primarily based upon minutes of use, with transmission and termination costs being the most significant expense.

 

Infrastructure

 

Due to the nature of the Company’s performance obligations, the estimation of total revenue and cost at completion is complex, subject to many variables and requires significant judgment. Management must make assumptions and estimates regarding labor productivity and availability, the complexity of the work to be performed, the cost and availability of materials, the performance of subcontracts, and the availability and timing of funding from the customer, among other variables. As a significant change in one or more of these estimates could affect the profitability of contracts, the Company reviews and updates contract-related estimates regularly through a review process in which management reviews the progress and execution of performance obligations and the estimated cost at completion. As part of this process, management reviews information including, but not limited to, any outstanding key contract matter, progress towards completion and the related program schedule and the related changes in estimates of revenues and costs. The Company recognizes adjustments in estimated profit on contracts under the cumulative catch-up method. Under this method, the impact of the adjustment on profit recorded to date is recognized in the period the adjustment is identified. Revenue and profit in future periods of contract performance is recognized using the adjusted estimate. If at any time the estimate of contract profitability indicates an anticipated loss on the contract, the Company recognizes a provision for the entire loss in the period it is identified.

 

The nature of the Company’s contracts gives rise to several types of variable consideration, including claims and unpriced change orders. The Company recognizes revenue for variable consideration when it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur. The Company estimates the amount of revenue to be recognized on variable consideration, using the expected value or the most likely amount method, whichever is expected to better predict the amount. The Company’s estimates of variable consideration and determination of whether to include estimated amounts in the transaction price are based largely on assessments of legal enforceability, performance, and all information that is reasonably available to the Company.

 

Stock Based Compensation

 

The Company records stock-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 718, Accounting for Stock Compensation,” (“ASC 718”) which establishes accounting standards for transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments for goods or services. In accordance with guidance provided under ASC 718, the Company recognizes an expense for the fair value of its stock awards at the time of grant and the fair value of its outstanding stock options as they vest, whether held by employees or others. During the year ended December 31, 2021, and 2020 the Company recorded $30,622,884 and $2,326,298 in stock-based compensation expense respectively.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

 

 
F-28

Table of Contents

  

Inventory

 

Inventory consists of materials and supplies on hand that have not been charged to and utilized on specific contracts. The inventory is stated at average cost.

 

Fair Value Measurements and Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements, clarifies the definition of fair value, prescribes methods for measuring fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for the sale of an asset or paid for the transfer of a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy to classify the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

 

Level 1: Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities available at the measurement date.

 

Level 2: Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable, and inputs derived from or corroborated by observable market data.

 

Level 3: Inputs are unobservable inputs which reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions on what assumptions the market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best available information.

 

ASC subtopic 825-10, Financial Instruments (“ASC 825-10”) requires disclosure of the fair value of certain financial instruments. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable and accrued liabilities as reflected in the balance sheets, approximate fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments. All other significant financial assets, financial liabilities and equity instruments of the Company are either recognized or disclosed in the financial statements together with other information relevant for making a reasonable assessment of future cash flows, interest rate risk and credit risk. Where practicable the fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities have been determined and disclosed; otherwise only available information pertinent to fair value has been disclosed.

 

The Company follows ASC subtopic 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820-10”) and ASC 825-10, which permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value.

 

The following table represents the Company’s assets and liabilities by level measured at fair value on a recurring basis at year end December 31:

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Description

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Marketable Securities

 

$

9,618,743

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

$

3,249,710

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Derivative liabilities

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

$

749,600

 

 

We also have investments in equity securities where our voting interest is below the level of significant influence, including investments that we make in non-public companies in the ordinary course of business. Such investments are initially recorded at cost and adjusted to fair value through earnings for observable price changes in orderly transactions for identical or similar transactions of the same company or if they are determined to be impaired.

 

 
F-29

Table of Contents

  

Property, plant and equipment

 

Fixed Assets are carried at historical cost. Depreciation is calculated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Computer hardware

 

3 - 5 years

Computer software

3 years

Equipment

 

2 - 7 years

Furniture and fixtures

5 - 7 years

Leasehold improvement

Life of lease or asset life if less

Vehicles

3 - 5 years

 

Goodwill

 

We assess goodwill for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired, by comparing its carrying value to the reporting unit’s fair value. For the year ended December 31, 2021 we recognized an impairment of goodwill related to GetCharged Inc. in the amount of $16,626,862 and for the year ended December 31, 2020 in the amount of $13,757,907.

 

Convertible Debentures

 

If the conversion features of conventional convertible debt provide for a rate of conversion that is below market value at issuance, this feature is characterized as a beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”). A BCF is recorded by the Company as a debt discount pursuant to ASC Topic 470-20 “Debt with Conversion and Other Options”. In those circumstances, the convertible debt is recorded net of the discount related to the BCF, and the Company amortizes the discount to interest expense, over the life of the debt. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had outstanding convertible notes resulting in a beneficial conversion feature in the amount of $3,550,747 and $3,439,874.

 

Derivative Liability

 

The Company evaluates convertible instruments, options, warrants or other contracts to determine if those contracts or embedded components of those contracts qualify as derivatives to be separately accounted for under ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging” (“ASC 815”). The result of this accounting treatment is that the fair value of the derivative is marked-to-market each balance sheet date, through other income (expense) in the statement of operations and recorded as a liability. Upon conversion or exercise of a derivative instrument, the instrument is marked to fair value at the conversion date and then that fair value is reclassified to equity. Equity instruments that are initially classified as equity that become subject to reclassification under ASC 815 are reclassified to liabilities at the fair value of the instrument on the reclassification date. The Company has embedded features that are classified as derivative liabilities. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had $0 and $749,600 in derivative liabilities, respectively.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company has adopted ASC 740-10, Accounting for Income Taxes, which requires an asset and liability approach to financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis and operating loss, capital loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

 
F-30

Table of Contents

  

The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Company records interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of general and administrative expenses. Our federal tax return and any state tax returns are not currently under examination.

 

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

 

The Company computes loss per common share, in accordance with ASC Topic 260, Earnings Per Share, which requires dual presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share. Basic income or loss per common share is computed by dividing net income or loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted income or loss per common share is computed by dividing net income or loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, plus the issuance of common shares, if dilutive, that could result from the exercise of outstanding stock options and warrants. No potential dilutive common shares are included in the computation of any diluted per share amount when a loss is reported.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Credit Losses - Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). ASU 2016-13 requires entities to use a forward-looking approach based on current expected credit losses (“CECL”) to estimate credit losses on certain types of financial instruments, including trade receivables. This may result in the earlier recognition of allowances for losses. ASU 2016-13 is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2023, and early adoption is permitted. The Company does not believe the potential impact of the new guidance and related codification improvements will be material to its financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity (“AUS 2020-06”). ASU 2020-06 will simplify the accounting for convertible instruments by reducing the number of accounting models for convertible debt instruments and convertible preferred stock. Limiting the accounting models will result in fewer embedded conversion features being separately recognized from the host contract as compared with current GAAP. Convertible instruments that continue to be subject to separation models are (1) those with embedded conversion features that are not clearly and closely related to the host contract, that meet the definition of a derivative, and that do not qualify for a scope exception from derivative accounting and (2) convertible debt instruments issued with substantial premiums for which the premiums are recorded as paid-in capital. ASU 2020-06 also amends the guidance for the derivatives scope exception for contracts in an entity’s own equity to reduce form-over-substance-based accounting conclusions. ASU 2020-06 will be effective January 1, 2024, for the Company. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than January 1, 2021, including interim periods within that year. Management is currently evaluating the effect of the adoption of ASU 2020-06 on the consolidated financial statements, but currently does not believe ASU 2020-06 will have a significant impact on the Company’s accounting for its convertible debt instruments. The effect will largely depend on the composition and terms of the financial instruments at the time of adoption.

 

Reclassification

 

Certain amounts included in prior year financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

 

 
F-31

Table of Contents

  

Note 3 Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, Plant and Equipment consisted of the following for years ended December 31:

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equipment

 

$ 5,924,332

 

 

$ 3,620,422

 

Computer hardware

 

 

468,122

 

 

 

125,825

 

Computer software

 

 

36,932

 

 

 

27,750

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

106,424

 

 

 

824

 

Vehicles

 

 

2,830,883

 

 

 

-

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

5,560

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

9,372,253

 

 

 

3,774,821

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(7,360,585 )

 

 

(2,000,645 )

Fixed assets – net

 

$ 2,011,668

 

 

$ 1,774,176

 

 

Depreciation expense was $529,000 and $82,662 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. In connection with the acquisition of ANS on May 22, 2021, the Company acquired $4,984,976 in fixed assets at historical costs and $4,304,857 in accumulated depreciation; and with the acquisition of BW Electrical on December 27, 2021, the Company acquired $725,064 in fixed assets at historical costs and $620,491 in accumulated depreciation.

 

Note 4 Marketable securities and other investments

 

Our marketable securities are stated at fair value in accordance with ASC Topic 321, Investments- Equity Securities. Any changes in the fair value of the Company’s marketable securities are included in net income under the caption of net income from investments. The market value of the securities is determined using prices as reflected on an established market. Realized and unrealized gains and losses are determined on an average cost basis. The marketable securities are investments predominately in shares of large publicly traded securities which are being invested until such time the funds are needed for operations. The investments in marketable securities totals $9,618,743 and $3,249,710, as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 respectively.

 

The value of these marketable securities at December 31, is as follows:

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Description of Securities

 

Brokerage Account

 

 

Other Securities

 

 

Total

 

 

Brokerage Account

 

 

Other Securities

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

$ 10,428,724

 

 

$ 120,800

 

 

$ 10,549,524

 

 

$ 3,000,000

 

 

$ 200,000

 

 

$ 3,200,000

 

Gross Unrealized Gains

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

57,000

 

 

 

57,000

 

Gross Unrealized Losses

 

 

(840,881 )

 

 

(89,900 )

 

 

(930,781 )

 

 

(7,290 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

(7,290 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

$ 9,587,843

 

 

$ 30,900

 

 

$ 9,618,743

 

 

$ 2,992,710

 

 

$ 257,000

 

 

$ 3,249,710

 

 

The above marketable securities are reflected as level 1 assets as the securities prices are quotes in an established market. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, the Company recognized net gains of $3,330,057 within net income from investments on the statement of operations, which includes $930,781 of unrealized losses and $4,260,838 of realized gains. There was $49,710 of unrealized gains on marketable securities in the twelve months ended December 31, 2020

 

 
F-32

Table of Contents

  

In April 2020, the Company acquired 267 ordinary shares of a Company located in the United Kingdom for $100,000. In December 2020, the Company acquired 2,952 Class C shares of a battery technology company in exchange for $149,262, which was subsequently disposed of in July 2021 at no gain or loss. The shares in both companies are nonmarketable securities, which does not have a readily determinable value. The Company has elected under ASU 2016-01 to reflect its fair value at cost less impairment, if any, plus or minus any changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or similar investments. There were no observable transactions in similar shares of these companies between the acquisition date and December 31, 2021.

 

Note 5 Business acquisitions

 

TransWorld Enterprises, Inc.

 

Effective April 30, 2020, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire 100% of the outstanding equity interests of TransWorld Enterprises, Inc. (“TransWorld”), pursuant to that certain Share Exchange Agreement (referred to as the “Exchange Agreement”), by and among the Company, TransWorld and the shareholders of TransWorld. The transactions contemplated by the Exchange Agreement closed on May 8, 2020. In accordance with the Exchange Agreement, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of TransWorld in exchange for 1,000,000 shares of each of the Company’s series D and series F preferred stock. The series D preferred stock is convertible into 12.5% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock upon consummation of a reverse stock split and votes on an as converted basis. The series F preferred stock is convertible into 12.5% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock at any time at the option of the holder and votes on an as converted basis.

 

TransWorld did not meet the definition of a business under ASC 805, Business Combinations. As such the transaction was treated as an asset purchase. According to this guidance, if the consideration given is not in the form of cash, measurement is based on either the cost which shall be measured based on the fair value of the consideration given or the fair value of the asset (or net assets) acquired, whichever is more clearly evident and, thus, more reliably measurable. In this case, TransWorld did not have any assets. As such the value of the consideration was valued at $3,057,907, which was the value of the Series D and Series F Preferred stock. The entire value was recorded as goodwill. As of December 31, 2020, we determined that the full amount of goodwill related to this transaction needed to be impaired. As such we recorded a loss on impairment of goodwill in the amount of $3,057,907.

 

GetCharged, Inc.

 

On August 27, 2020, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement with GetCharged, Inc. (“GetCharged”). In connection with the agreement, the Company purchased the outstanding shares of GetCharged in exchange for $17,500,000 paid in the Company’s common stock. The Closing on the acquisition occurred on October 12, 2020 with the Company issuing 60,000,000 shares of common stock valued at $28,200,000, or $0.47 per share. In connection with the closing, the Company owed a success fee of 3%, or $525,000, to KORR Value LP, a related party. As of December 31, 2020, the success fee has been paid in full.

 

Consideration

 

 

 

60,000,000 shares of common stock, valued at $0.47 per share, issued to the sellers 

 

$ 28,200,000

 

Total consideration 

 

$ 28,200,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair values of identifiable net assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

Cash 

 

$ 92,035

 

Equipment 

 

 

1,145,854

 

Deposit 

 

 

250

 

Total assets 

 

 

1,238,139

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

Notes payable 

 

 

365,000

 

Total fair value of identifiable net assets and liabilities

 

$ 873,139

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initial goodwill (consideration given minus fair value of identifiable net assets and liabilities)

 

$ 27,326,861

 

 

 
F-33

Table of Contents

  

The initial goodwill calculated was $27,326,861. Since the consideration given was $10,700,000 in excess of the consideration promised by the agreement, the Company recorded a loss on goodwill impairment in the amount of $10,700,000 in the fourth quarter of 2020. Based on changes in management’s focus of this business, we determined a triggering event occurred and we performed an impairment analysis. During the third quarter 2021, we recorded an impairment for the remaining balance of $16,626,861. In addition, certain fixed assets totaling $1,489,401 of the Get Charged business were also written off, some of which were acquired in the acquisition.

 

PTGI International Carrier Services, Inc.

 

On October 2, 2020, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement with the shareholders of PTGI International Carrier Services Inc. (“PTGI”) pursuant to which the Company agreed to acquire 100% of the outstanding voting securities of PTGI in consideration for $892,000 (the “PTGI Acquisition”). The closing of the PTGI Acquisition occurred on October 31, 2020. In connection with the closing, the Company owed a success fee of $505,000, to KORR Value LP. As of December 31, 2020, the success fee has been paid in full.

 

Consideration

 

 

 

Cash

 

$ 892,000

 

Total consideration

 

$ 892,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair values of identifiable net assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$ 13,097,577

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

38,801,052

 

Prepaids

 

 

202,854

 

Other current assets

 

 

376,606

 

Fixed assets

 

 

508,371

 

Other assets

 

 

12,907,636

 

Total assets

 

 

65,894,096

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

51,521,208

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

1,108,397

 

Other liabilities

 

 

12,921,620

 

Total liabilities

 

 

65,551,225

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fair value of identifiable net assets and liabilities

 

$ 342,871

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill (consideration given minus fair value of identifiable net assets and liabilities)

 

$ 549,129

 

 

The Company analyzed the acquisition under applicable guidance and determined that the acquisition should be accounted for as a business combination. The acquisition resulted in $549,129 in goodwill which is recorded on the reporting unit’s books.

 

Due to a post-acquisition adjustment, the fair value of identifiable net assets decreased in Q3 2021. The reporting unit goodwill increased by approximately $223,000 resulting in goodwill of $772,135 at December 31, 2021

 

 
F-34

Table of Contents

  

ANS

 

Our wholly owned subsidiary, Charge Infrastructure, Inc., entered into a securities purchase agreement, dated May 7, 2021, with the shareholders of ANS pursuant to which we agreed to purchase all the issued and outstanding shares of ANS for an aggregate purchase price of $19,798,324. $6,850,000 of the aggregate purchase price payable to the shareholders of ANS was payable through the issuance of 2,395,105 shares of our Series B preferred stock (the “Series B Preferred”). The acquisition closed on May 21, 2021.

 

Consideration

 

Cash

 

$ 12,948,324

 

Series B Preferred Stock (2,395,105 Shares)

 

 

6,850,000

 

Total consideration

 

$ 19,798,324

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair values of identifiable net assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$ 458

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

6,491,734

 

Inventory

 

 

170,785

 

Deposits & Prepaids

 

 

512,285

 

Other current assets

 

 

2,288,715

 

Accrued revenue

 

 

1,620,139

 

Capital lease

 

 

229,253

 

Operating lease

 

 

603,284

 

Fixed assets

 

 

680,119

 

Total assets

 

 

12,596,772

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

2,638,234

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

1,013,906

 

Capital lease liability

 

 

175,993

 

Operating lease liability

 

 

603,284

 

Line of credit

 

 

1,785,203

 

Total liabilities

 

 

6,216,620

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fair value of identifiable net assets and liabilities

 

$ 6,380,152

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill (consideration given minus fair value of identifiable net assets and liabilities)

 

$ 13,418,172

 

 

The Company analyzed the acquisition under applicable guidance and determined that the acquisition should be accounted for as a business combination. The acquisition resulted in $13,418,172 in goodwill which is recorded on the reporting unit’s books.

 

In the fourth quarter of 2021, due to a post-acquisition adjustment, the fair value of identifiable net assets decreased along with a corresponding increase in goodwill by $134,377, resulting in a goodwill balance of $13,552,549 at December 31, 2021.

 

 
F-35

Table of Contents

  

B W Electrical Services LLC

 

Our wholly owned subsidiary, Charge Infrastructure, Inc., entered into a securities purchase agreement, dated December 22, 2021, with the shareholders of B W Electrical Services LLC (“BW”) pursuant to which we agreed to purchase all the issued and outstanding shares of BW for an aggregate purchase price of $18,038,570. $4,538,570 of the aggregate purchase price payable to the shareholders of BW will be payable through the issuance of 1,285,714 shares of common stock. The acquisition closed on December 27, 2021.

 

Consideration  

 

 

 

Cash 

 

$ 13,500,000

 

Common stock (1,285,714 Shares) 

 

 

4,538,570

 

Total consideration 

 

$ 18,038,570

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair values of identifiable net assets and liabilities: 

 

 

 

 

Assets 

 

 

 

 

Cash 

 

$ 3,067,515

 

Accounts receivable 

 

 

7,033,511

 

Deposits, prepaids and other current assets, net

 

 

92,816

 

Investment in marketable securities

 

 

2,279,978

 

Cost in excess of billings

 

 

969,909

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

104,573

 

Right-of-use asset

 

 

1,071,437

 

Total assets 

 

 

14,619,739

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable 

 

 

1,305,663

 

Accrued liabilities 

 

 

1,662,791

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

2,271,122

 

Lease Liability, Non-Current

 

 

1,071,437

 

Notes payable, net of discount

 

 

2,000,000

 

Total liabilities 

 

 

8,311,013

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fair value of identifiable net assets and liabilities 

 

$ 6,308,726

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill (consideration given minus fair value of identifiable net assets and liabilities) 

 

$ 11,729,844

 

 

The Company analyzed the acquisition under applicable guidance and determined that the acquisition should be accounted for as a business combination. The acquisition resulted in $11,729,844 in goodwill which is recorded on the reporting unit’s books.

 

 
F-36

Table of Contents

  

Note 6 Related party

 

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company granted Mr. Deutsch options to acquire 1,500,000 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $2.00, for services rendered related to financial consulting.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company paid $320,000 to Korr Acquisition Group, Inc. related to successful acquisition efforts. Mr. Orr has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by KORR Acquisitions Group, Inc.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company’s CEO Andrew Fox advanced cash and paid bills on behalf of the Company, through its subsidiary, Get Charged, Inc. During the year ended December 31, 2020, $40,000 was advanced in cash and bills in the amount of $149,312 were paid on the Company’s behalf. The balance in related party payable at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 was $0 and $189,312, respectively.

 

Between May 8, 2020 and September 30, 2020, the Company entered into securities purchase agreements with other accredited investors (the “Subordinated Creditors”) pursuant to which the Company issued convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount of $546,444 for an aggregate purchase price of $495,000 (collectively, the “Subordinated Creditor Notes”). In connection with the issuance of the Subordinated Creditor Notes, we issued to the Subordinated Creditors warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,359,555 shares of Common Stock (collectively, the “Subordinated Creditor Warrants”). On September 2, 2020, Andrew Fox, our CEO, purchased a Subordinated Creditor Note with an aggregate principal amount of $110,000 and a Subordinated Creditor Warrant to purchase 220,000 shares of common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $100,000.

 

Note 7 Convertible notes payable

 

The carrying value of convertible notes payable, net of discount, as of years ended December 31st are summarized below:

 

Convertible Notes Payable:

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Issued on May 8, 2020 (8% interest)

 

$ 3,000,000

 

 

$ 3,000,000

 

Issued on April 30, 2020 (8% interest)

 

 

-

 

 

 

227,525

 

Issued on August 25, 2020 (8% interest)

 

 

-

 

 

 

386,667

 

Issued on August 27, 2020 (8% interest)

 

 

-

 

 

 

288,889

 

Issued on September 14, 2020 (8% interest)

 

 

-

 

 

 

49,777

 

Issued on November 3, 2020 (8% interest)

 

 

3,888,889

 

 

 

3,888,889

 

Issued on May 19, 2021 (8% interest)

 

 

5,610,000

 

 

 

-

 

Issued on April 30, 2021 (6% interest)

 

 

66,400

 

 

 

-

 

Total face value

 

 

12,565,289

 

 

 

7,841,747

 

Less: unamortized discount and debt issue costs

 

 

(5,389,692 )

 

 

(4,457,658 )

Carrying value

 

$ 7,175,597

 

 

$ 3,384,089

 

 

May 2020 Financing $3,000,000 Face Value

 

On May 8, 2020, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with certain institutional investors (collectively, the “May 2020 Investors”) pursuant to which the Company issued convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount of $3 million for an aggregate purchase price of $2.7 million (May 2020 Notes”). In connection with the issuance of the Notes, the Company issued to the May 2020 Investors warrants to purchase an aggregate of 7,600,000 shares of Common Stock (collectively, the “Warrants”) and 7.5 shares of series G convertible preferred stock (the “Series G Preferred Stock”). The Notes maturity date of May 8, 2021 was extended to May 8, 2023, unless earlier converted. The Notes accrue interest at a rate of 8% per annum, subject to increase to 20% per annum upon and during the occurrence of an event of default. Interest is payable in cash on a quarterly basis beginning on December 31, 2020. The May 2020 Notes are convertible at any time, at the holder’s option, into shares of our common stock at an initial conversion price of $0.25 per share, subject to certain beneficial ownership limitations (with a maximum ownership limit of 9.99%) and subject to a decrease in the conversion price to the greater of (i) $0.01 or (ii) 75% of the volume-weighted average price ("VWAP") of the Common Stock for the immediately preceding five (5) Trading Days on the date of conversion. The conversion price is also subject to adjustment due to certain events, including stock dividends, and stock splits. The Notes may be redeemed by the Company, in its sole discretion, in an amount equal to 110% of the principal amount, interest and any other amounts owed under the Notes, subject to certain limitations.

 

 
F-37

Table of Contents

  

Each Warrant is exercisable for a period of two years from the date of issuance at an initial exercise price of $0.50 per share, subject to certain beneficial ownership limitations (with a maximum ownership limit of 9.99%). The exercise price is also subject to adjustment due to certain events, including stock dividends, stock splits and in connection with the issuance by the Company of common stock or common stock equivalents at an effective price per share lower than the exercise price then in effect.

 

A Registration Rights Agreement was executed and is effective with the SEC in connection with the issuance of the Notes and Warrants. If we fail to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement until all of such shares of common stock have been sold or are otherwise able to be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, without any volume or manner of sale restrictions, then the Company will be obligated to pay to the May 2020 Investors liquidated damages equal to then, in addition to any other rights the May 2020 Investors may under applicable law, upon the occurrence of any such event and on each monthly anniversary of thereafter until the event is cured, the Company shall pay to the May 2020 Investors an amount in cash equal to their pro rata portion of $50,000, provided such amount shall increase by $25,000 on every thirty (30) day anniversary, until such events are satisfied. 

 

April 30, 2020 Sutton Global Note $227,525 Face Value 

 

On April 30, 2020, the former CEO converted his payable into a convertible note with a face value of $300,000. The note has a coupon rate of 6% and a maturity date of December 31, 2021. The note is convertible at a rate of $0.0005 per share. Since the note added a conversion option, it resulted in a debt modification requiring the Company to record a loss on modification of debt in the amount of $98,825. On March 25, 2021, Sutton Global Associates converted $149,000 in principal and $12,125 in accrued interest into 644,499 shares of the company common stock. The remaining note balance was subsequently sold to an unrelated party.

 

Notes issued between August 25, 2020 and September 14, 2020 Aggregate $725,333 Face Value 

 

Between August 25, 2020 and September 14, 2020, the Company issued convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount of $436,444 for an aggregate purchase price of $395,000. In connection with the issuance of the Notes, the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 872,887 shares of Common Stock. The notes have a coupon rate of 8% and a maturity date of one year. Throughout 2021, the entire principal amount of $436,444 was converted in various transactions into a total of 1,862,146 shares of common stock.

 

On August 27, 2020, a related party reassigned $288,889 in principal to an unrelated party. On March 24, 2021, this party converted $288,889 in principal and $13,297 in accrued interest into 1,208,743 shares of common stock. 

 

November 2020 Financing $3,888,889 Face Value 

 

On November 3, 2020, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with funds affiliated with Arena Investors LP (the “November 2020 Investors”) pursuant to which it issued convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount of $3.9 million for an aggregate purchase price of $3.5 million (collectively, the “November 2020 Notes” and together with the May 2020 Notes, the “Notes”). In connection with the issuance of the November 2020 Notes, we issued to the November 2020 Investors 903,226 shares of common stock. The November 2020 Notes are convertible at any time, at the holder’s option, into shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $0.25 per share. The Notes maturity was extended from November 3, 2023, to November 3, 2024

 

May 2021 Financing $5,610,000 Face Value 

 

On May 19, 2021, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with funds affiliated with Arena Investors LP (the “May 2021 Investors”) pursuant to which it issued convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount of $5.6 million for an aggregate purchase price of $5 million (“May 2021 Notes”). In connection with the issuance of the May 2021 Notes, we issued to the May 2021 Investors warrants to acquire 1,870,000 shares of common stock. The May 2021 Notes are convertible at any time, at the holder’s option, into shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $3.00 per share. The May 2021 Notes mature on May 19, 2024.

 

A Registration Rights Agreement was executed in connection with the issuance of the May 2021 Notes. If we fail to have the registration statement filed within 3 months of the closing date, declared effective within 6 months of the closing date or if we fail to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement until all of such shares of common stock have been sold or are otherwise able to be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, without any volume or manner of sale restrictions, then the Company will be obligated to pay to the investors liquidated damages equal to then, in addition to any other rights the Holders may have hereunder or under applicable law, upon the occurrence of any such event and on each monthly anniversary of thereafter until the event is cured, the Company shall pay to the investors an amount in cash equal to their pro rata portion of $75,000 per month until such events are satisfied. The investors agreed to waive any penalties that would be due and payable through May 15, 2022.

 

 
F-38

Table of Contents

  

All convertible notes excluding the April 2020 Sutton Global Note rank senior to all current and future indebtedness of the Company and are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company

 

Based on the above, the Company allocated the face value, on the date of issuance, as follows:

 

 

 

May 8, 2020 Notes 

 

 

Sutton 

Global 

 

 

August 25, 2020 - September 14, 2020 Notes 

 

 

November 2020 Financing 

 

 

May 2021 Financing 

 

 

Total 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Original issue discount 

 

$ 300,000

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ 41,444

 

 

$ 388,889

 

 

$ 610,000

 

 

$ 1,340,333

 

Beneficial conversion feature 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

87,289

 

 

 

3,286,585

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,373,874

 

Series G convertible preferred stock (a)

 

 

2,361,099

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,361,099

 

Warrants (equity) 

 

 

120,017

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

238

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,654,302

 

 

 

2,774,557

 

Common stock 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

213,415

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

213,415

 

Day one derivative expense 

 

 

(529,537 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(529,537 )

Derivative expense 

 

 

748,421

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

748,421

 

Convertible promissory note, carrying value 

 

 

-

 

 

 

300,000

 

 

 

307,473

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,345,698

 

 

 

2,953,171

 

Face value 

 

$ 3,000,000

 

 

$ 300,000

 

 

$ 436,444

 

 

$ 3,888,889

 

 

$ 5,610,000

 

 

$ 13,235,333

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) For the May 8, 2020 notes, the value assigned to the Series G convertible preferred stock and warrants were based on their relative fair values 

 

 
F-39

Table of Contents

  

The Company has accounted for all convertible notes payable as a financing transaction, wherein the net proceeds that were received were allocated to the financial instrument issued. Prior to making the accounting allocation, the Company evaluated the notes under ASC 815, which generally requires the analysis of embedded terms and features that have characteristics of derivatives to be evaluated for bifurcation and separate accounting in instances where their economic risks and characteristics are not clearly and closely related to the risks of the host contract. None of the terms and features embedded in the notes required bifurcation and liability classification.

 

We analyzed the detachable warrants under ASC 480 and ASC 815. The warrants did not fall under the guidance of ASC 480. After analyzing the warrants under ASC 815, it was determined that the warrants met all of the requirements for equity classification under guidance of ASC 815-40-25-1 through 6.

 

Amortization of debt discount and accrued interest 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recorded $2,301,655 in amortization of debt discount. The amount of unamortized discount as of December 31, 2021 was $5,389,693. The company recorded $855,579 in annual interest expenses of which $183,067 remains on the balance sheet as accrued interest. In connection with the financing, the Company paid $30,000 in debt issue costs. These costs were recorded as a contra-liability and have been fully amortized over the life of the loan. For the year ended December 31, 2021 the Company recorded $10,438 in amortization of debt issue costs.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded $2,667,733 in amortization of debt discount. The amount of unamortized discount and debt issue costs as of December 31, 2020 was $4,457,658. The company recorded $244,529 in annual interest expense of which $129,271 remains on the balance sheet as accrued interest. In connection with the financing, the Company paid $30,000 in debt issue costs. These costs were recorded as a contra-liability and will be amortized over the life of the loan. For the years ended December 31, 2020 the Company recorded $19,562 in amortization of debt issue costs.

 

Note 8 Convertible notes payable, related parties

 

The carrying value of convertible notes payable related party, net of discount, as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 was $0 and $275,984 as summarized below:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

Convertible Notes Payable, Related Parties 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Convertible notes payable issued May 8, 2020 (8% interest) 

 

$ -

 

 

$ 261,111

 

Convertible notes payable issued September 2, 2020 (8% interest) 

 

 

-

 

 

 

110,000

 

Total face value 

 

 

-

 

 

 

371,111

 

Less: unamortized discount and debt issue costs 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(95,127 )

Carrying value 

 

$ -

 

 

$ 275,984

 

 

KORR Value Financing

 

In May and June 2020, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with KORR Value LP, an entity controlled by Kenneth Orr, the Company’s Executive Chairman, pursuant to which the Company issued convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount of $550,000 for an aggregate purchase price of $495,000 (collectively, the “KORR Notes”). In connection with the issuance of the KORR Notes, the Company issued to KORR Value warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,266,667 shares of Common Stock (collectively, the “KORR Warrants”). The KORR Notes and KORR Warrants are on substantially the same terms as the Notes and Warrants issued to the Selling Shareholders except that the KORR Notes are subordinated to the Notes. On August 27, 2020, notes totaling $288,889 were assigned to an unrelated party (Note 8).

 

 
F-40

Table of Contents

  

9 Madison Inc. Financing

 

On September 2, 2020, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with 9 Madison, Inc., an entity controlled by Andrew Fox, the Company’s CEO, pursuant to which the Company issued a convertible note in the amount of $110,000 for an aggregate purchase price of $100,000. The notes are convertible at the holder’s option at a conversion price of $0.25 per share. In connection with the issuance of the Notes, the Company issued to 9 Madison warrants to purchase an aggregate of 440,000 shares of Common Stock

 

The Company has accounted for these Notes as a financing transaction, wherein the net proceeds that were received were allocated to the financial instrument issued. Prior to making the accounting allocation, the Company evaluated the notes under ASC 815, which generally requires the analysis of embedded terms and features that have characteristics of derivatives to be evaluated for bifurcation and separate accounting in instances where their economic risks and characteristics are not clearly and closely related to the risks of the host contract. None of the terms and features embedded in the notes required bifurcation and liability classification.

 

We analyzed the detachable warrants under ASC 480 and ASC 815. The warrants did not fall under the guidance of ASC 480. After analyzing the warrants under ASC 815, it was determined that the warrants did meet all the requirements for equity classification under guidance of ASC 815-40-25-1 through 6.

 

Based on the previous conclusions, the Company allocated the face value as follows:

 

 

 

KORR

Value Notes

 

 

9 Madison Inc.

Notes

 

 

Total

 

Original issue discount

 

$ 55,000

 

 

$ 10,000

 

 

$ 65,000

 

Beneficial conversion feature

 

 

-

 

 

 

66,000

 

 

 

66,000

 

Warrants (Equity)

 

 

96,879

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

96,940

 

Convertible promissory note, carrying value

 

 

398,121

 

 

 

33,939

 

 

 

432,060

 

Face value

 

$ 550,000

 

 

$ 110,000

 

 

$ 660,000

 

 

On August 27, 2020, the Company paid $13,183 in interest to KORR Value.

 

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, the Company recorded $95,127 in amortization of debt discount.

 

On March 15, 2021, KORR Value converted $261,111 in principal and $17,798 in accrued interest into 1,115,638 shares of common stock.

 

On March 15, 2021, 9 Madison converted $110,000 in principal and $4,677 in accrued interest into 458,709 shares of common stock.

 

Note 9    Line of credit

 

ANS has a revolving $4,000,000 line of credit available with a bank, collateralized by all the assets of ANS. Interest is payable monthly at the Wall Street Journal prime rate (3.25% at December 31,2021). There are no financial commitments or covenants on the line of credit. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had an outstanding balance of $1,898,143 on this line of credit.

 

ANS also has a $750,000 equipment and vehicle line of credit available with a bank. Interest is payable monthly at the Wall Street Journal prime rate. On June 1, 2022 the line will convert to a term loan with the then five year Federal Home Loan Bank rate +2.5% and have a five year term with a five year amortization. There are no financial commitments or covenants on the line of credit. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had an outstanding balance of $0 on this line of credit.

 

BW has a revolving $3,000,000 line of credit available with a bank, collateralized by all the assets of BW. Interest is payable monthly at the Wall Street Journal prime rate (3.25% at December 31, 2021). There are no financial commitments or covenants on the line of credit. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had an outstanding balance of $0 on this line of credit.

 

 
F-41

Table of Contents

  

Note 10 Notes payable

 

The carrying value of notes payable, net of discount, as of December 31, is:

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Paycheck Protection Program loan issued February 10, 2021

 

$ 2,000,000

 

 

$ -

 

Notes payable issued May 19, 2021 (8% interest)

 

 

11,860,055

 

 

 

-

 

Notes payable issued December 17, 2021 (7.5% interest)

 

 

15,925,926

 

 

 

-

 

Total face value

 

 

29,785,981

 

 

 

-

 

Less: unamortized discount and debt issue cost

 

 

(3,698,458 )

 

 

-

 

Carrying value

 

$ 26,087,523

 

 

$ -

 

 

On February 10, 2021, BW was approved for a Paycheck Protection Program loan from the Small Business Administration in the amount of $2,000,000. The loan was forgiven in the first quarter of 2022.

 

On May 19, 2021, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with funds affiliated with Arena Investors LP (the “May 2021 Investors”) pursuant to which it issued notes payable in an aggregate face value (includes 7.5% premium and 10% original issue discount) of $11,860,055 for an aggregate purchase price of $10,000,000 million. The notes have a coupon of 8% and an 18-month term. The notes maturity date of November 19, 2022 was extended to November 19, 2023.

 

On December 17, 2021, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with funds affiliated with Arena Investors LP (the “December 2021 Investors”) pursuant to which it issued a note payable in an aggregated face value of $15,925,926 for an aggregate purchase price of $13,333,200. The notes have a coupon of 7.5% and a 23-month term. The notes mature on November 19, 2023.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recorded $754,323 in amortization of debt discount and $558,475 in annual interest expense related to the notes. As of December 31, 2021, the Company reported $3,698,458 of unamortized discount and $115,250 in accrued interest related to the notes, the latter of which is included within accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

Note 11 Derivative liabilities

 

The May 2020 notes embodied certain terms and features that were not clearly and closely related to the host debt agreement in terms of economic risks and characteristics. These terms and features provided a cash true-up provision in the event that the proceeds received by the holder from the sale of all the Conversion Shares and up to 50% of the Commitment Shares did not equal at least $750,000 on June 1, 2021.

 

No cash payment was triggered, and the true-up provision expired on June 1, 2021, therefore there was no derivative liability as of December 31, 2021. The derivative liability was marked up to $750,000 as of June 1, 2021 and reclassified to additional paid-in capital.

 

 
F-42

Table of Contents

  

The following table summarizes the effects on the Company’s gain (loss) associated with changes in the fair values of the derivative financial instruments by type of financing reflected on the Change in fair value of derivative liabilities line for the years ended December 31:

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Change in fair value of derivative liabilities

 

$ (400 )

 

$ (1,179 )

Day-one derivative expense

 

 

-

 

 

 

(529,537 )

Total

 

$ (400 )

 

$ (530,716 )

 

Current accounting principles that are provided in ASC 815 require derivative financial instruments to be classified in liabilities and carried at fair value with changes recorded in income. The Company has selected a present value technique to fair value the true up provision. The maximum amount of cash the Company would have had to deliver was $750,000, which is equal to the hurdle return. A present value is applied to the hurdle return estimate the derivative liability each period.

 

Significant inputs to the present value technique are as follows for the embedded derivatives that have been bifurcated from the convertible notes and classified in liabilities for years ended December 31:

 

 

 

2021

 

2020

 

Future value (hurdle return)

 

NA

 

$ 750,000

 

Number of Periods (remaining days to June 1, 2021 true-up date)

 

NA

 

152 days

 

Interest rate (discount rate)*

 

NA

 

 

0.13 %

* The discount rate is a level 3 input

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following table reflects the issuances of compound embedded derivatives and detachable warrants and changes in fair value inputs and assumptions related to the embedded derivatives during the years ended December 31.

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Balances at beginning of period

 

$ 749,600

 

 

$ -

 

Issuances:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Embedded derivatives

 

 

-

 

 

 

748,421

 

Changes in fair value inputs and assumptions reflected in income

 

 

400

 

 

 

1,179

 

Reclass to additional paid-in-capital

 

 

(750,000 )

 

 

-

 

Balances at end of period

 

$ -

 

 

$ 749,600

 

 

Note 12  Leases

 

In connection with the May 7, 2021 acquisition with ANS, and the December 27, 2021 acquisition of BW, the Company acquired facility and vehicle leases. Balances as of year-end are as follows:

 

Lease assets are summarized below:

 

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

Assets

 

 

 

Right-of-use Assets

 

 

 

Operating Leases

 

 

 

Office

 

$ 1,481,993

 

Vehicles

 

 

76,059

 

Finance lease

 

 

469,645

 

Total

 

$ 2,027,697

 

 

 
F-43

Table of Contents

  

Lease liabilities are summarized below:

 

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

Short-term lease liabilities

 

 

 

Operating lease

 

$ (125,191 )

Finance lease

 

 

(159,215 )

Short-term lease liabilities

 

 

(284,406 )

Long-term lease liabilities

 

 

 

 

Operating lease

 

 

(1,442,743 )

Finance lease

 

 

(218,825 )

Long-term lease liabilities

 

 

(1,661,568 )

Total

 

$ (1,945,974 )

 

The components of lease costs and classification within the Consolidated Statements of Operations were as follows for the year ended:

 

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

Operating lease costs:

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

$ 71,289

 

Finance lease costs:

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

94,410

 

Total

 

$ 165,699

 

 

The amounts of future undiscounted cash flows related to the lease payments over the lease term and the reconciliation to the present value of the lease liabilities is as follows:

 

 

 

 December 31, 2021

 

Years Ended

 

 Operating

Lease

 

 

 Financing

Lease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

$ 314,642

 

 

$ 185,697

 

2023

 

 

295,888

 

 

 

117,370

 

2024

 

 

292,880

 

 

 

78,279

 

2025

 

 

275,397

 

 

 

54,571

 

2026

 

 

212,741

 

 

 

-

 

2027

 

 

164,028

 

 

 

-

 

2028

 

 

154,870

 

 

 

-

 

Total lease payments

 

$ 1,710,446

 

 

$ 435,917

 

Less imputed interest

 

 

142,512

 

 

 

57,877

 

Present value of lease liability

 

$ 1,567,934

 

 

$ 378,040

 

 

The weighted-average remaining years for the Operating leases are 6.27 years and 2.30 for Finance leases. The weighted-average discount rate for Operating leases is 3%.

 

 
F-44

Table of Contents

  

Note 13 Reportable segments

 

The Company currently has one primary reportable geographic segment - United States. The Company has two reportable operating segments – Telecommunications, and Infrastructure. We also have included a Non-operating Corporate segment. All inter-segment revenues are eliminated.

 

Summary information with respect to the Company’s operating segments is as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telecommunications

 

$ 452,766,913

 

 

$ 84,723,235

 

Infrastructure

 

 

24,251,250

 

 

 

2,791

 

Total revenue

 

$ 477,018,163

 

 

$ 84,726,026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

(Loss) Income from operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telecommunications

 

$ 1,678,551

 

 

$ 274,765

 

Infrastructure

 

 

586,495

 

 

 

(602,061 )

Non-operating corporate

 

 

(40,549,511 )

 

 

(4,422,723 )

Total (loss) from operations

 

$ (38,284,465 )

 

$ (4,750,019 )

 

A reconciliation of the Company’s consolidated segment operating income to consolidated earnings before income taxes as of December 31, is as follows:

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Loss from operations

 

$ (38,284,465 )

 

$ (4,750,019 )

Loss on impairment

 

 

(18,116,263 )

 

 

(13,757,907 )

Net income from investments

 

 

3,330,057

 

 

 

49,710

 

Amortization of debt discount

 

 

(3,055,978 )

 

 

(2,667,733 )

Other income (expense), net

 

 

1,063,772

 

 

 

(415,202 )

Interest expense

 

 

(1,457,900 )

 

 

(391,781 )

Foreign exchange adjustments

 

 

(334,496 )

 

 

425,309

 

Amortization of debt discount, related party

 

 

(95,127 )

 

 

(28,032 )

Amortization of debt issue costs

 

 

(10,438 )

 

 

(19,562 )

Stock issuance costs

 

 

-

 

 

 

(13,400,000 )

Interest expense, related party

 

 

-

 

 

 

(26,703 )

Loss on modification of debt

 

 

-

 

 

 

(98,825 )

Total other expenses

 

 

(18,676,373 )

 

 

(30,330,726 )

Loss from operations before income taxes

 

 

(56,960,838 )

 

 

(35,080,745 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

 

5,291,867

 

 

 

438,104

 

Net income (loss)

 

$ (51,668,971 )

 

$ (34,642,641 )

 

 
F-45

Table of Contents

  

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Depreciation and Amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telecommunications

 

$ 197,691

 

 

$ 82,662

 

Infrastructure

 

 

331,309

 

 

 

-

 

Total

 

$ 529,000

 

 

$ 82,662

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Capital Expenditures 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telecommunications

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

Infrastructure

 

 

1,355,297

 

 

 

202,613

 

Total

 

$ 1,355,297

 

 

$ 202,613

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telecommunications

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

Infrastructure

 

 

2,279,978

 

 

 

149,262

 

Non-operating corporate

 

 

7,438,765

 

 

 

3,249,710

 

Total

 

$ 9,718,743

 

 

$ 3,398,972

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Total Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telecommunications

 

$ 73,658,598

 

 

$ 78,851,623

 

Infrastructure

 

 

56,700,601

 

 

 

21,390,426

 

Non-operating corporate

 

 

79,579,215

 

 

 

35,872,090

 

Eliminations

 

 

66,328,902 )

 

 

36,706,820 )

Total

 

$ 143,609,512

 

 

$ 99,407,319

 

 

Note 14 Equity

 

Preferred Stock

 

The Company has 10,000,000 Shares of Preferred Stock authorized with a par value of $0.001. The Company has allocated 1,000,000 Shares for Series A Preferred, 2,395,105 Shares for Series B Preferred, 2,370,370 Shares for Series C Preferred, and 4,234,525 are unallocated as of December 31, 2021.

 

Series A — On December 7, 2020, 1,000,000 shares of Series F Preferred stock were converted into 1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. On October 27, 2021, the holders converted 1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock into 30,754,896 shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were 0 and 1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding. The Series A Preferred has the following designations:

 

 

·

Convertible at option of holder.

 

 

 

 

·

The holders are entitled to receive dividends.

 

 

 

 

·

1 Preferred share is convertible to 100 common shares.

 

 

 

 

·

In the event of reorganization this Class of Preferred will not be affected by any such capital reorganization.

 

 

 

 

·

Voting: The holder of this Series of Preferred shall be entitled to elect the majority of the members of the Board of Directors.

 

Series B — On May 21, 2021, the Company issued 2,395,105 shares as part of the acquisition of ANS at an aggregate purchase price of $6,850,000. In 2017, 200,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock were issued to the Company’s CEO in exchange for a conversion of $200,000 of related party advances. On May 8, 2020, the 200,000 shares were cancelled. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were 2,395,105 and 0 shares issued and outstanding.

 

 
F-46

Table of Contents

  

The Series B Preferred has the following designations following the reorganization in October 2020 from a Nevada corporation to a Delaware corporation.

 

 

·

Convertible at option of holder.

 

 

 

 

·

The holders are entitled to receive cumulative dividends at 4% per annum, payable quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1.

 

 

 

 

·

1 preferred share is convertible to 1 common share.

 

 

 

 

·

The Series B holders are entitled to receive liquidation in preference to the common holders or any other class or series of preferred stock.

 

 

 

 

·

Voting: The Series B holders are entitled to vote together with the common holders as a single class.

 

 

 

 

·

Mandatorily redeemable 180 days following the mandatory redemption date.

 

The Series B Preferred had the following designations prior to the reorganization in October 2020 from a Nevada corporation to a Delaware corporation:

 

 

·

Series B — Convertible at option of holder.

 

 

 

 

·

The holders are entitled to receive dividends.

 

 

 

 

·

100,000 preferred shares are convertible to 9.9% common shares.

 

 

 

 

·

The Series B holders are entitled to receive liquidation in preference to the common holders or any other class or series of preferred stock.

 

 

 

 

·

Voting: The Series B holders are entitled to vote together with the common holders as a single class.

 

Series C — On December 17, 2021, the Company issued 2,370,370 shares of Series C Preferred to funds affiliated with Arena Investors LP as part of the securities purchase agreement at an aggregate purchase price of $6,666,800.  In connection with the issuance of the Series C Preferred shares, the Company also issued warrants to purchase 2,370,370 shares of the Company’s common stock.  A Registration Rights Agreement was executed in connection with the issuance of the Series C Preferred. If we fail to have the registration statement filed within 6 months of the closing date or if we fail to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement until all of such shares of common stock have been sold or are otherwise able to be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, without any volume or manner of sale restrictions, then the Company will be obligated to pay to the investors liquidated damages equal to then, in addition to any other rights the holders may have hereunder or under applicable law, upon the occurrence of any such event and on each monthly anniversary of thereafter until the event is cured, the Company shall pay to the investors an amount in cash equal to their pro rata portion of $75,000 per month until such events are satisfied.  The Company has valued the beneficial conversion feature of the Series C Preferred shares at $3,550,747 and the warrants at $3,116,054. The recording the par value and related additional paid in capital resulted in a deemed dividend of $7,407,407 at the time of issuance. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 there were 2,370,370 and 0 shares issued and outstanding.

 

The Series C Preferred had the following designations as of December 31, 2021:

 

 

·

Convertible at option of holder at a conversion price of $3.125 per share.

 

 

 

 

·

The holders are entitled to receive dividends.

 

 

 

 

·

In the event of reorganization this Class of Preferred will not be affected by any such capital reorganization.

 

 

 

 

·

The Series C liquidation preference is equal to the stated value, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends.

 

 

 

 

·

Voting: No voting rights.

 

 

 

 

·

Redemption features:

 

 

 

·

If the closing price exceeds 100% of the effective conversion price, the Company may force the conversion of preferred stock with 10 days written notice;

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

At any time after the original issue date, the Company has the option to redeem some or all the outstanding preferred stock for cash with 10 days written notice; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

On the third anniversary of the issue date, the holder may request redemption, at the Company’s option of cash or common stock, at the conversion price equal to the four-year redemption amount (a) 100% of the aggregate Stated Value then outstanding, (b) accrued but unpaid dividends (c) additional cash consideration in order for the Purchasers to achieve a 20% internal rate of return and (d) all liquidated damages and other amounts due in respect of the Preferred Stock.

 

The Series C Preferred had the following designations prior to the issuance of 2,370,370 shares on December 17, 2021:

 

 

1.

Convertible at option of holder.

 

 

 

 

2.

The holders are entitled to receive dividends.

 

 

 

 

3.

1 Preferred share is convertible to 10 common shares.

 

 

 

 

4. 

In the event of reorganization this Class of Preferred will not be affected by any such capital reorganization.

 

 

 

 

5.

Voting: The holder of this Series of Preferred shall be entitled to vote 1 Preferred Shares for 5,000 votes.

 

 
F-47

Table of Contents

  

Series D — On May 8, 2020, in connection with the Share Exchange (See Note 6), the Company issued 1,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock. On December 7, 2020, the 1,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock were converted into 63,711,968 shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 there were 0 shares issued and outstanding. The Series D Preferred has the following designations:

 

 

·

Convertible into common upon the Company completing a 500 to 1 reverse stock split upon which the amount converted will equal 80% of the issued and outstanding common per the reverse split.

 

 

 

 

·

In the event of reorganization this Class of Preferred will not be affected by any such capital reorganization.

 

 

 

 

·

Voting: The holder of this Series of Preferred shall be entitled to vote and shall in aggregate represent 80% of the votes.

 

Series E — On December 31, 2019, the holder of the Series of Preferred converted $38,100 face value plus $3,725 in accrued interest into 418,251 shares of Series E preferred stock. On January 15, 2020, the Company sold 125,000 shares of Series E Preferred for $12,500. On December 7, 2020, the 543,251 shares of Series E Preferred Stock were converted into 1,086,502 shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 there were 0 shares issued and outstanding. The Series E Preferred has the following designations:

 

 

·

Convertible at option of holder any time after March 30, 2020; 1 preferred share is convertible into 1,000 common shares

 

 

 

 

·

Automatically convertible into common upon the Company completing a 500 to 1 reverse stock split.

 

 

 

 

·

In the event of reorganization this Class of Preferred will not be affected by any such capital reorganization.

 

 

 

 

·

Voting: The holder of this Series of Preferred shall not be entitled to vote.

 

Series F —. On May 8, 2020, in connection with the Share Exchange (See Note 6), the Company issued 1,000,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock. On December 7, 2020, 1,000,000 shares of Series F Preferred stock were converted into 1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 there were 0 shares issued and outstanding.

 

The Series F Preferred has the following designations:

 

 

·

Convertible into 80% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock upon consummation of a reverse stock split and votes on an as converted basis.

 

 

 

 

·

In the event of reorganization this Class of Preferred will not be affected by any such capital reorganization.

 

 

 

 

·

Voting: The holder of this Series of Preferred are entitled to whole number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock.

 

On December 7, 2020, 1,000,000 shares of Series F Preferred stock were converted into 1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

Series G —In connection with the May 8, 2020 financing, the Company issued 7.5 of Series G Preferred Stock. On December 7, 2020, the 7.5 shares of Series G Preferred Stock were converted into 6,199,135 shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 there were 0 shares issued and outstanding.

 

The Series G Preferred has the following designations:

 

 

·

Convertible into 1% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock at any time at the option of the holder and votes on an as converted basis.

 

 

 

 

·

The shares will automatically convert to common shares once the 500 to 1 reverse split is effective.

 

 

 

 

·

In the event of reorganization this Class of Preferred will not be affected by any such capital reorganization.

 

 

 

 

·

Voting: The holder of this Series of Preferred shall not be entitled to vote.

 

 
F-48

Table of Contents

  

Accounting Conclusions

 

The Company has evaluated each series of the Preferred Stock for proper classification under ASC 480 and ASC 815. ASC 480 generally requires liability classification for financial instruments that are certain to be redeemed, represent obligations to purchase shares of stock or represent obligations to issue a variable number of common shares.

 

Series B Preferred Stock

 

The 2,395,105 shares of Series B Preferred Stock issued on May 21, 2021 are mandatorily redeemable, and therefore are required to be classified as a liability in the mezzanine section of the balance sheet. They are valued at $6,850,000. The Company concluded that all other series of Preferred Stock were not to be classified as a liability because none of the three conditions for liability classification was present.

 

Series C Preferred Stock

 

The 2,370,370 shares of Series C Preferred Stock provides that the Company shall redeem the preferred stock for cash or common stock at a certain date. This provision does not raise the Preferred Stock to the definition of mandatorily redeemable because the Company has the option to redeem the Preferred Stock in Common Stock in lieu of cash.

 

Because the Series C convertible preferred shares are perpetual (have no stated maturity date) and are convertible at any time, the discount created in the convertible preferred stock is fully amortized at issuance. As such we recorded a deemed dividend in the amount of $7,407,407.

 

ASC 815 generally requires an analysis embedded terms and features that have characteristics of derivatives to be evaluated for bifurcation and separate accounting in instances where their economic risks and characteristics are not clearly and closely related to the risks of the host contract. However, in order to perform this analysis, the Company was first required to evaluate the economic risks and characteristics of each series of the Preferred Stock in its entirety as being either akin to equity or akin to debt. The Company’s evaluation concluded that each series of Preferred Stock was more akin to an equity-like contract largely due to the fact the financial instrument is not mandatorily redeemable for cash and the holders are not entitled to any dividends. Other features of the Preferred Stock that operate like equity, such as the conversion option and voting feature, afforded more evidence, in the Company’s view, that the instrument is more akin to equity. As a result, the embedded conversion features are clearly and closely related to their equity host instruments. Therefore, the embedded conversion features do not require bifurcation and classification as derivative liabilities.

 

Private Placement

 

On December 8, 2020, the Company entered into a Private Placement Agreement for the purchase of up to an aggregate $2,500,000 at $0.25 per share. In connection with the Private Placement, the Company sold 8,700,000 shares for an aggregate $2,175,000. The shares were issued on January 15, 2021.

 

Placement Agent Warrants

 

In connection with the December 8, 2020 Private Placement Agreement, placement agents were given warrants to purchase 10,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for a seven year period at an exercise price of $2 per share. These warrants were valued at $15,500,000 and met equity classification. $2,100,000 of the $15,500,000 was recorded in equity as stock issue costs and the remaining $13,400,000 was recorded in other expenses on the statement of operations.

 

Stock options

 

The Company selected the Black-Scholes-Merton (“BSM”) valuation technique to calculate the grant date fair values for the stock options because it believes that this technique is reflective of all the inputs that market participants would likely consider in transactions involving warrants. The inputs include the strike price, underlying price, term to expiration, volatility, and risk-free interest rate.

 

 
F-49

Table of Contents

  

Stock option activity for the years ended December 31, is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Exercise Price

 

Options Outstanding January 1, 2020

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Options granted

 

 

20,500,000

 

 

 

0.51

 

Options exercised

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Options cancelled

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2020

 

 

20,500,000

 

 

 

0.51

 

Options exercisable at December 31, 2020

 

 

2,500,000

 

 

 

0.49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options Outstanding January 1, 2021

 

 

20,500,000

 

 

$ 0.51

 

Options granted

 

 

25,890,000

 

 

 

2.82

 

Options exercised

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Options cancelled

 

 

(1,470,000 )

 

 

(2.59 )

Options outstanding at December 31, 2021

 

 

44,920,000

 

 

 

1.78

 

Options exercisable at December 31, 2021

 

 

12,807,500

 

 

$ 0.94

 

 

At December 31, 2021, the weighted average remaining life of the stock options is 5.35 years. At December 31, 2021, there was $48,175,745 in unrecognized costs related to the stock options granted.

 

Warrants

 

The following table represents warrant activity for years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Exercise

 

 

Remaining

 

 

 

Warrants

 

 

Price

 

 

Contractual Life

 

Warrants Outstanding - January 1, 2020

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Issued

 

 

19,844,402

 

 

$ 1.26

 

 

3.5 years

 

Exercised

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Expired

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Warrants Outstanding – December 31, 2020

 

 

19,844,402

 

 

$ 1.26

 

 

3.5 years

 

Outstanding Exercisable – December 31, 2020

 

 

19,844,402

 

 

$ 1.26

 

 

3.5 years

 

Issued

 

 

4,240,370

 

 

 

4.00

 

 

2.1 years

 

Exercised

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Expired

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Warrants Outstanding - December 31, 2021

 

 

24,084,772

 

 

$ 1.74

 

 

3.0 years

 

Outstanding Exercisable - December 31, 2021

 

 

24,084,772

 

 

$ 1.74

 

 

3.0 years

 

 

 
F-50

Table of Contents

  

Note 15 Commitments, contingencies and concentration risk

 

Contingencies

 

During the normal course of business, the Company may be exposed to litigation. When the Company becomes aware of potential litigation, it evaluates the merits of the case in accordance with ASC 450, Contingencies. Litigation and Contingency accruals are based on our assessment, including advice of legal counsel, regarding the expected outcome of litigation or other dispute resolution proceedings. If the Company determines that an unfavorable outcome is probable and can be reasonably assessed, it establishes the necessary accruals. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company is not aware of any contingent liabilities that should be reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

 

Other Commitments

 

Indemnities

 

The Company generally indemnifies its customers for the services it provides under its contracts, as well as other specified liabilities, which may subject the Company to indemnity claims, liabilities and related litigation. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company was not aware of any material asserted or unasserted claims in connection with these indemnity obligations.

 

Performance and Payment Bonds

 

Many customers, particularly in connection with new construction within Infrastructure, require the Company to post performance and payment bonds issued by a financial institution known as a surety. If the Company fails to perform under the terms of a contract or to pay subcontractors and vendors who provided goods or services under a contract, the customer may demand that the surety make payments or provide services under the bond. The Company must reimburse the surety for any expenses or outlays it incurs. To date, the Company is not aware of any losses to their sureties in connection with bonds the sureties have posted on their behalf, and do not expect such losses to be incurred in the foreseeable future. Generally, 10% of bonding needs are held in cash on the balance sheet.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

The Company maintains accounts with financial institutions. All cash in checking accounts is non-interest bearing and is fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). At times, cash balances may exceed the maximum coverage provided by the FDIC on insured depositor accounts. The Company believes it mitigates its risk by depositing its cash and cash equivalents with major financial institutions. At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had $17,503,737 and $9,715,716 in excess of FDIC insurance, respectively.

 

Major Customer Concentration

 

The Company has two customers whose accounts receivable represented 10% or more of the Company’s total accounts receivable and whose accounts receivable in aggregate accounted for approximately 25% of the Company’s total accounts receivable as of December 31, 2021.

 

The Company has three customers whose revenue individually represented 10% or more of the Company’s total revenue and whose revenue in aggregate accounted for approximately 41% of the Company’s total revenue as of December 31, 2021

 

Labor Concentration

 

One of our operating subsidiaries within Infrastructure sources direct labor from local unions, which have collective bargaining agreements expiring at various times over the next four years. Although the Company’s past experience has been favorable with respect to resolving conflicting demands with these unions, it is possible that contract negotiations are unsuccessful which could impact the renewal of the collective bargaining agreements.

 

 
F-51

Table of Contents

  

Note 16  Income taxes

 

The components of income tax expense (benefit) for years ended December 31 were as follows:

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

State and local

 

 

36,779

 

 

 

4,902

 

Total current

 

$ 36,779

 

 

$ 4,902

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

(5,402,585 )

 

 

(367,816 )

State and local

 

 

73,939

 

 

 

(75,190 )

Total deferred

 

$ (5,328,646 )

 

$ (443,006 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income tax expense (benefit)

 

$ (5,291,867 )

 

$ (438,104 )

 

The following table reconciles the difference between the statutory federal income tax rate for the Company and the effective income tax rate the years ended December 31:

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

U.S. statutory federal income tax rate

 

 

21.0 %

 

 

21.0 %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

(6.2

%)

 

(8.2

%)

Stock compensation

 

(3.8

%)

 

(8.0

%)

Change in valuation allowance

 

(1.3

%)

 

(1.6

%) 

Other

 

(0.2

%)

 

(2.0

%) 

Income tax expense (benefit) for the period

 

 

9.5 %

 

 

1.2 %

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income taxes.

 

 
F-52

Table of Contents

  

Significant components of U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets and liabilities as of years ended December 31, are as follows:

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal net operating loss carryforwards

 

$ 4,916,141

 

 

$ 3,769,127

 

Stock Compensation

 

 

4,677,028

 

 

 

586,716

 

Fixed Assets

 

 

405,888

 

 

 

-

 

Unrealized gains / (loss)

 

 

196,828

 

 

 

(12,537 )

Allowance for bad debt

 

 

62,165

 

 

 

54,543

 

Other

 

 

260,957

 

 

 

68,520

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

 

 

10,519,007

 

 

 

4,466,368

 

Less valuation allowances

 

 

(4,919,566 )

 

 

(3,769,127 )

Net deferred tax assets

 

$ 5,599,440

 

 

$ 697,241

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

$ -

 

 

$ (96,627 )

Foreign exchange gains / losses

 

 

(19,778 )

 

 

(157,608 )

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(19,778 )

 

 

(254,235 )

Net deferred tax asset (liabilities)

 

$ 5,579,663

 

 

$ 443,006

 

 

Future utilization of net operating losses (“NOLs”) arising in tax years after December 31, 2017 are limited to eighty percent of taxable income and are allowed to be carried forward indefinitely. NOLs generated in 2017 and prior may carry forward 20 years. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 the Company has $12.6 million of NOLs generated prior to December 31, 2017 and $10.8 million of NOLs generated after 2017. During the tax year 2020, the Company underwent an ownership change as defined by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code and as such the NOLs will be subject to annual limitations. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company’s valuation allowance of $4.9 million and $3.8 million respectively related primarily to Federal NOL carryforwards. The Company files U.S. federal and certain applicable U.S. state income tax returns. Management has reviewed and evaluated the relevant technical merits of each of its tax positions and determined that there are no uncertain tax positions that would have a material impact on these financial statements.

 

Note 17  Subsequent Events

 

On January 14, 2022 the Company acquired EV Group Holdings LLC (“EVGH”) for, $1.25 million of cash and $17.5 million of common stock. EVGH is a group of companies focused on national real estate assets and real estate solutions for commercial and fleet operators requiring parking, maintenance, and EV charging depot resources. We are currently in the process of finalizing the accounting for this transaction and expect to complete our allocation of purchase considerations to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the end of the first quarter of 2022.

 

On February 25, 2022 the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with Island Capital Group Charge Me LLC (the “February 2022 Investors”) pursuant to which it issued 3,856,000 Series C preferred shares in an aggregate face value of $12,050,000 for an aggregate purchase price of $10,845,000.

 

 
F-53

Table of Contents

  

 INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANT’S REVIEW REPORT

 

To Management

PTGi International Carrier Services, Inc.

New York, NY

 

We have reviewed the accompanying financial statements of PTGi International Carrier Services, Inc. and subsidiaries, which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholder’s equity, and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (the “financial statements”). A review includes primarily applying analytical procedures to management’s financial data and making inquiries of company management. A review is substantially less in scope than an audit, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

 

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

 

Accountant’s Responsibility

 

Our responsibility is to conduct the review engagement in accordance with Statements on Standards for Accounting and Review Services promulgated by the Accounting and Review Services Committee of the AICPA. Those standards require us to perform procedures to obtain limited assurance as a basis for reporting whether we are aware of any material modifications that should be made to the financial statements for them to be in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. We believe that the results of our procedures provide a reasonable basis for our conclusion.

 

Accountant’s Conclusion

 

Based on our review, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the accompanying financial statements in order for them to be in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Substantial Doubt about the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 4 to the financial statements, the Company had significant net losses for the period ended December 31, 2019 and received subsequent funding from its parent. Management’s evaluation of the events and conditions and management’s plans regarding the matter also are described in Note 4. The realization of a major portion of its assets is dependent upon the success of its future operations. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

   

 

Seligson & Giannattasio, LLP

White Plains, New York

June 3, 2021

 

 
F-54

Table of Contents

  

PTGI INTERNATIONAL CARRIER SERVICES INC

AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

As of

September 30,

2020

 

 

As of

September 30,

2019

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$ 11,288,565

 

 

$ 41,112,864

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

50,741,380

 

 

 

61,076,381

 

Investments in futures contracts

 

 

10,958,540

 

 

 

-

 

Other current assets net

 

 

2,022,986

 

 

 

1,851,229

 

Total current assets

 

 

75,011,471

 

 

 

104,040,474

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

508,372

 

 

 

839,522

 

Non-current assets

 

 

3,452

 

 

 

22,717

 

Goodwill

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,998,752

 

Total Assets

 

$ 75,523,295

 

 

$ 107,901,465

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities & Stockholder’s Equity (Deficit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$ 19,231,745

 

 

$ 47,383,680

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

44,029,702

 

 

 

51,659,236

 

Futures contract liabilities

 

 

10,957,340

 

 

 

-

 

Notes payable-current maturities

 

 

109,164

 

 

 

242,486

 

Related party payable

 

 

-

 

 

 

20,549

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

74,327,951

 

 

 

99,305,951

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes payable less current maturities

 

 

-

 

 

 

109,164

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

74,327,951

 

 

 

99,415,115

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $1 par value; 100 shares authorized; 100 shares issued and outstanding

 

 

100

 

 

 

100

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

191,227,944

 

 

 

199,121,632

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income(loss)

Currency Translation Adjustment

 

 

(8,013,161 )

 

 

(8,084,044 )

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(182,019,539 )

 

 

(182,551,338 )

Total Stockholders' Equity

 

 

1,195,344

 

 

 

8,486,350

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

 

$ 75,523,295

 

 

$ 107,901,465

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-55

Table of Contents

  

PTGI INTERNATIONAL CARRIER SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

Periods Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Net Revenues

 

$ 430,101,704

 

 

$ 506,972,842

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

424,434,212

 

 

 

498,461,018

 

Gross margin

 

 

5,667,492

 

 

 

8,511,824

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Professional fees

 

 

327,552

 

 

 

744,781

 

General and administrative

 

 

4,527,315

 

 

 

5,683,005

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

251,212

 

 

 

259,643

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

5,106,079

 

 

 

6,687,429

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating income

 

 

561,413

 

 

 

1,824,395

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on goodwill impairment

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,376,718 )

Other income (expense)

 

 

2,072,220

 

 

 

(13,079 )

Interest income

 

 

69

 

 

 

-

 

Contingent consideration (gain) loss

 

 

(30,514 )

 

 

332,586

 

Derivative FX gain (loss)

 

 

331,271

 

 

 

(59,753 )

Total other income (expense)

 

 

2,373,046

 

 

 

(1,116,964 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

 

2,934,459

 

 

 

707,431

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes (Benefit)

 

 

553,077

 

 

 

380,376

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$ 2,381,382

 

 

$ 327,055

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-56

Table of Contents

  

PTGI INTERNATIONAL CARRIER SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

Periods Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

 

September 30,

2019

 

Net Income

 

$ 2,381,382

 

 

$ 327,055

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment, Net of tax

 

 

(25,321 )

 

 

(45,986 )

Comprehensive income

 

$ 2,356,061

 

 

$ 281,069

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-57

Table of Contents

  

PTGI INTERNATIONAL CARRIER SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY (DEFICIT)

FOR THE PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2020 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

 (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Paid in

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

Total

 

Balance January 1, 2020

 

 

100

 

 

$ 100

 

 

$ 187,121,632

 

 

$ (184,400,921 )

 

$ (7,987,840 )

 

$ (5,267,029 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment of dividends

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

(6.410,713

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(6,410,713 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity adjustment-Intercompany payable forgiven

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

17,025

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

17,025

 

Net income

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,381,382

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,381,382

 

Contribution by parent (HC2)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

10,500,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

10,500,000

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(25,321 )

 

 

(25,321 )

Balance September 30, 2020

 

 

100

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

191,227,944

 

 

 

(182,019,539 )

 

 

(8,013,161 )

 

 

1,195,344

 

Balance January 1, 2019

 

 

100

 

 

$ 100

 

 

$ 203,421,632

 

 

$ (182,878,393 )

 

$ (8,038,058 )

 

$ 12,505,281

 

Payment of dividends

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(4,300,000 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(4,300,000 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(45,986 )

 

 

(45,986 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

327,055

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

327,055

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance September 30, 2019

 

 

100

 

 

$ 100

 

 

$ 199,121,632

 

 

$ (182,551,338 )

 

$ (8,084,044 )

 

$ 8,486,350

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-58

Table of Contents

  

PTGI INTERNATIONAL CARRIER SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$ 2,381,382

 

 

$ 327,055

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

251,212

 

 

 

259,643

 

Loss on impairment of goodwill

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,376,718

 

Provision for doubtful accounts receivable

 

 

(15,666 )

 

 

24,893

 

(Gain) loss on contingent consideration

 

 

30,514

 

 

 

(332,586 )

(Gain) loss on foreign currency exchange

 

 

(331,271 )

 

 

59,753

 

Changes in operating assets & liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

1,675,164

 

 

 

56,451,670

 

Intercompany receivable, net

 

 

20,008

 

 

 

(22,164 )

Other assets

 

 

44,574

 

 

 

(70,857 )

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

 

 

(31,685,262 )

 

 

(27,529,807 )

Other liabilities

 

 

(107,624 )

 

 

6,541

 

Net cash provided by (used by) operating activities

 

 

(27,736,969 )

 

 

30,550,859

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

 

 

(4,091 )

 

 

(7,566 )

Net investments in Futures Contracts

 

 

(1,200 )

 

 

-

 

Net cash used by investing activities

 

 

(5,291 )

 

 

(7,566 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contribution from HC2 Holdings, Inc

 

 

10,500,000

 

 

 

-

 

Payment of dividends to HC2 Holdings, Inc

 

 

(6,410,713 )

 

 

(4,300,000 )

Cash paid for contingent liability

 

 

(74,952 )

 

 

(119,886 )

Net cash (used by) provided by financing activities

 

 

4,014,335

 

 

 

(4,419,886 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

455,371

 

 

 

(34,574 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(23,272,554 )

 

 

26,088,833

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

34,561,119

 

 

 

15,024,031

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$ 11,288,565

 

 

$ 41,112,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-59

Table of Contents

  

PTGI INTERNATIONAL CARRIER SERVICES INC AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 – NATURE OF OPERATIONS

 

PTGI INTERNATIONAL CARRIER SERVICES INC (PTGi) was incorporated on December 13, 2007 as Arbinet Carrier Services, Inc. under the laws of the State of Delaware. On February 25, 2013, the Company’s name was changed to PTGI International Carrier Services, Inc. PTGI is a global wholesale telecommunications provider offering a network of direct routes and provides premium voice communication services for national telecommunications operators, mobile operators, wholesale carriers, prepaid operators, voice over internet protocol service operators and internet service providers. PTGI provides a quality service via direct routes and by forming strong relationships with carefully selected partners.

 

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PTGi International Carrier Services, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries Go2Tel.com, Inc., a company organized under the laws of the State of Florida, GU2TEL Spain, SLU, a Spanish entity, PTGi International Carrier Services, Ltd, a United Kingdom entity and PTGi-ICS OPSRO S.R.L, a Romanian entity, collectively referred to as the Company. All material intercompany accounts, transactions and profits were eliminated in consolidation. PTGi-ICS OPSRO S.R.L, a company organized under the laws of Romania was deregistered effective September 30, 2020.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from contracts with customers,” (Topic 606). Revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services. In addition, the standard requires disclosure of the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The amount of revenue that is recorded reflects the consideration that the Company expects to receive in exchange for those services. The Company applies the following five-step model in order to determine this amount: (i) identification of the promised services in the contract; (ii) determination of whether the promised services are performance obligations, including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract; (iii) measurement of the transaction price, including the constraint on variable consideration; (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations; and (v) recognition of revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies each performance obligation. The Company’s main revenue stream is from the provision of telecommunications services. The Company recognizes as revenues the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when the performance obligation is satisfied or as it is satisfied. Generally, the Company's performance obligations are transferred to customers at a point in time, typically upon delivery.

 

 
F-60

Table of Contents

 

PTGi operates an extensive network of direct routes and offers premium voice communication services for carrying a mix of business, residential and carrier long-distance traffic, data and transit traffic. PTGi has both a customer and vendor relationship with most parties. PTGi sells the customer routing services through the PTGi supplier routes on incoming calls and then PTGi purchases routing services from other vendor’s supplier routes in order to complete the call. Revenue is earned based on the number of minutes during a call multiplied by the price per minute, and is recorded upon completion of a call. Incomplete calls are not revenues earned by PTGi and may occur as a result of technical issues or because the customer’s credit limit was exceeded and thus the customer routing of traffic was prevented. Revenue for a period is calculated from information received through PTGi’s billing software, such as minutes and market rates. PTGi evaluates gross versus net revenue recognition for each of its contractual arrangements by assessing indicators of control and significant influence to determine whether the PTGi acts as a principal (i.e. gross recognition) or an agent (i.e. net recognition). PTGi has determined that it acts as a principal for all of its performance obligations in connection with all revenue earned as PTGi may accept or reject calls, determines the routing decision and routing vendor and has the risk of financial loss on revenues from customers and amounts owed to the vendors. Net revenue represents gross revenue, net of allowance for doubtful accounts receivable, service credits and service adjustments. Cost of revenue includes network costs that consist of access, transport and termination costs. The majority of PTGi’s cost of revenue is variable, primarily based upon minutes of use, with transmission and termination costs being the most significant expense.

 

Accounts Receivable

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the net invoice value and are not interest bearing. The Company considers receivables past due based on the payment terms. The Company reviews its exposure to accounts receivable and reserves specific amounts if collectability is no longer reasonably assured. The Company also reserves a percentage of its trade receivable balance based on collection history and current economic trends that might impact the level of future credit losses. The Company re-evaluates such reserves on a regular basis and adjusts its reserves as needed. The Company also has credit insurance on certain of its receivables to lessen the risk of uncollectible accounts. Based on the Company’s operating history and customer base, bad debts to date have not been material.

 

Forward contracts

PTGi enters into forward contracts for the purchase and sale of currency futures. Open positions are recorded at market value, with related unrealized gains and losses, included in income. Market value has been determined based on published prices. Unrealized gains and losses are included in investments in futures contracts and futures contract liabilities, respectively, on the accompanying balance sheet. The contractual amounts of these purchases and sales, amounting to approximately $10,958,540 and $10,957,340 at September 30, 2020.

 

Fair Value Measurements and Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements, clarifies the definition of fair value, prescribes methods for measuring fair value, and establishes a fair value hierarchy to classify the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

 

Level 1: Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities available at the measurement date.

 

Level 2: Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable, and inputs derived from or corroborated by observable market data.

 

Level 3: Inputs are unobservable inputs which reflect the reporting entity's own assumptions on what assumptions the market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best available information.

 

The estimated fair value of certain financial instruments, including all current liabilities are carried at historical cost basis, which approximates their fair values because of the short-term nature of these instruments.

 

 
F-61

Table of Contents

  

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

ASC subtopic 825-10, Financial Instruments ("ASC 825-10") requires disclosure of the fair value of certain financial instruments. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities as reflected in the balance sheets, approximate fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments. All other significant financial assets, financial liabilities and equity instruments of the Company are either recognized or disclosed in the financial statements together with other information relevant for making a reasonable assessment of future cash flows, interest rate risk and credit risk. Where practicable the fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities have been determined and disclosed; otherwise only available information pertinent to fair value has been disclosed.

 

The Company follows ASC subtopic 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures ("ASC 820-10") and ASC 825-10, which permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

Our long-lived assets include property, plant and equipment and other indefinite lived intangible assets. We evaluate our long-lived assets for impairment, other than indefinite lived intangible assets, in accordance with ASC 360, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Estimates of future cash flows and timing of events for evaluating long-lived assets for impairment are based upon management’s judgment. If any of our intangible or long-lived assets are considered to be impaired, the amount of impairment to be recognized is the excess of the carrying amount of the assets over its fair value.

 

Applicable long-lived assets are amortized or depreciated over the shorter of their estimated useful lives, the estimated period that the assets will generate revenue, or the statutory or contractual term in the case of patents. Estimates of useful lives and periods of expected revenue generation are reviewed periodically for appropriateness and are based upon management’s judgment.

 

Impairment of Goodwill

 

The Company evaluates indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually and whenever impairment indicators are present in accordance with ASC 350. When necessary, the Company records an impairment loss for the amount by which the fair value is less than the carrying value of these assets. The fair value of intangible assets other than goodwill is typically determined using the “relief from royalty method”, specifically the discounted cash flow method utilizing Level 3 fair value inputs. Some of the more significant estimates and assumptions inherent in this approach include: the amount and timing of the projected net cash flows, which includes the expected impact of competitive, legal and/or regulatory forces on the projections, as well as the selection of a long-term growth rate; the discount rate, which seeks to reflect the various risks inherent in the projected cash flows; and the tax rate, which seeks to incorporate the geographic diversity of the projected cash flows.

 

The Company performs impairment testing for all other long-lived assets whenever impairment indicators are present. When necessary, the Company calculates the undiscounted value of the projected cash flows associated with the asset, or asset group, and compares this estimated amount to the carrying amount. If the carrying amount is found to be greater, we record an impairment loss for the excess of book value over fair value. During the period ended September 30, 2019, the Company determined that the existing goodwill should be impaired and reported an impairment charge totaling $1,376,718.

 

 
F-62

Table of Contents

  

Depreciation and Amortization

 

Fixed assets are recorded at cost. Depreciation is generally calculated on a straight-line method and amortization of leasehold improvements is provided for on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various assets as follows:

 

Telco equipment

 

7 years

Computer hardware

 

3 years

Computer software

 

3 years

Furniture and fixtures

 

5 years

 

Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred while renewals and betterments are capitalized.

 

Advertising, Marketing and Public Relations

 

The Company follows the policy of charging the costs of advertising, marketing, and public relations to expense as incurred. There were no advertising expenses for the reporting periods.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss, capital loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

 

For all periods presented, PTGi was included in the consolidated income tax returns of its Parent, HC2 Holdings, Inc. (“HC2”). All losses incurred by PTGi were utilized by PTGi or by HC2 in the consolidated tax filings. Income tax expense for the periods presented represent amounts allocable from its then parent. Permanent tax differences related to the impairment of goodwill are the primary differences resulting in the variation with the expected income tax expense.

 

The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Company records interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of general and administrative expenses. Our federal tax return and any state tax returns are not currently under examination.

 

The Company has adopted FASB ASC 740-10, Accounting for Income Taxes, which requires an asset and liability approach to financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed annually from differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

Leases

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“Topic 842”). Topic 842 requires the entity to recognize the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by leased assets. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting expense recognition in the income statement.

 

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted Topic 842 applying the optional transition method, which allows an entity to apply the new standard at the adoption date with a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. As a result of adopting Topic 842, the Company recognized assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by operating leases totaling approximately $3,926.

 

The Company determines if a contract contains a lease at inception based on whether it conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset. Substantially all of the Company’s leases are classified as operating leases. The Company records operating lease right-of-use assets within “Other assets” and lease liabilities are recorded within “current and noncurrent liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheets. Lease expenses are recorded within “General and administrative expenses” in the consolidated statements of operations. Operating lease payments are presented within “Operating cash flows” in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

 
F-63

Table of Contents

  

Operating lease right-of-use assets and lease liabilities are recognized based on the net present value of future minimum lease payments over the lease term starting on the commencement date. The Company generally is not able to determine the rate implicit in its leases and, as such, applies an incremental borrowing rate based on the Company’s cost of borrowing for the relevant terms of each lease. Lease expense for minimum lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Lease terms may include an option to extend or terminate a lease if it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise such options. The Company has elected the practical expedient to not separate lease components from non-lease components, and also has elected not to record a right-of-use asset or lease liability for leases which, at inception, have a term of twelve months or less. Variable lease payments are recognized in the period in which the obligation for those payments is incurred.

 

NOTE 3 – CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISKS

 

The Company's cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and accounts receivable are monitored for exposure to concentrations of credit risk. The Company maintains substantially all of its cash balances in a limited number of financial institutions. The balances are each insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $250,000. The Company had balances in excess of this limit at September 30, 2020 and 2019 totaling $10,788,565 and $40,612,864, respectively.

 

NOTE 4 – GOING CONCERN

 

PTGi's consolidated financial statements are prepared using the GAAP applicable to a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and liquidation of liabilities in the normal course of business. At September 30, 2020, PTGI had $11,288,565 in cash and $1,236,597 in working capital, respectively. Losses may adversely affect the liquidity of PTGi in the future. During 2020, PTGi received a total of $10,500,000 in capital contributions from HC2. Had these contributions not been received, PTGi would have had negative working capital and stockholder’s equity at September 30,2020. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should PTGi be unable to continue as a going concern.

 

NOTE 5 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following at September 30, 2020 and 2019:

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telco equipment

 

$ 2,271,955

 

 

$ 2,270,449

 

Computer hardware

 

 

137,604

 

 

 

132,991

 

Computer software

 

 

27,751

 

 

 

27,751

 

Furniture & fixtures

 

 

824

 

 

 

824

 

 

 

 

2,438,134

 

 

 

2,432,015

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(1,929,762 )

 

 

(1,592,493 )

Property Plant and Equipment

 

$ 508,372

 

 

$ 839,522

 

 

 
F-64

Table of Contents

  

Depreciation expense was $251,212 and $259,643 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

NOTE 6 – ACCRUED LIABILITIES

 

In the normal course of business PTGi incurs costs that can be billed by the suppler in a subsequent period. To ensure proper presentation the unbilled costs are accrued at each month end. As invoices are received the accrued payable is relieved and the correct payable reflected in the accounts payable account. During 2020, PTGi renegotiated several contracts with vendors. As a result, the Company entered settlements that resulted in a $2 million reduction in the amounts due. This is included in the income statement in other income.

 

NOTE 7 – ACQUISITION OF G02TEL.COM

 

In November 2018, PTGi entered into a purchase agreement to acquire the stock of GO2Tel.com and its subsidiary. Pursuant to the agreement, PTGi paid $200,000 and is required to pay 20% of the gross margin for the following 24 months (Earnout Provision) in exchange for all the outstanding shares of GO2Tel.com common stock. Payment of the earnout provision is made quarterly but no less than $30,000. The company reported the original purchase price based on 20% of the estimated gross margin for the following 24 months plus the initial cash payment. Remeasurement of the expected payout at period end resulted in a gain adjustment to the Contingent Consideration due of $30,514. The original amount of these earnout provision was $797,580. As of September 30, 2020, $109,164 remains on the earnout provision.

 

NOTE 8 – RELATED PARTY PAYABLE

 

PTGi uses shares facilities and corporate services provided by HC2. The facilities include shared IT platforms. Corporate services include IT and tax-related support. For use of the HC2 provided services, cost allocations are transferred and paid monthly.

 

NOTE 9 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

During the normal course of business, the Company may be exposed to litigation. When the Company becomes aware of potential litigation, it evaluates the merits of the case in accordance with FASB ASC 450-20-50, Contingencies. The Company evaluates its exposure to the matter, possible legal or settlement strategies and the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome. If the Company determines that an unfavorable outcome is probable and can be reasonably estimated, it establishes the necessary accruals. As of December 31, 2019, and 2018, the Company is not aware of any contingent liabilities that should be reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

 

NOTE 10 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

PTGi Stock Purchase Agreement

 

On October 2, 2020, the Shareholder of the Company, ICS Group Holdings, Inc., entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with TransWorld Holdings, Inc (TRW). pursuant to which TRW agreed to acquire 100% of the outstanding voting securities of PTGi in consideration for $1,000,000 (the “PTGiAcquisition”). The closing of the PTGi Acquisition occurred on October 31, 2020.

 

PTGi International Services, Ltd transfer

 

On October 10, 2020, the Shares of PTGi International Services, Ltd (PTGi Ltd) were transferred to the Company’s Shareholder, ICS Group Holdings, Inc for nominal consideration. Under the terms of the PTGi Stock Purchase Agreement with TRW, PTGi Ltd would continue to provide sales support services to PTGi through February 28, 2021.

 

 
F-65

Table of Contents

  

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder’s of

PTGi International Carrier Services, Inc.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PTGi International Carrier Services, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholder’s deficit, comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis of Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Going Concern

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 4 to the financial statements, the Company has incurred significant recurring losses. The realization of a major portion of its assets is dependent upon its ability to meet its future financing needs and the success of its future operations. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from this uncertainty.

 

Seligson & Giannattasio, LLP

 

  

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

 

White Plains, New York

February 3, 2021, except for Notes 2 and 10, as to which the date is June 3, 2021

 

 
F-66

Table of Contents

  

PTGI INTERNATIONAL CARRIER SERVICES INC

AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

As of

December 31,

2019

 

 

As of

December 31,

2018

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$ 34,561,119

 

 

$ 15,024,031

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

51,849,911

 

 

 

117,561,914

 

Other current assets net

 

 

2,143,501

 

 

 

1,829,886

 

Total current assets

 

 

88,554,531

 

 

 

134,415,831

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

755,516

 

 

 

1,091,623

 

Non-current assets

 

 

15,494

 

 

 

19,440

 

Goodwill

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,375,470

 

Total Assets

 

$ 89,325,541

 

 

$ 139,902,364

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities & Stockholder’s Equity (Deficit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$ 49,467,157

 

 

$ 21,538,208

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

44,846,707

 

 

 

105,018,582

 

Notes payable-current maturities

 

 

261,226

 

 

 

398,790

 

Related party payable

 

 

17,480

 

 

 

42,713

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

94,592,570

 

 

 

126,998,293

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes payable less current maturities

 

 

-

 

 

 

398,790

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

94,592,570

 

 

 

127,397,083

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $1 par value; 100 shares authorized; 100 shares issued and outstanding

 

 

100

 

 

 

100

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

187,121,632

 

 

 

203,421,632

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income(loss) Currency Translation Adjustment

 

 

(7,987,840 )

 

 

(8,038,058 )

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(184,400,921 )

 

 

(182,878,393 )

Total Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

 

 

(5,267,029 )

 

 

12,505,281

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

 

$ 89,325,541

 

 

$ 139,902,364

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-67

Table of Contents

  

PTGI INTERNATIONAL CARRIER SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Net Revenues

 

$ 696,119,986

 

 

$ 793,466,665

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

684,877,653

 

 

 

778,988,522

 

Gross margin

 

 

11,242,333

 

 

 

14,478,143

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Professional fees

 

 

1,017,247

 

 

 

941,124

 

General and administrative

 

 

7,277,222

 

 

 

8,520,763

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

345,215

 

 

 

347,608

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

8,639,684

 

 

 

9,809,495

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating income

 

 

2,602,649

 

 

 

4,668,648

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on goodwill impairment

 

 

(4,463,720 )

 

 

-

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

(25,356 )

 

 

(34,573 )

Interest expense

 

 

-

 

 

 

(372 )

Interest income

 

 

1,233

 

 

 

-

 

Contingent consideration (gain) loss

 

 

377,446

 

 

 

-

 

Derivative FX gain (loss)

 

 

(20,193 )

 

 

(24,434 )

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(4,130,590 )

 

 

(59,379 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

 

 

(1,527,941 )

 

 

4,609,269

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes (Benefit)

 

 

(5,413 )

 

 

22,745

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$ (1,522,528 )

 

$ 4,586,524

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-68

Table of Contents

  

PTGI INTERNATIONAL CARRIER SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Net Income (loss)

 

$ (1,522,528 )

 

$ 4,586,524

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

 

 

50,218

 

 

 

(2,371,397 )

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

$ (1,472,310 )

 

$ 2,215,127

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-69

Table of Contents

  

PTGI INTERNATIONAL CARRIER SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY (DEFICIT)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Additional

 

 

 

 

 

 Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 Paid in

 

 

 Accumulated

 

 

 Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

 Amount

 

 

 Capital

 

 

 Deficit

 

 

 Income

 

 

 Total

 

Balance January 1, 2018

 

 

100

 

 

$ 100

 

 

$ 15,528,220

 

 

$ (187,464,917 )

 

$ (5,666,661 )

 

$ (177,603,258 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment of dividends

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,500,000 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,500,000 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity adjustment in reorganization

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

190,393,412

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

190,393,412

 

Net income

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,586,524

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,586,524

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,371,397 )

 

 

(2,371,397 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2018

 

 

100

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

203,421,632

 

 

 

(182,878,393 )

 

 

(8,038,058 )

 

 

12,505,281

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment of dividends

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(16,300,000 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(16,300,000 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

50,218

 

 

 

50,218

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,522,528 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,522,528 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2019

 

 

100

 

 

$ 100

 

 

$ 187,121,632

 

 

$ (184,400,921 )

 

$ (7,987,840 )

 

$ (5,267,029 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-70

Table of Contents

  

PTGI INTERNATIONAL CARRIER SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

For the years ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$ (1,522,528 )

 

$ 4,586,524

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income(loss) to net cash used by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

345,215

 

 

 

347,608

 

Loss on impairment of goodwill

 

 

4,463,720

 

 

 

-

 

Provision for doubtful accounts receivable

 

 

119,264

 

 

 

313,396

 

(Gain) loss on contingent consideration

 

 

(377,446 )

 

 

-

 

(Gain) loss on foreign currency exchange

 

 

20,193

 

 

 

24,434

 

Changes in operating assets & liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

65,589,041

 

 

 

(24,143,797 )

Intercompany receivable, net

 

 

(25,231 )

 

 

(165,644 )

Other assets

 

 

(346,092 )

 

 

698,993

 

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

 

 

(32,259,846 )

 

 

19,575,614

 

Other liabilities

 

 

14,093

 

 

 

-

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

36,020,383

 

 

 

1,237,128

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

 

 

(9,073 )

 

 

(120,192 )

Acquisition of subsidiary

 

 

-

 

 

 

158,722

 

Net cash (used by) provided by investing activities

 

 

(9,073 )

 

 

38,530

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment of dividends to HC2 Holdings, Inc

 

 

(16,300,000 )

 

 

(2,500,000 )

Cash paid for contingent liability

 

 

(173,002 )

 

 

-

 

Net cash used by financing activities

 

 

(16,473,002 )

 

 

(2,500,000 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(1,220 )

 

 

(27,561 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

19,537,088

 

 

 

(1,251,903 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

15,024,031

 

 

 

16,275,934

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$ 34,561,119

 

 

$ 15,024,031

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-71

Table of Contents

  

PTGI INTERNATIONAL CARRIER SERVICES INC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 – NATURE OF OPERATIONS

 

PTGI INTERNATIONAL CARRIER SERVICES INC (PTGi) was incorporated on December 13, 2007 as Arbinet Carrier Services, Inc. under the laws of the State of Delaware. On February 25, 2013, the Company’s name was changed to PTGi International Carrier Services, Inc. PTGi is a global wholesale telecommunications provider offering a network of direct routes and provides premium voice communication services for national telecommunications operators, mobile operators, wholesale carriers, prepaid operators, voice over internet protocol service operators and internet service providers. PTGi provides a quality service via direct routes and by forming strong relationships with carefully selected partners.

 

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFCANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PTGi International Carrier Services, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries Go2Tel.com, Inc., a company organized under the laws of the State of Florida, GU2TEL Spain, SLU, a Spanish entity, PTGi International Carrier Services, Ltd, a United Kingdom entity and PTGi-ICS OPSRO S.R.L, a Romanian entity, collectively referred to as the Company. All material intercompany accounts, transactions and profits were eliminated in consolidation.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from contracts with customers,” (Topic 606). Revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services. In addition, the standard requires disclosure of the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The amount of revenue that is recorded reflects the consideration that the Company expects to receive in exchange for those services. The Company applies the following five-step model in order to determine this amount: (i) identification of the promised services in the contract; (ii) determination of whether the promised services are performance obligations, including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract; (iii) measurement of the transaction price, including the constraint on variable consideration; (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations; and (v) recognition of revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies each performance obligation. The Company’s main revenue stream is from the provision of telecommunications services. The Company recognizes as revenues the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when the performance obligation is satisfied or as it is satisfied. Generally, the Company's performance obligations are transferred to customers at a point in time, typically upon delivery.

 

 
F-72

Table of Contents

  

Accounts Receivable

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the net invoice value and are not interest bearing. The Company considers receivables past due based on the payment terms. The Company reviews its exposure to accounts receivable and reserves specific amounts if collectability is no longer reasonably assured. The Company also reserves a percentage of its trade receivable balance based on collection history and current economic trends that might impact the level of future credit losses. The Company re-evaluates such reserves on a regular basis and adjusts its reserves as needed. The Company also has credit insurance on certain of its receivables to lessen the risk of uncollectible accounts. Based on the Company’s operating history and customer base, bad debts to date have not been material.

 

Fair Value Measurements and Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements, clarifies the definition of fair value, prescribes methods for measuring fair value, and establishes a fair value hierarchy to classify the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

 

Level 1: Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities available at the measurement date.

 

Level 2: Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable, and inputs derived from or corroborated by observable market data.

 

Level 3: Inputs are unobservable inputs which reflect the reporting entity's own assumptions on what assumptions the market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best available information.

 

The estimated fair value of certain financial instruments, including all current liabilities are carried at historical cost basis, which approximates their fair values because of the short-term nature of these instruments.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

ASC subtopic 825-10, Financial Instruments ("ASC 825-10") requires disclosure of the fair value of certain financial instruments. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities as reflected in the balance sheets, approximate fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments. All other significant financial assets, financial liabilities and equity instruments of the Company are either recognized or disclosed in the financial statements together with other information relevant for making a reasonable assessment of future cash flows, interest rate risk and credit risk. Where practicable the fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities have been determined and disclosed; otherwise only available information pertinent to fair value has been disclosed.

 

The Company follows ASC subtopic 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures ("ASC 820-10") and ASC 825-10, which permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value.

 

 Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

Our long-lived assets include property, plant and equipment and other indefinite lived intangible assets. We evaluate our long-lived assets for impairment, other than indefinite lived intangible assets, in accordance with ASC 360, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Estimates of future cash flows and timing of events for evaluating long-lived assets for impairment are based upon management’s judgment. If any of our intangible or long-lived assets are considered to be impaired, the amount of impairment to be recognized is the excess of the carrying amount of the assets over its fair value.

 

 
F-73

Table of Contents

  

Applicable long-lived assets are amortized or depreciated over the shorter of their estimated useful lives, the estimated period that the assets will generate revenue, or the statutory or contractual term in the case of patents. Estimates of useful lives and periods of expected revenue generation are reviewed periodically for appropriateness and are based upon management’s judgment.

 

Impairment of Goodwill

 

The Company evaluates indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually and whenever impairment indicators are present in accordance with ASC 350. When necessary, the Company records an impairment loss for the amount by which the fair value is less than the carrying value of these assets. The fair value of intangible assets other than goodwill is typically determined using the “relief from royalty method”, specifically the discounted cash flow method utilizing Level 3 fair value inputs. Some of the more significant estimates and assumptions inherent in this approach include: the amount and timing of the projected net cash flows, which includes the expected impact of competitive, legal and/or regulatory forces on the projections, as well as the selection of a long-term growth rate; the discount rate, which seeks to reflect the various risks inherent in the projected cash flows; and the tax rate, which seeks to incorporate the geographic diversity of the projected cash flows.

 

The Company performs impairment testing for all other long-lived assets whenever impairment indicators are present. When necessary, the Company calculates the undiscounted value of the projected cash flows associated with the asset, or asset group, and compares this estimated amount to the carrying amount. If the carrying amount is found to be greater, we record an impairment loss for the excess of book value over fair value. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company determined that the existing goodwill should be entirely impaired and reported an impairment charge totaling $4,463,720.

 

Depreciation and Amortization

 

Fixed assets are recorded at cost. Depreciation is generally calculated on a straight-line method and amortization of leasehold improvements is provided for on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various assets as follows:

 

Telco equipment

 

7 years

Computer hardware

 

3 years

Computer software

 

3 years

Furniture and fixtures

 

5 years

 

Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred while renewals and betterments are capitalized.

 

Advertising, Marketing and Public Relations

 

The Company follows the policy of charging the costs of advertising, marketing, and public relations to expense as incurred. There were no advertising expenses for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss, capital loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

 

For all periods presented, PTGi was included in the consolidated income tax returns of its Parent, HC2 Holdings, Inc. (“HC2”). All losses incurred by PTGi were utilized by PTGi or by HC2 in the consolidated tax filings. As of December 31, 2019, PTGi does not have any unused net operating losses or other credits available for use against future earnings.

 

 
F-74

Table of Contents

  

The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Company records interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of general and administrative expenses. Our federal tax return and any state tax returns are not currently under examination.

 

The Company has adopted FASB ASC 740-10, Accounting for Income Taxes, which requires an asset and liability approach to financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed annually from differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

Leases

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“Topic 842”). Topic 842 requires the entity to recognize the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by leased assets. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting expense recognition in the income statement.

 

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted Topic 842 applying the optional transition method, which allows an entity to apply the new standard at the adoption date with a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. As a result of adopting Topic 842, the Company recognized assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by operating leases totaling approximately $3,926.

 

The Company determines if a contract contains a lease at inception based on whether it conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset. Substantially all of the Company’s leases are classified as operating leases. The Company records operating lease right-of-use assets within “Other assets” and lease liabilities are recorded within “current and noncurrent liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheets. Lease expenses are recorded within “General and administrative expenses” in the consolidated statements of operations. Operating lease payments are presented within “Operating cash flows” in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets and lease liabilities are recognized based on the net present value of future minimum lease payments over the lease term starting on the commencement date. The Company generally is not able to determine the rate implicit in its leases and, as such, applies an incremental borrowing rate based on the Company’s cost of borrowing for the relevant terms of each lease. Lease expense for minimum lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Lease terms may include an option to extend or terminate a lease if it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise such options. The Company has elected the practical expedient to not separate lease components from non-lease components, and also has elected not to record a right-of-use asset or lease liability for leases which, at inception, have a term of twelve months or less. Variable lease payments are recognized in the period in which the obligation for those payments is incurred.

 

NOTE 3 – CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISKS

 

The Company's cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and accounts receivable are monitored for exposure to concentrations of credit risk. The Company maintains substantially all of its cash balances in a limited number of financial institutions. The balances are each insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $250,000. The Company had balances in excess of this limit at December 31, 2019 and 2018 totaling $34,061,119 and $14,620,689, respectively.

 

 
F-75

Table of Contents

  

NOTE 4 – GOING CONCERN

 

PTGi's consolidated financial statements are prepared using the GAAP applicable to a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and liquidation of liabilities in the normal course of business. At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, PTGi had $34,561,119 and $15,024,031 in cash and ($6,038,039) and ($7,417,538) in working capital, respectively. Losses may adversely affect the liquidity of PTGi in the future. In view of the matters described, recoverability of a major portion of the recorded asset amounts shown in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is dependent upon continued operations, which in turn is dependent upon PTGi's ability to obtain financing from its parent, HC2 and to succeed in its future operations and to execute on planned expansion acquisitions. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should PTGi be unable to continue as a going concern.

 

NOTE 5 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following at December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telco equipment

 

$ 2,271,955

 

 

$ 2,269,945

 

Computer hardware

 

 

122,150

 

 

 

117,429

 

Computer software

 

 

27,751

 

 

 

27,751

 

Furniture & fixtures

 

 

824

 

 

 

824

 

 

 

 

2,422,680

 

 

 

2,415,949

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(1,667,164 )

 

 

(1,324,326 )

Property Plant and Equipment

 

$ 755,516

 

 

$ 1,091,623

 

 

Depreciation expense was $342,215 and $347,608 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

NOTE 6 – ACCRUED LIABILITIES

 

In the normal course of business PTGi incurs costs that can be billed by the suppler in a subsequent period. To ensure proper presentation the unbilled costs are accrued at each month end. As invoices are received the accrued payable is relieved and the correct payable reflected in the accounts payable account.

 

NOTE 7 – ACQUISITION OF G02TEL.COM

 

In November 2018, PTGi entered into a purchase agreement to acquire the stock of GO2Tel.com and its subsidiary. Pursuant to the agreement, PTGi paid $200,000 and is required to pay 20% of the gross margin for the following 24 months (Earnout Provision) in exchange for all the outstanding shares of GO2Tel.com common stock. Payment of the earnout provision is made quarterly but no less than $30,000. The company reported the original purchase price based on 20% of the estimated gross margin for the following 24 months plus the initial cash payment. Remeasurement of the expected payout at year end resulted in a gain adjustment to the Contingent Consideration due of $377,446. The original amount of these earnout provision was $797,580. As of December 31, 2019, $261,226 remains on the earnout provision.

 

 
F-76

Table of Contents

  

NOTE 8 – RELATED PARTY PAYABLE

 

PTGi uses shares facilities and corporate services provided by HC2. The facilities include shared IT platforms. Corporate services include IT and tax-related support. For use of the HC2 provided services, cost allocations are transferred and paid monthly.

 

NOTE 9 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

During the normal course of business, the Company may be exposed to litigation. When the Company becomes aware of potential litigation, it evaluates the merits of the case in accordance with FASB ASC 450-20-50, Contingencies. The Company evaluates its exposure to the matter, possible legal or settlement strategies and the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome. If the Company determines that an unfavorable outcome is probable and can be reasonably estimated, it establishes the necessary accruals. As of December 31, 2019, and 2018, the Company is not aware of any contingent liabilities that should be reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

 

NOTE 10 – EQUITY ADJUSTMENT

 

During 2018, the then parent of the Company took advances made to the Company totaling $190,393,412 and contributed them as additional capital contributions in the Company.

 

NOTE 11 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

PTGI Stock Purchase Agreement

 

On October 2, 2020, the Shareholder of the Company, ICS Group Holdings, Inc., entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with TransWorld Holdings, Inc (TRW). pursuant to which TRW agreed to acquire 100% of the outstanding voting securities of PTGi in consideration for $892,000 (the “PTGi Acquisition”). The closing of the PTGi Acquisition occurred on October 31, 2020.

 

PTGI International Services, Ltd transfer

 

On October 10, 2020, the Shares of PTGi International Services, Ltd (PTGi Ltd) were transferred to the Company’s Shareholder, ICS Group Holdings, Inc for nominal consideration. Under the terms of the PTGi Stock Purchase Agreement with TRW, PTGi Ltd would continue to provide sales support services to PTGi through February 28, 2021.

 

Liquidation of PTGi-ICS OPSRO S.R.L

 

PTGi-ICS OPSRO S.R.L, a company organized under the laws of Romania was deregistered effective September 30, 2020.

 

 
F-77

Table of Contents

  

INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANT’S REVIEW REPORT

 

To the Board of Director(s) of

GetCharged, Inc.

New York, New York

 

We have reviewed the accompanying financial statements of Get Charged Inc., which comprise the balance sheets as of September 30, 2020, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements. A review includes primarily applying analytical procedures to management’s financial data and making inquiries of company management. A review is substantially less in scope than an audit, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

 

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

 

Accountant’s Responsibility

 

Our responsibility is to conduct the review engagement in accordance with Statements on Standards for Accounting and Review Services promulgated by the Accounting and Review Services Committee of the AICPA. Those standards require us to perform procedures to obtain limited assurance as a basis for reporting whether we are aware of any material modifications that should be made to the financial statements for them to be in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. We believe that the results of our procedures provide a reasonable basis for our conclusion.

 

Accountant’s Conclusion

 

Based on our review, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the accompanying financial statements in order for them to be in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

K. K. Mehta CPA Associates PLLC

Garden City, New York

January 11, 2021

 

 
F-78

Table of Contents

  

GETCHARGED, INC.

REVIEW OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Period Ended September 30, 2020

 

BALANCE SHEET

 (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

As of

September 30,

2020

 

 

As of

September 30,

2019

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

32,374

 

 

 

730,244

 

Total Current Assets

 

 

32,374

 

 

 

730,244

 

Property, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements, Net

 

 

1,098,361

 

 

 

300,739

 

Other Assets

 

 

224,826

 

 

 

5,000

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$ 1,355,562

 

 

$ 1,035,983

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

 

 

312,967

 

 

 

70,060

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

312,967

 

 

 

70,060

 

Long- Term Notes Payable

 

 

3,875,000

 

 

 

2,050,000

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

4,187,967

 

 

 

2,120,060

 

Stockholders' Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock , $0.00001 par value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized shares- 10,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued and Outstanding shares- 200

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Accumulated Surplus (Deficit)

 

 

(2,832,405 )

 

 

(1,084,077 )

Total Equity

 

 

(2,832,405 )

 

 

(1,084,077 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS' EQUITY

 

$ 1,355,562

 

 

$ 1,035,983

 

 

 
F-79

Table of Contents

  

GETCHARGED, INC.

REVIEW OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Period Ended September 30, 2019

 (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

As of

Sept 30, 2020

 

 

As of

Sept 30, 2019

 

REVENUE

 

 

60,483

 

 

 

35

 

COST OF GOODS SOLD

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

GROSS PROFIT

 

$ 60,483

 

 

$ 35

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advertising

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,000

 

Salaries and related benefits

 

 

51,058

 

 

 

-

 

Selling, Office and Administration

 

 

685,901

 

 

 

1,009,051

 

TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

736,958

 

 

 

1,014,051

 

INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS

 

$ (676,476 )

 

$ (1,014,017 )

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Income

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Interest Expense

 

 

(192,054 )

 

 

(56,560 )

TOTAL OTHER INCOME

 

 

(192,054 )

 

 

(56,560 )

NET INCOME BEFORE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

 

 

(868,530 )

 

 

(1,070,577 )

Provision for Income Taxes

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO SHAREHOLDER

 

$ (868,530 )

 

$ (1,070,577 )

 

 
F-80

Table of Contents

  

GETCHARGED, INC.

REVIEW OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Period Ended September 30, 2019

 

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 (UNAUDITED)

Nine Months ended Sept 30, 2020

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional Paid-in

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Equity

 

 

Deficiency

 

Balance, January 1, 2020

 

 

200

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ (1,963,876 )

 

$ (1,963,876 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(868,530 )

 

 

(868,530 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance September 30, 2020

 

 

200

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ (2,832,406 )

 

$ (2,832,405 )

 

Nine Months Ended Sept 30, 2019

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 Additional Paid-in

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Equity

 

 

Deficiency

 

Balance, January 1, 2019

 

 

200

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Common Stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

Prior Period Adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13,500 )

 

 

 

Net Income

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,070,577 )

Balance Sept 30, 2019

 

 

200

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ (1,084,077 )

 

 
F-81

Table of Contents

  

GETCHARGED, INC.

REVIEW OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Period Ended September 30, 2019

 

 STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW

 (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

As of

September 30,

2020

 

 

As of

September 30,

2019

 

Cash flows from Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Profit/(Loss)

 

$ (868,530 )

 

$ (1,070,577 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in Operating Assets and Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

184,361

 

 

 

70,060

 

Net cash provided from (used in) Operating activities

 

 

(684,169 )

 

 

(1,000,517 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from Investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of PP&E

 

 

(173,007 )

 

 

(301,452 )

Investment in Subsidiary

 

 

(211,517 )

 

 

(17,788 )

Net cash provided from (used in) Investing activities

 

 

(384,525 )

 

 

(319,240 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from Financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Common Stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Issuance of Notes Payable

 

 

770,000

 

 

 

2,050,000

 

Net cash provided from (used in) Financing activities

 

 

770,000

 

 

 

2,050,000

 

Net Change in cash

 

 

(298,694 )

 

 

730,243

 

Net Change in cash classified within current assets held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at beginning of period

 

 

331,066

 

 

 

-

 

Cash at end of period

 

$ 32,374

 

 

$ 730,244

 

 

 
F-82

Table of Contents

  

GETCHARGED, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

 

NOTE 1: DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

 

GetCharged Inc., a Delaware corporation established in November, 2018, is engaged to build a worldwide network of electric charging, storage, and service stations for e-scooters and e-bikes, while protecting the integrity, access, and safety of sidewalks for all pedestrians. The company are creating the electric fueling stations of the future. The company started its operation since January of 2019.

 

NOTE 2: BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), and include the accounts of GetCharged, Inc. The basis used for the preparation and presentation of the financial statements is based on the needs of the financial statement users. Financial presentation under the accrual method (basis of presentation under accounting principle generally accepted in the United States) provides the best approach to present the financial statements with the appropriate revenues since accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful debts, can be recorded against appropriate expenses which are incurred in the same period to generate those revenues.

 

NOTE 3: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

It is the Company’s policy that revenues from sale of service are recognized in accordance with ASC 605, “Revenue Recognition.” Four basic criteria must be met before revenue can be recognized: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) services have been rendered; (3) the selling price is fixed and determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. Determination of criteria (3) and (4) is based on management’s judgments regarding fixed nature in selling prices of the services rendered and the collectability of those amounts.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash in hand/bank and highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into cash. The Company considers securities when purchased with maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The carrying amount of these securities approximate fair market value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments.

 

 
F-83

Table of Contents

  

Fair Values Measurements

 

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis have been categorized based upon a fair value hierarchy. Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 inputs are based on other observable market data, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable, such as interest rates and yield curves. Level 3 inputs are developed from unobservable data reflecting our own assumptions, and include situations where there is little or no market activity for the asset or liability.

 

Certain non-financial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, including property, plant, and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets. These assets are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis; however, they are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances, such as when there is evidence of an impairment. A general description of the valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities measured at fair value, including the general classification of such assets and liabilities pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is included in each footnote with fair value measurements presented.

 

The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, short-term marketable securities, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accounts payable, notes payable and long-term debt. The recorded values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accounts payable approximate their fair values based upon their short-term nature. The recorded values of notes payable and long-term debt approximate their fair values, as interest approximates market rates.

 

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received in an asset sale or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between unaffiliated market participants. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are categorized based on whether the inputs are observable in the market and the degree that the inputs are observable. The categorization of financial instruments within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The hierarchy is prioritized into three levels (with Level 3 being the lowest) defined as follows:

 

Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity has the ability to access.

 

Level 2: Observable inputs other than prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated with observable market data.

 

Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets and liabilities. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

 

The fair value of the Company’s, short-term marketable securities, were determined based on “Level 1” inputs. The Company does not have any financial instruments in the “Level 2” and “Level 3” category. The Company believes that the recorded values of all the other financial instruments approximate their current fair values because of their nature and relatively short maturity dates or durations.

 

There have been no changes in Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 and no changes in valuation techniques for these assets or liabilities for the periods ended December 31, 2019.

 

FASB ASC 825-10 requires disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the statement of financial condition. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instruments. FASB ASC 825-10 excludes certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.

 

 
F-84

Table of Contents

   

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

 

Cash and cash equivalents - The carrying amounts reported in the statements of financial condition for cash and cash equivalents approximate those assets’ fair values. Investment securities which consist of marketable securities - Fair values for investment securities are based on quoted market prices, where available.

 

Property, Equipment and Depreciation

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The Company has a policy of capitalizing purchases over $5,000. Expenditures for routine maintenance and repairs on property and equipment are charged to expense.

 

The Company reviews long lived assets for impairment when circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable based upon the undiscounted future cash flows of the asset. If the carrying value of the asset is determined not to be recoverable, a write down to fair value is recorded. Fair values are determined based on quoted market values, discounted cash flows or external appraisals as appropriate. We review long lived assets for impairment at the individual asset or asset group level for which the lowest level of independent cash flows can be identified.

 

Depreciation is provided for financial reporting purposes utilizing both the accelerated and straight-line methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which are as follows;

 

Machinery and Equipment

 

3-5 years

Furniture and Fixtures

 

5-7 years

Software

 

3 years

 

Other Assets

 

Other assets comprises of overpayment to the financial institutions and security deposits for rental properties.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income Taxes Income taxes are accounted for on an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequence of events that have been recognized in the consolidated financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences, the Company generally considers all expected future events other than proposed changes in the tax law or rates. Valuation allowances are provided if it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

 

The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. Once it is determined that the position meets the recognition threshold, the second step requires an estimate and measure the largest amount of tax benefit that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. The difference between the amount of recognizable tax benefit and the total amount of tax benefit from positions filed or to be filed with the tax authorities is recorded as a liability for uncertain tax benefits. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts due to the probability of various possible outcomes. The Company reevaluates uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement could result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision.

 

A valuation allowance was taken by the Company as it believes there is no sufficient positive evidence to support its conclusion not to record a valuation allowance. Management believes that there can be no assurance that the Company will generate taxable income or that all of its timing differences between tax and financial reporting will be utilized.

 

 
F-85

Table of Contents

  

Tax Cuts and Job Act. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted in December 2018. Among other things, the new law (I) establishes a new, flat corporate federal statutory income tax rate of 21%, (ii) eliminates the corporate alternative minimum tax and allows the use of such carryforwards to offset regular tax liability for any taxable year, (iii) limits the deduction for net interest expense incurred by U.S. corporations, (iv) allows businesses to immediately expense, for tax purposes, the cost of new investments in certain qualified depreciable assets, (v) eliminates or reduces certain deductions related to meals and entertainment expenses, (vi) modifies the limitation on excessive employee remuneration to eliminate the exception for performance-based compensation and clarifies the definition of a covered employee and (vii) limits the deductibility of deposit insurance premiums. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act also significantly changes the US tax law related to foreign operations, however, such changes do not currently impact the Company.

 

Advertising

 

The Company expenses all advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended September 30, 2020 was $5,000.

 

NOTE 4: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

In accordance with ASC 855, the Company evaluated subsequent events through January 11, 2021, the date these financial statements were issued.

 

 
F-86

Table of Contents

  

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

 

To the Board of Director(s) of

GetCharged, Inc.

New York, New York

 

Report on Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of GetCharged, Inc., which comprise the balance sheet as of December 31, 2019 and the related statement of income, change in stockholders’ equity, and cash flow for the year then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.

 

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United State of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

 

Auditors’ Responsibility

 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.

 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity's preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity's internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

 

Opinion

 

In our opinion, the 2018 financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of GetCharged, Inc. as of December 31, 2019, and the results of its operations and cash flow for the year then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Substantial Doubt about the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 11 to the financial statements, the Company has sustained significant net loss for the year ended December 31, 2019. Management’s evaluation of the events and conditions and management’s plans regarding the matter also are described in Note 11. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Our opinion is not modified with respect to that matter.

 

/s/ K.K. Mehta CPA Associates, PLLC 

Garden City, New York

 

July 27, 2020, (except as to Note 9, as to which the date is May 11, 2021)

 

 
F-87

Table of Contents

  

GETCHARGED, INC.

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

BALANCE SHEET

 

As of December 31,

 

 2019

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

Current Assets:

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

331,066

 

Total Current Assets

 

 

331,066

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements, Net

 

 

926,067

 

Other Assets

 

 

12,596

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$ 1,269,729

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

 

 

128,506

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

128,506

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-Term Notes Payable

 

 

3,105,000

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

3,233,506

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value:

 

 

 

 

Authorized shares – 18,000,000

 

 

 

 

Issue and Outstanding shares – 10,000,000

 

 

100

 

Accumulated Surplus (Deficit)

 

 

(1,963,876 )

Total Equity

 

 

(1,963,776 )

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

 

$ 1,269,729

 

 

 
F-88

Table of Contents

  

GETCHARGED, INC.

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

STATEMENT OF INCOME

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2019

 

REVENUE

 

 

6,819

 

 

 

 

 

 

COSTS OF GOODS SOLD

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

GROSS PROFIT

 

$ 6,819

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

Advertising

 

 

5,000

 

Selling, Office and Administration

 

 

1,848,453

 

TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

1,853,453

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS

 

$ (1,846,634 )

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)

 

 

 

 

Interest Income

 

 

14

 

Interest Expense

 

 

(117,257 )

TOTAL OTHER INCOME

 

 

(117,243 )

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME BEFORE

 

 

 

 

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

 

 

(1,963,876 )

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO SHAREHOLDER

 

$ (1,963,876 )

 

 
F-89

Table of Contents

  

GETCHARGED, INC.

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

Year Ended December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional Paid-in

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

 Capital

 

 

 Equity

 

 

 Deficiency

 

Balance, January 2, 2019

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Purchase of Treasury Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Common Stock

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

100

 

Net Income

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,963,876 )

 

 

(1,963,876 )

Balance, December 31, 2019

 

 

10,000,000

 

 

$ 100

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ (1,963,876 )

 

$ (1,963,776 )

 

 
F-90

Table of Contents

  

GETCHARGED, INC.

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2019

 

Cash flows from Operating Activities

 

 

 

Net Profit/(Loss)

 

$ (1,963,876 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash

 

 

 

 

provided by (used in) Operations:

 

 

 

 

Change in Operating Assets and Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Other Receivable

 

 

(12,596 )

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

128,506

 

Net cash provided from (used in) Operating activities

 

 

(1,847,967 )

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from Investing activities

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of PP&E

 

 

(926,067 )

Net cash provided from (used in) Investing activities

 

 

(926,067 )

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from Financing activities

 

 

 

 

Loan received from related Party

 

 

100

 

Issuance of Notes Payable

 

 

3,105,000

 

Net cash provided from (used in) Financing activities

 

 

3,105,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Change in cash

 

 

331,066

 

Net Change in cash classified within current assets held for sale

 

 

 

 

Cash at beginning of period

 

 

-

 

Cash at end of period

 

$ 331,066

 

 

 
F-91

Table of Contents

  

GETCHARGED, INC.

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

NOTE 1: DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

 

GetCharged Inc., a Delaware corporation established in November, 2018, is engaged to build a worldwide network of electric charging, storage, and service stations for e-scooters and e-bikes, while protecting the integrity, access, and safety of sidewalks for all pedestrians. The company are creating the electric fueling stations of the future. The company started its operation since January of 2019.

 

NOTE 2: BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), and include the accounts of GetCharged, Inc. The basis used for the preparation and presentation of the financial statements is based on the needs of the financial statement users. Financial presentation under the accrual method (basis of presentation under accounting principle generally accepted in the United States) provides the best approach to present the financial statements with the appropriate revenues since accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful debts, can be recorded against appropriate expenses which are incurred in the same period to generate those revenues.

 

NOTE 3: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash in hand/bank and highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into cash. The Company considers securities when purchased with maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The carrying amount of these securities approximate fair market value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments.

 

Fair Values Measurements

 

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis have been categorized based upon a fair value hierarchy. Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

 
F-92

Table of Contents

  

GETCHARGED, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

Level 2 inputs are based on other observable market data, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable, such as interest rates and yield curves. Level 3 inputs are developed from unobservable data reflecting our own assumptions, and include situations where there is little or no market activity for the asset or liability.

 

Certain non-financial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, including property, plant, and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets. These assets are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis; however, they are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances, such as when there is evidence of an impairment. A general description of the valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities measured at fair value, including the general classification of such assets and liabilities pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is included in each footnote with fair value measurements presented.

 

The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, short-term marketable securities, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accounts payable, notes payable and long-term debt. The recorded values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accounts payable approximate their fair values based upon their short-term nature. The recorded values of notes payable and long-term debt approximate their fair values, as interest approximates market rates.

 

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received in an asset sale or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between unaffiliated market participants. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are categorized based on whether the inputs are observable in the market and the degree that the inputs are observable. The categorization of financial instruments within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The hierarchy is prioritized into three levels (with Level 3 being the lowest) defined as follows:

 

Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity has the ability to access.

 

Level 2: Observable inputs other than prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated with observable market data.

 

Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets and liabilities. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

 

The fair value of the Company’s, short-term marketable securities, were determined based on “Level 1” inputs. The Company does not have any financial instruments in the “Level 2” and “Level 3” category. The Company believes that the recorded values of all the other financial instruments approximate their current fair values because of their nature and relatively short maturity dates or durations.

 

There have been no changes in Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 and no changes in valuation techniques for these assets or liabilities for the periods ended December 31, 2019.

 

FASB ASC 825-10 requires disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the statement of financial condition. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instruments. FASB ASC 825-10 excludes certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.

 

 
F-93

Table of Contents

  

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

 

Cash and cash equivalents - The carrying amounts reported in the statements of financial condition for cash and cash equivalents approximate those assets’ fair values. Investment securities which consist of marketable securities – Fair values for investment securities are based on quoted market prices, where available.

 

Property, Equipment and Depreciation

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The Company has a policy of capitalizing purchases over $5,000. Expenditures for routine maintenance and repairs on property and equipment are charged to expense.

 

The Company reviews long lived assets for impairment when circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable based upon the undiscounted future cash flows of the asset. If the carrying value of the asset is determined not to be recoverable, a write down to fair value is recorded. Fair values are determined based on quoted market values, discounted cash flows or external appraisals as appropriate. We review long lived assets for impairment at the individual asset or asset group level for which the lowest level of independent cash flows can be identified.

 

Depreciation is provided for financial reporting purposes utilizing both the accelerated and straight-line methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which are as follows;

 

Machinery and Equipment

 

3-5 years

Furniture and Fixtures

 

5-7 years

Software

 

3 years

 

Other Assets

 

Other assets comprises of overpayment to the financial institutions and security deposits for rental properties.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income Taxes Income taxes are accounted for on an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequence of events that have been recognized in the consolidated financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences, the Company generally considers all expected future events other than proposed changes in the tax law or rates. Valuation allowances are provided if it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

 

The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. Once it is determined that the position meets the recognition threshold, the second step requires an estimate and measure the largest amount of tax benefit that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. The difference between the amount of recognizable tax benefit and the total amount of tax benefit from positions filed or to be filed with the tax authorities is recorded as a liability for uncertain tax benefits. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts due to the probability of various possible outcomes. The Company reevaluates uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement could result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision.

 

 
F-94

Table of Contents

  

A valuation allowance was taken by the Company as it believes there is no sufficient positive evidence to support its conclusion not to record a valuation allowance. Management believes that there can be no assurance that the Company will generate taxable income or that all of its timing differences between tax and financial reporting will be utilized.

 

Tax Cuts and Job Act. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted in December 2018. Among other things, the new law (I) establishes a new, flat corporate federal statutory income tax rate of 21%, (ii) eliminates the corporate alternative minimum tax and allows the use of such carryforwards to offset regular tax liability for any taxable year, (iii) limits the deduction for net interest expense incurred by U.S. corporations, (iv) allows businesses to immediately expense, for tax purposes, the cost of new investments in certain qualified depreciable assets, (v) eliminates or reduces certain deductions related to meals and entertainment expenses, (vi) modifies the limitation on excessive employee remuneration to eliminate the exception for performance-based compensation and clarifies the definition of a covered employee and (vii) limits the deductibility of deposit insurance premiums. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act also significantly changes the US tax law related to foreign operations, however, such changes do not currently impact the Company.

 

Advertising

 

The Company expenses all advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 was $5,000.

 

NOTE 4: STOCK OPTION

 

Performance Incentive Plan

 

On May 2019, the shareholders approved the Company's 2019 Performance Stock Option, (the "Stock Option"). Under the terms of the Incentive Plan, up to 1,000,000 shares of common stock may be granted. The Stock Option is administered by the Compensation Committee which is appointed by the Board of Directors. The Committee determines which key employee, officer or director on the regular payroll of the Company, or outside consultants shall receive stock options. Granted options are exercisable after the date of grant in accordance with the terms of the grant up to five years after the date of the grant. The exercise price of any incentive stock option or nonqualified option granted under the Incentive Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares of common stock of the Company at the time of the grant.

 

Options:

 

The following options were issued to employees and non-employee Board of Directors and consultants in accordance with the Company's Performance Incentive Plan. However, they may not be outstanding at each year end.

 

Grant Date

 

Number of Options

 

 

Exercise Price

 

 

Expiration Term

 

1-May-19

 

 

697,500

 

 

$

0.00

 

 

5 years

 

 

At December 31, 2019, the Company has shares of common stock reserved for issuance of these options and for options granted previously.

 

 
F-95

Table of Contents

  

Activity in stock options, including those outside the Performance Incentive Plan, for year-end December 31, 2019, is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

Shares Under Options

 

 

Average Exercise Price

 

Balance, December 31, 2018

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Options Granted

 

 

697,500

 

 

$ -

 

Options Exercised

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Options Cancelled/Expired

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Balance, December 31, 2019

 

 

697,500

 

 

$ -

 

 

All of the options listed in the above table have no intrinsic value, as their exercise prices are all in excess of the market value of the Company's common stock as of December 31, 2019.

 

NOTE 5: ACCOUNT PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

December 31,

 

2019

 

Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

 

 

11,249

 

Interest Payable

 

 

117,257

 

 

 

$ 128,506

 

 

The accounts payable and accrued expenses consists of trade payables arising from company’s normal course of business.

 

NOTE 6: PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property and equipment consists of the following as of December 31:

 

December 31,

 

2019

 

Furniture and Equipment

 

 

956,667

 

Subtotal

 

 

956,667

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated Depreciation

 

 

-

 

Net Total

 

$ 956,667

 

 

The above fixed assets have not been placed in service at the end of December 31, 2019, thus no depreciation expenses have been booked. Accordingly, depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $0.

 

NOTE 7: CREDIT RISK

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of temporary cash investments, which from time to time exceed the federal depository insurance coverage and commercial accounts receivable. The Company has cash investment policies that restrict placement of these investments to financial institutions evaluated as highly creditworthy. Cash and cash equivalents held in a bank exceed federally insured limits at year end and at various points during the year.

 

 
F-96

Table of Contents

  

NOTE 8: BUSINESS RISK

 

The Company's primary business deals with building electric charging service station. While the Company is unable to predict what regulatory changes may occur or the impact on the Company of any particular change, the Company’s operations and financial results could be negatively affected if the federal or state regulator relax the laws on the use of fossils fuel.

 

 NOTE 9: CONVERTIBLE NOTE

 

The carrying value of the convertible notes, as of December 31, 2019 is $3,105,000. The company accrued interest of $117,257 for year 2019 at the rate of 8% per annum on the outstanding convertible notes.

 

The convertible notes are issued as series notes. As of December 2019, Series 1, 2 and 3A notes has been issued. At December 31, 2019, a total of $ 450,000, $ 1,550,000 and $ 1,105,000 has been used under series note1, 2 and 3 respectively.

 

The series 1 note will be converted to common shares at a discount of 20% whenever the company’s capitalization will reach $ 10 M. Similarly, notes 2 & 3 will be converted to common shares at a discount of 20% whenever the company’s capitalization value reaches $ 17.5M.

 

The maturities of above series notes are as follows:

 

Series

 

Original Maturity Date

 

First Amendment

 

 

Second Amendment

 

Series 1

 

31-Dec-19

 

31-Mar-20

 

 

31-Dec-20

 

Series 2

 

31-Mar-20

 

31-Dec-20

 

 

 

-

 

Series 3

 

30-Jun-20

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

NOTE 10: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Uncertain Tax Position

 

The Company follows the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, which provides guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. The guidance prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return, and also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had no uncertain tax positions that qualify for either recognition or disclosure in the Company’s financial statements. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense in the financial statements. No interest and penalties were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2019.

 

Litigation

 

The Company is involved, from time to time, in disputes and claims incidental to the conduct of its business. The company reviews any such legal proceedings and claims on an ongoing basis and follows appropriate accounting guidance when making accrual and disclosure decisions. Based upon present information, the company determined that there was no matters that required an accrual as of December 31, 2019 nor were there any asserted or unasserted material claims for which material losses are reasonably possible.

 

NOTE 11: GOING CONCERN

 

The Company sustained net operating losses of $(1,963,876) for the years ended December 31, 2019, indicating an adverse effect in the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

Managements plans to address the going concern is to seek out additional investors, provide additional loans and capital contributions to the Company from current stockholders, and open service charge stations to increase gross profit margins. Management launched service charge stations subsequent to balance sheet date, please see note 14.

 

 
F-97

Table of Contents

  

The ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon the success of these actions as well as continued favorable treatment as it relates to federal laws and regulations. There can be no assurance the Company will be successful in accomplishing its objectives. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

 

NOTE 12: RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION

 

During the year 2019 there has been the following issuance of convertible notes payables to the related parties.

 

Related Parties

 

2019

 

Daniel Waldman

 

$ 245,000.00

 

Andrew Fox

 

$ 350,000.00

 

Total

 

$ 595,000.00

 

 

Further during the year 2019, the company paid $129,945.70 as a reimbursement of contracting fees to 9 Madison Inc. owned by related parties. The amount has been charged as an expense to statement of income under consulting fees. Also, during 2019 per the consulting agreement reached between company and Daniel Waldman in 2018 the company awarded a stock option which will grant him 420,000 shares of company’s common stock with a vesting period of five years from the date of issuance.

 

NOTE 13: RECENT ACCOUNTING GUIDANCE

 

In December 2019, the FASB issued an accounting standard updates that eliminates certain exceptions related to the approach for intra-period tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. It also clarifies and simplifies other aspects of the accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the adoption date and impact, if any, adoption will have on its financial position and results of operations.

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (ASU 2016-13), which requires the measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held at amortized cost. ASU 2016-13 replaces the existing incurred loss impairment model with a forward-looking expected credit loss model which will result in earlier recognition of credit losses. The standard will be effective for us in the last quarter of 2020, but early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating this update on its financial position and results of operations.

 

NOTE 14: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

In accordance with ASC 855, the Company evaluated subsequent events through July 27, 2020, the date these financial statements were issued.

 

Subsequent to the year-end, in February 2020 the company launched service charge station in Los Angles, California and the second one in Paris, France in July of 2020.

 

 
F-98

Table of Contents

  

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

 

To the Board of Director(s) of

 

GetCharged, Inc.

 

New York, New York

 

Report on Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of GetCharged, Inc., which comprise the balance sheet as of December 31, 2018 and the related statement of income, change in stockholders’ equity, and cash flow for the year then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.

 

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United State of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

 

Auditors’ Responsibility

 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.

 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity's preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity's internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

 

Opinion

 

In our opinion, the 2018 financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of GetCharged, Inc. as of December 31, 2018, and the results of its operations and cash flow for the year then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ K.K. Mehta CPA Associates, PLLC. 

Garden City, New York

 

January 11, 2021

 

 
F-99

Table of Contents

  

GETCHARGED, INC.

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

BALANCE SHEET

 

As of December 31,

 

2018

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

Current Assets:

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

 

 

 

Property, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements, Net Other Assets

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$ -

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Due to related parties, net

 

$ 13,500

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

13,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-Term Notes Payable

 

 

-

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

13,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value:

 

 

 

 

Authorized shares – 10,000,000

 

 

 

 

Issue and Outstanding shares – 200

 

 

0

 

Accumulated Surplus (Deficit)

 

 

(13,500 )

Total Equity

 

$ (13,500 )

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 
F-100

Table of Contents

  

GETCHARGED, INC.

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

STATEMENT OF INCOME

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2018

 

REVENUE

 

$ -

 

COSTS OF GOODS SOLD

 

 

-

 

GROSS PROFIT

 

$ -

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

Advertising

 

 

-

 

Selling, Office and Administration

 

 

13,500

 

TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

13,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS

 

$ (13,500 )

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)

 

 

 

 

Interest Income

 

 

-

 

Interest Expense

 

 

 

 

TOTAL OTHER INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME BEFORE

 

 

 

 

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

 

 

(13,500 )

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO SHAREHOLDERS

 

$ (13,500 )

 

 
F-101

Table of Contents

  

GETCHARGED, INC.

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional Paid-in

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Equity

 

 

Deficiency

 

Balance, January 2, 2018

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Issuance of Common Stock

 

 

200

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Net Income

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(13,500 )

 

 

(13,500 )

Balance, December 31, 2018

 

 

200

 

 

$ 0

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ (13,500 )

 

$ (13,500 )

 

 
F-102

Table of Contents

  

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2018

 

Cash flows from Operating Activities

 

 

 

Net Profit/(Loss)

 

 

(13,500 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash

 

 

 

 

provided by (used in) Operations:

 

 

 

 

Change in Operating Assets and Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Other Receivable

 

 

-

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

-

 

Net cash provided from (used in) Operating activities

 

 

(13,500 )

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from Investing activities

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of PP&E

 

 

-

 

Net cash provided from (used in) Investing activities

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from Financing activities

 

 

 

 

Loan received from related Party

 

 

13,500

 

Issuance of Notes Payable

 

 

-

 

Net cash provided from (used in) Financing activities

 

 

13,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Change in cash

 

 

-

 

Net Change in cash classified within current assets held for sale

 

 

 

 

Cash at beginning of period

 

 

-

 

Cash at end of period

 

$ -

 

 

 
F-103

Table of Contents

  

GETCHARGED, INC.

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

NOTE 1: DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

 

GetCharged Inc., a Delaware corporation established in November, 2018, is engaged to build a worldwide network of electric charging, storage, and service stations for e-scooters and e-bikes, while protecting the integrity, access, and safety of sidewalks for all pedestrians. The company are creating the electric fueling stations of the future. The company started its operation since January of 2019.

 

NOTE 2: BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), and include the accounts of GetCharged, Inc. The basis used for the preparation and presentation of the financial statements is based on the needs of the financial statement users. Financial presentation under the accrual method (basis of presentation under accounting principle generally accepted in the United States) provides the best approach to present the financial statements with the appropriate revenues since accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful debts, can be recorded against appropriate expenses which are incurred in the same period to generate those revenues.

 

NOTE 3: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash in hand/bank and highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into cash. The Company considers securities when purchased with maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The carrying amount of these securities approximate fair market value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments.

 

NOTE 3: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

In accordance with ASC 855, the Company evaluated subsequent events through January 11, 2021, the date these financial statements were issued.

 

Since December 31, 2019, the spread of COVID-19 has severely impacted many local economies around the globe. In many countries, businesses are being forced to cease or limit operations for long or indefinite periods of time. Measures taken to contain the spread of the virus, including travel bans, quarantines, social distancing, and closures of non-essential services have triggered significant disruptions to businesses worldwide, resulting in an economic slowdown. Global stock markets have also experienced great volatility and a significant weakening. Governments and central banks have responded with monetary and fiscal interventions to stabilize economic conditions.

 

 Subsequent to the year-end, in February 2020 the company launched service charge station in Los Angles, California and the second one in Paris, France in July of 2020.

 

On September 25, 2020, GetCharged Inc. (the “Company”) each of the transferor and Andrew Fox, in his capacity as the Transferor’s Representative entered into stock acquisition agreement with Transworld Enterprises Inc. (“Acquiror”), a wholly owned subsidiary of GoIP Global , Inc. whereby the transferors shall exchange, transfer and deliver the shares to Acquiror at the purchase price of $17,500,000, and the company transfers the shares to the acquirer free and clear of encumbrances. The shareholder record of GetCharged Inc. shall receive prorate shares of parents payable in respect of the purchase price. For avoidance of doubt, the Purchase price shall be paid in Parent Shares (and not in cash).

 

On October 9, 2020 the above mentioned agreement was amendment to reflect the change in manner of payment to the company. As per agreement, parent shall issue to each Transferor a stock certificate evidencing such Transferor’s Pro Rata Share of the number of Parent Shares equal to the Purchase Price minus the Holdback Shares (each, a closing Parent Share Certificate”) and deliver a closing Parent Share Certificate to each Transferor at or as soon as practicable following the Closing. Further, the parties agreed that the aggregate number of Parent Shares equal to the Purchase Price shall be 60,000,000 Parent Shares.

 

As of December 31, 2020, the company issued total convertible Notes Payable worth $5,965,000 with an interest rate of 8% per annum. The Note shall automatically and without any action on the part of Holder convey into that number of Class A Voting Common Stock of the Company.

 

 
F-104

 

 

 

CHARGE ENTERPRISES, INC.

 

_____________________________

 

PROSPECTUS

 

_____________________________

 

Up to 28,697,543 Shares

of

Common Stock

 

Prospectus dated September 1, 2022

 

 

 


Dates Referenced Herein   and   Documents Incorporated by Reference

This ‘424B3’ Filing    Date    Other Filings
12/31/26
5/21/26
2/25/25
12/17/24
11/3/24
5/19/24
1/1/24
12/31/23
11/30/23
11/19/23
11/3/23
8/1/23
5/8/23
4/30/23
3/31/23
1/1/23
12/31/22
12/15/22
11/19/22
11/17/22
9/30/22
Filed on:9/6/22
9/1/22EFFECT
8/29/224
8/24/22S-1
8/1/22
6/30/2210-Q,  8-K
6/22/22SC 13G
6/20/22
6/1/224
5/26/224,  8-K
5/21/22
5/15/22
5/1/22
4/26/228-K
4/21/228-K
4/20/228-K
4/19/22
4/15/228-K
4/12/22CERT
4/11/223,  3/A,  8-A12B,  CERT
3/31/2210-Q
3/29/2210-K,  8-K,  S-8
3/12/22
2/25/228-K
1/31/228-K
1/14/228-K,  D
12/31/2110-K
12/27/21
12/23/218-K
12/22/218-K
12/17/21424B3,  8-K,  8-K/A
11/26/21CORRESP,  S-1/A
11/15/21
11/9/21CORRESP,  S-1/A
11/5/21
11/1/21
10/28/21CORRESP,  S-1/A
10/27/21
10/25/21
10/22/21
10/5/21
9/23/21
9/14/21
9/13/21
9/3/21
8/1/21
6/30/21
6/3/21
6/1/21
5/22/21
5/21/21
5/19/21
5/11/21
5/8/21
5/7/21
5/1/21
4/30/21
3/31/21
3/25/21
3/24/21
3/15/21
2/28/21
2/10/21
2/3/21
1/27/21
1/26/21
1/15/21
1/11/21
1/1/21
12/31/20
12/15/20
12/8/20
12/7/20
11/3/20
11/1/20
10/31/20
10/12/20
10/10/20
10/9/20
10/6/20
10/2/20
10/1/20
9/30/20
9/25/20
9/14/20
9/2/20
8/27/20
8/25/20
8/7/20DRS
7/27/20
7/13/20
5/8/20
4/30/20
3/30/20
1/15/20
1/1/20
12/31/19
9/30/19
1/2/19
1/1/19
12/31/18
12/1/18
1/2/18
1/1/18
12/31/17
12/28/17
12/27/17
2/25/13
12/13/07
8/10/05
5/8/03
 List all Filings 
Top
Filing Submission 0001654954-22-012194   –   Alternative Formats (Word / Rich Text, HTML, Plain Text, et al.)

Copyright © 2024 Fran Finnegan & Company LLC – All Rights Reserved.
AboutPrivacyRedactionsHelp — Tue., Apr. 23, 1:07:51.1pm ET